Glendale City Council
November 15, 2022

A G E N D A

GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL

COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
Meetings are broadcast live on Glendale TV, viewable on Spectrum Cable, channel 6, and AT&T Uverse, channel 99. Meetings are also streamed live in high definition (HD) on the city's webpage, glendaleca.gov/live, on YouTube.com/myglendale, and on Apple TV, Roku, and Amazon Fire devices usinga free app called Screenweave and choosing “Glendale TV” from the menu. Meetings are also archived on the City Website for viewing anytime at glendaleca.gov/agendas. Call (818) 548-4013 for program schedules. DVDs of the proceedings are available for purchase in the City Clerk's Office. For public comments and questions during the meeting, call (818) 937-8100. Public comments ona specific agenda item will be taken when that agenda item is discussed. If you have any question about matters on the agenda, or requests for assistance, please contact the City Clerk at (818) 548-2090 during regular business hours.

PLEASE TURN OFF CELLULAR PHONES WHILE INSIDE THE MEETING LOCATION In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, auxiliary hearing aids, sign language translation, and Braille transcripts are available upon request. Assisted listening devices are available same-day upon request. At least 48 hours (or two business days) notice is required for requests regarding sign language translation and Braille transcription services. All documents related to open session items on this agenda that are received less than 72 hours prior to this meeting, and are public records, will be available for review in the Office of the City Clerk, 613 E.

Broadway, RM 110, Glendale, CA 91206.

Translation services are provided for meetings through the use of bilingual staff for speakers who wish to utilize the service as available. Speakers should state their request by contacting the City Clerk’s office at (818) 548-2090, at least 24 hours prior to the scheduled meeting. Please specify the language for which you require translation. The exclusive use of City provided interpreters is not required and persons are welcome to use their own interpreter or speak in their native language.

NOVEMBER 15, 2022

ROLL CALL

1. CLOSED SESSION – 1:00 PM (To Commence at 3:00 PM)
a. Public Employment – Attorneys
b. Public Employee Appointment – Chief of Police
c. Public Employee Appointment – Assistant City Manager 1 TYPED 11/9/2022 10:33:50 AM
11 15 22
CC
d. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Glenoaks Canyon Homeowners Association v. City of Glendale, L.A.S.C. Case No. 22STCP0011 e. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Claim of Horace Mann Insurance, Claim No. 22-0109

2. REGULAR BUSINESS AGENDA – 6:00 PM
Roll Call
a. Flag Salute: Girl Scouts Troop 71234
b. Invocation: Suzie Abajian, City Clerk
c. Report of City Clerk, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the November 15, 2022 Regular Meeting of the Glendale City Council was Posted on Tuesday, November 8, 2022, on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.

3. PRESENTATIONS AND APPOINTMENTS
a. Agenda Preview for the Meetings of Tuesday, November 22, 2022 b. Reappointment of Sevana Zadorian to the Arts and Culture Commission (Brotman, 10/25/2022)

4. CONSENT ITEMS (Including Minutes)
The following are Routine and May be Acted Upon by One Motion. Any Member of Council or the Audience Requesting Separate Consideration May do so by Making Such Request Before Motion is Proposed.
a. City Clerk, re: Minutes of the Special City Council Meeting of October 27, 2022 and the Special City Council and Regular City Council Meetings of November 1, 2022 b. Glendale Water and Power, re: Adoption of Specification for Transformer(s) Oil Testing, and Advertising for Bids

1. Resolution adopting Specification No. 3931 to furnish materials, equipment, and labor for testing transformer, load tap changer, regulator, and circuit breaker oil for Glendale Water & Power (GWP), and directing the City Clerk to advertise for bids c. Fire Department, re: CalOES Funding for High-Frequency Radio for the Emergency Operations Center

1. Motion authorizing the City Manager to accept High-Frequency Communications Equipment Program Grant funds in the amount of $59,770, and to execute the necessary agreements, certifications, and other documents to receive the grant funds

2. Resolution of Appropriation
d. Fire Department, re: Peraton Contract amendment to add funds for Automatic Voice Dispatch (AVD) Connection and Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Hardware Refresh and Maintenance

1. Motion to approve an amendment to an existing professional services agreement between City of Glendale and Peraton/Northrop-Grumman Systems Corporation in the amount of $160,296
e. Public Works, re: Traffic Signal Synchronization project including optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization of 50 signalized intersections in downtown Glendale

1. Motion authorizing staff to implement the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project f. Public Works, re: Authorization to set the time, date and place for a public hearing 2 TYPED 11/9/2022 10:33:50 AM
11 15 22
CC
concerning the Vacation of a portion of the First Alley Easterly of Cedar Street, Southerly of Broadway

1. Motion authorizing the City Clerk to set the time, date and place for a public hearing concerning Vacation Case No.187V; being the vacation of the First Alley Easterly of Cedar Street, Southerly of Broadway (Alley 502) for the Citrus Crossing affordable housing project

5. CITY COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS

6. COMMUNITY EVENT ANNOUNCEMENTS (3-Minutes)

7. ADOPTION OF ORDINANCES
a. Community Development, re: ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTIONS 30.11.020,

30.11.050 AND 30.34.080, AND REPEALING AND REPLACING 30.34.110 OF TITLE 30 TO THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995 ESTABLISHING STANDARDS AND MINISTERIAL PROCESSES FOR REVIEWING AND APPROVING ELIGIBLE SB 9 PROJECTS, MINIMUM FLOOR AREA RATIO STANDARDS FOR CERTAIN MULTIFAMILY HOUSING DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS (SB 478) AND INCORPORATION OF

STATE LAW AMENDMENTS AND MINOR MODIFICATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS

RELATED TO ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS (CASE NO. PZC-0001-2022) (Devine, 11/01/22) b. Community Development, re: ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AS VOLUME IA, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL CODE AS VOLUME IB, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE AS VOLUME IC, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE AS VOLUME II, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE AS VOLUME III, THE 2022 CALFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AS VOLUME IV, THE 1997 UNIFORM HOUSING CODE AS VOLUME V, THE 2022

CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE AS VOLUME VI, THE GLENDALE SECURITY CODE AS

VOLUME VII AND THE GLENDALE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE AS VOLUME VIII AND THE 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN

BUILDING STANDARDS CODE AS VOLUME IX ALL OF WHICH COMPRISE THE BUILDING AND SAFETY CODE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, 2023 (Najarian, 11/01/22)
c. Management Services, re: AMENDING THE GLENDALE BUILDING AND SAFETY CODE VOLUME IX TO ADOPT LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO THE 2022 EDITION OF THE

CALIFORNIA BUILDING AND ENERGY CODE PERTAINING TO BUILDING

ELECTRIFICATION, SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC AND ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING INSTALLATIONS (Brotman, 11/01/22)

8. ACTION ITEMS
a. Community Services and Parks, re: Award of Contract for Catering Services for the City's Elderly Nutrition Program

1. Resolution dispensing with competitive bidding for catering services for the City’s Elderly Nutrition Program (ENP), and authorizing the City Manager or a designee to execute a contract with TRIO Community Meals, LLC in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 to provide regularly scheduled and emergency congregate meals and home-delivered meals from December 1, 2022 to November 30, 2026 (initial term), with the City’s having an option to renew the contract for two additional years (renewal 3 TYPED 11/9/2022 10:33:50 AM
11 15 22
CC
term) in an amount not to exceed $1,100,000, for a total amount not to exceed $3,100,000 for the combined initial and renewal terms
b. Community Development, re: Verdugo Wash Visioning Report

1. Motion to Note and File and provide direction regarding design concepts and next steps
c. Glendale Water and Power, re: Request for Proposal for Development of a Plan for Clean Energy Studies per Council Resolution No. 22-125

1. Resolution directing staff to issue a Request for Proposals (RFP) for development of a Plan to Increase Solar Penetration and Develop Additional Distributed Energy Resources (DER), Consistent with Council Resolution No. 22-125

2. Motion to Note and File Report
d. Management Services, re: Appointment of One City of Glendale Member to the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority Commission

1. Motion appointing one individual to the vacant seat as a Glendale member on the Airport Authority Commission for the remainder of the unexpired term through May 31, 2025

9. HEARINGS
a. Community Development, re: Public Hearing on Appeal of Design Review Board’s Case No. PDR 2002198, located at 3035 Edgewick Road

1. Motion to sustain the Design Review Board’s decision to approve the Design Review Board application with conditions, as presented in the revised plans

2. Motion to continue, directing City Attorney to draft findings supporting denial of the Design Review Board application

3. Motion to remand the case to the Design Review Board for further consideration

10. REPORTS - INFORMATION

11. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS

12. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Discussion is Limited to Items NOT a Part of this Agenda. Each Speaker is Allowed 5 minutes.

Council May Question or Respond to The Speaker But There Will be no Debate or Decision.

The City Manager May Refer the Matter to the Appropriate Department for Investigation and Report.

13. NEW BUSINESS

14. ADJOURNMENT
4 TYPED 11/9/2022 10:33:50 AM
11 15 22
CC
10 27 22
SP CC
1 4A

M I N U T E S
SPECIAL MEETING: GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL

COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
OCTOBER 27, 2022
The Special Public Meeting of the Glendale City Council convened in the City Hall Council Chambers, in said City, at 1:33 p.m. on the above date, pursuant to a call for such meeting signed by the City Clerk of the City Council, and on file with the City Clerk, a copy of which is as follows:

October 24, 2022
Date
A SPECIAL PUBLIC MEETING of the City Council is hereby called to meet at 1:30 PM on Thursday, October 27, 2022, in the Council Chamber, 613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor, Glendale, CA 91206 to consider the following item(s) of business, to wit;

1. CLOSED SESSION: Public Employee Performance Evaluation – City Manager & City Attorney
Written Notice of said meeting was given, which Notice consisted of a copy of the foregoing Call, and was served on each Member of the Council not joining in the Call, and upon the in said City not less than 24 hours before the time fixed in said Call for said meeting, as follows:

Upon Elen Asatryan at 5:00 p.m. October 24, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Dan Brotman at 5:00 p.m. October 24, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Paula Devine at 5:00 p.m. October 24, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ara Najarian at 5:00 p.m. October 24, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ardy Kassakhian at 5:00 p.m. October 24, 2022 Glendale, CA Mayor Kassakhian called the meeting to order at 1:33 p.m.

ROLL CALL
- All Present
- Report of the City Clerk of the City Council, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the Thursday, October 27, 2022 Special Public Meeting of the City Council was posted on Monday, October 24, 2022, on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.

A SPECIAL PUBLIC MEETING of the City Council is hereby called to meet at 1:30 PM on Thursday, October 27, 2022, in the Council Chamber, 613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor, Glendale, CA 91206 to consider the following item(s) of business, to wit;

1. CLOSED SESSION: Public Employee Performance Evaluation – City Manager & City Attorney
Council recessed to closed session at 1:35 p.m.

ADJOURNMENT by Consensus – 5:00 p.m.

Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale5 of 1517
11 01 22
SP CC
1 4A

M I N U T E S
SPECIAL MEETING: GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL

COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
NOVEMBER 1, 2022
The Special Public Meeting of the Glendale City Council convened in the City Hall Council Chambers, in said City, at 3:07 p.m. on the above date, pursuant to a call for such meeting signed by the City Clerk of the City Council, and on file with the City Clerk, a copy of which is as follows:

October 26, 2022
Date
A SPECIAL PUBLIC MEETING of the City Council is hereby called to meet at 3:00 PM on Tuesday, November 1, 2022, in the Council Chamber, 613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor, Glendale, CA 91206 to consider the following item(s) of business, to wit;

1. Public Works, re: Adopt Plans and Specification and Advertise for Bids for the Artsakh Avenue Arts & Entertainment District Improvement Project a. Resolution adopting the Plans and Specification for the Glendale Arts and Entertainment District Improvements on Artsakh Avenue Project, Specification No. 3893 and directing the City Clerk to advertise for bids
Written Notice of said meeting was given, which Notice consisted of a copy of the foregoing Call, and was served on each Member of the Council not joining in the Call, and upon the in said City not less than 24 hours before the time fixed in said Call for said meeting, as follows:

Upon Elen Asatryan at 5:00 p.m. October 26, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Dan Brotman at 5:00 p.m. October 26, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Paula Devine at 5:00 p.m. October 26, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ara Najarian at 5:00 p.m. October 26, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ardy Kassakhian at 5:00 p.m. October 26, 2022 Glendale, CA Mayor Kassakhian called the meeting to order at 3:07 p.m.

ROLL CALL
- All Present
- Report of the City Clerk of the City Council, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the Tuesday, November 1, 2022 Special Public Meeting of the City Council was posted on Wednesday, October 26, 2022, on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.

1. Public Works, re: Adopt Plans and Specification and Advertise for Bids for the Artsakh Avenue Arts & Entertainment District Improvement Project Staff Comments:

Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Mark Berry, Deputy Director of Community Development/Economic Dev.

Bradley Calvert, Director of Community Development
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Gary Shaffer, Director of Library, Arts, and Culture
6 of 1517
11 01 22
SP CC
2 Presenting:

Sarkis Oganesyan, Deputy Director of PW/Engineer
Public Comments:

Beau Bass, Consultant
Tony Gafafyan
AniGafafyan
Anna Gevorgyan
Herbert Molano
a. Resolution adopting the Plans and Specification for the Glendale Arts and Entertainment District Improvements on Artsakh Avenue Project, Specification No. 3893 and directing the City Clerk to advertise for bids
Motion to delay the project and bring back Studio One for questions Moved: Devine Seconded: Asatryan
ADJOURNMENT – 4:15 p.m.

Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Brotman
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
7 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
1 4A

M I N U T E S

GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL

COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor Glendale, CA 91206
NOVEMBER 1, 2022
ROLL CALL – All Present

1. CLOSED SESSION – 4:16 p.m.
a. Public Employment – Attorneys
b. Conference with real property negotiators. Agency negotiators attending the closed session are: Roubik Golanian, Michael J. Garcia, Gillian van Muyden, John Takhtalian, Bradley Calvert, Jason Bradford, Onnig Bulanikian, Peter Zovak, and Mike Fortney. Instructions to the negotiator(s) will concern the price and terms for the acquisition of real property. Property No. 1 Location: 332-346 W. Cerritos and 341 Mira Loma. Negotiating parties: Kefalonia Holdings, LLC.

Property No. 2 Location: 215-221 N Central Ave & 314-322 Salem – Harvard Buildings, LLC. Negotiating Parties: Harvard Buildings, LLC c. Conference with Labor Negotiators. The City-designated negotiators attending the closed session are: Roubik Golanian, John Takhtalian, Michael J. Garcia, Gillian van Muyden, Paula Adams, and Jason Bradford. The names of the employee organizations are: Glendale City Employees’ Association, Glendale Management Association, Glendale Police Officers’ Association, Glendale Fire Fighters Association and I.B.E.W., Local 18, Unit 40. Unrepresented Employees:

Executives and Confidential Employees
City Attorney Mike Garcia indicated that action is anticipated on item 1a. Council recessed to closed session at 4:17 p.m.

2. REGULAR BUSINESS AGENDA – 6:05 PM
Roll Call – All Present
a. Flag Salute: Mayor Ardy Kassakhian
b. Invocation: Suzie Abajian, City Clerk
c. Report of City Clerk, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the November 1, 2022 Regular Meeting of the Glendale City Council was Posted on Wednesday, October 26, 2022, on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.

3. PRESENTATIONS AND APPOINTMENTS
a. Agenda Preview for the Meetings of Tuesday, November 8, 2022 Regular meetings have been cancelled for November 8 and will resume on November 15, 2022.
b. Hollywood Burbank Airport Update
Frank Miller

4. CONSENT ITEMS (Including Minutes)
The following are Routine and May be Acted Upon by One Motion. Any Member of Council or the Audience Requesting Separate Consideration May do so by Making Such Request Before Motion is Proposed.
8 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
2 Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
a. City Clerk, re: Minutes of the Special City Council and Regular City Council Meetings of October 25, 2022
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
b. Police Department, re: Acceptance and Appropriation of Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) 2022 DNA Capacity Enhancement and Backlog Reduction Grant

1. Motion authorizing acceptance of the BJA 2022 DNA Enhancement and Backlog Reduction Grant and authorizing the City Manager, or a designee, to execute the necessary agreements, certification, and other documents required to accept the Grant
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine

2. Resolution 22-158 to appropriate $347,033 in BJA 2022 DNA Capacity Enhancement and Backlog Reduction Grant funds
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
c. Police Department, re: Department of Justice (DOJ) Office of Justice Programs, Request for Authorization to Accept Grant Funds in the amount of $16,333 to be used to Procure Automated License Plate Reader (ALPR) Equipment

1. Motion to Accept Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) 2022 Justice Assistant Grant (JAG) funds and authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute the necessary agreements, certification, and other documents required to accept the grant
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
9 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
3 Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

2. Resolution 22-159 to dispense with competitive bidding and authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an agreement with Flock Group, Inc. for the procurement of ALPR equipment in an amount not to exceed $25,000 Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine

3. Resolution 22-160 to Appropriate $16,333 in BJA FY2022 Local JAG Program Grant funds
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
d. Public Works, re: Pacific Park Pool Shade Structure and Splashpad Project, Specification No.3853

1. Resolution 22-161 adopting Specification No. 3853 for the Pacific Park Pool Shade Structure and Splashpad Project and directing the City Clerk to advertise for bids Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine

5. CITY COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS
City Manager Roubik Golanian pulled item 7b off the agenda.

Public Works Director Yazdan Emrani announced a second compost giveaway on November 5 th at Parking Lot 30 on North Verdugo Road, following a successful compost giveaway on October 1st.

Police Lt. Alex Krikorian announced that the Glendale Health Fair will offer free Heart Health Education Classes and the 11th Annual Glendale Health Festival will provide free dental, vision, and medical care for children and adults on November 5-6 at Pacific Community Center.

City Clerk Suzie Abajian stated the Glendale City Clerk’s office, in collaboration with the Los Angeles County Registrar Recorder’s Office, hosted a mobile vote center at City Hall Plaza.

She thanked the City of Glendale employees and the public who came out to vote. Abajian provided a brief report on vote-by-mail drop-off locations and voting centers leading up to the November 8th elections.

Councilmember Devine announced there will be an opening for the GWP Commission and asked members of the public who are interested to send their application to the City Clerk’s office. She thanked and congratulated Diane Evers and company who organized the Virginia 10 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
4 Avenue Fall Festival for their neighborhood. Devine asked staff to send a condolence letter to the Consul General of the Republic of Korea of Los Angeles, Kim Youngwan, regarding the horrific loss of life over the Halloween tragedy in South Korea. Kassakhian seconded. She announced it is Native American Heritage Month and asked to celebrate our indigenous community by thanking and acknowledging their accomplishments and contributions to our city, state, and country.

Councilmember Asatryan announced on Thursday the Commission on the Status of Women and the YWCA of Glendale and Pasadena held a beautiful candlelight vigil and purple tie event honoring men in our community who take action and go above and beyond, spreading awareness and helping with domestic violence issues. She stated that she would like to use this opportunity to also provide information to anybody that needs help. Asatryan stated they are not alone and there are a lot of resources available from legal assistance, shelter, housing, food pantry, etc. She mentioned that YWCA Glendale can be reached at 818.242.4155, crisis hotline at 888.999.7511, and the LA County 24/7 hotline at 800.978.3600.

She asked the public to reach out if they need assistance.

Councilmember Najarian indicated there used to be another public swimming pool in Glendale, besides the Pacific Community Pool, by the Glendale Community College called “keyhole,” which was paved and converted into a parking lot. He asked staff to provide a report and see if there are any locations which would be suitable for another public swimming pool. Asatryan seconded.

Councilmember Brotman followed-up on the re-appointment of Sevana Zadorian for the Arts and Culture Commission. City Manager Roubik Golanian indicated that it will be agendized for the November 15, 2022 Council Meeting.

Mayor Kassakhian invited the public to attend the Veterans Day Memorial Event on November 11 at Forest Lawn Hollywood Hills. He asked to revive the Veterans Committee that used to organize the memorial and veteran’s day events and asked the veterans out there to reach out to the City Manager’s office if they wish to volunteer. Kassakhian stated that the City of Glendale was voted before as one of the best communities to go trick or treating in for Halloween and mentioned few of the neighborhoods in the city that had Halloween events for children. Mayor Kassakhian reminded the public to turn in their vote-by-mail ballots. He also announced that for those who want to learn more about the Native American heritage, there are a number of great programs that are happening through Glendale Library, Arts, and Culture.

6. COMMUNITY EVENT ANNOUNCEMENTS (3-Minutes)
Mike Mohill
Raamella Eraghi
11 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
5 Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Kassakhian
None
None
Najarian
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

7. ADOPTION OF ORDINANCES
a. Community Development, re: Adoption of Ordinance 5996 Extending, for an Additional 10 Months and 15 Days, Interim Urgency Ordinance No. 5994 Prohibiting Developments with New and Conversion of Existing Drive-through Waiting Lanes Citywide (Asatryan, 10/25/22)
Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Brotman
Item 7b taken off calendar.
b. Community Development, re: Adoption of Ordinance Authorizing Entry into a Statutory Development Agreement between the City of Glendale and Adelfia Properties II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company in Connection with the Lucia Park Project (620 North Brand Boulevard and 625 North Maryland Avenue) (Agajanian, 06/14/22)

8. ACTION ITEMS
a. Glendale Water and Power, re: Software and Hardware Support Agreement with Minsait ACS, Inc. for Electric Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System
Presenting:

Hovsep Barkhordarian, Principal Electrical Engineer

1. Motion authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into and execute a Software and Hardware Support Agreement with Minsait ACS, Inc. to provide uninterrupted software and hardware support, maintenance, and “as needed” engineering support for a not-to-exceed amount of $546,636 for three years, with an option to extend for an additional two years for $390,626 for a total not-toexceed amount of $937,262 Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
b. Community Development, re: Introduction and Adoption of 2023 Glendale Building and Safety Code
Staff Comment:

Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Presenting:

Miroslav Lhotsky, Building Official
12 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
6 Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

1. Ordinance for Introduction Adopting and Amending Specific Portions of the California Building Standards Code as the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023
Introduced by: Najarian

2. Resolution 22-162 Adopting Findings and Analysis of Amendments to the California Building Standards Code [Title 24, California Code of Regulations] Moved: Najarian Seconded: Asatryan
c. Management Services, re: Introduction of an Ordinance of the City of Glendale, California, Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code Volume IX to Adopt Local Amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code Pertaining to Building Electrification, Solar Photovoltaic and Electric Vehicle Charging Installations
Staff Comments:

Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Presenting:

David Jones, Sustainability Officer
Ryan Gardner, Rincon Consultants
Public Comments:

Mike Borisov
Monica Campagna
Kim Orbe
Michael Rockwell
Danielle Lemone
Adrian Griffin
Kate Unger
Winston Thorn

1. Introduction of an Ordinance Amending the Glendale Building and Safety Code, Volume IX, to Adopt Local Amendments to the 2022 Edition of the California Building and Energy Code
Introduced by: Brotman
Agenda out of order. Item 9b and 9c read next.
13 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
7 d. City Attorney, re: Consideration of Amendment to Term Limits for Members of Boards and Commissions; Discussion of Revisions to Nomination and Appointment Process for Boards and Commissions, including Civil Service Commission
Presenting:

Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Public Comment:

Herbert Molano

1. Introduction of Ordinance Amending Section 2.36.010 of the Glendale Municipal Code Pertaining to Term Limits for Members of the Boards and Commissions

2. Motion Directing Staff Regarding the Nomination and Appointment Process for Boards and Commissions

3. Motion Directing Staff Regarding the Nomination and Appointment Process for Members of the Civil Service Commission

4. Motion to Note and File

9. HEARINGS
a. Community Development, re: Consideration of Ordinance amending Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, relating generally to standards for eligible SB9 projects, minimum SB478 floor area ratio standards for certain multi-family housing development projects, and incorporation of State law amendments and minor modifications and clarifications related to junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) and accessory dwelling units (ADUs)
Hearing opened at 8:34 p.m. and closed at 9:02 p.m.

Presenting:

Kristen Asp, Principal Planner
Staff Comment:

Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Public Comment:

Cathy Jurca

1. Introduction of Ordinance amending Title 30
Introduced by: Devine
Item 8d read next.
b. Community Development, re: 849 Cavanagh Road: Consideration of Glendale Register Nomination and Request for a Mills Act Historic Property Contract
Presenting:

Jay Platt, Principal Planner
14 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
8 Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

Hearing opened at 8:21 p.m. and closed at 8:26 p.m.

1. Resolution 22-163 to designate the residential property at 849 Cavanagh Road as a historic resource in the Glendale Register of Historic Resources, as the Vida H.

Wallace House, and authorizing the City Manager to enter into a Mills Act Historical Property Contract with the property owner
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Asatryan

2. Motion to deny the request of the property owner to designate the residential property at 849 Cavanagh Road as a historic resource in the Glendale Register of Historic Resources
c. Community Development, re: 2795 Mira Vista Drive: Consideration of Glendale Register Nomination and Request for a Mills Act Historic Property Contract
Presenting:

Jay Platt, Principal Planner
Hearing opened at 8:20 p.m. and closed at 8:32 p.m.

1. Resolution 22-164 to designate the residential property at 2795 Mira Vista Drive as a historic resource in the Glendale Register of Historic Resources, as the Sherman and Henrietta Ford House, and authorizing the City Manager to enter into a Mills Act Historical Property Contract with the property owner Moved: Devine Seconded: Asatryan

2. Motion to deny the request of the property owner to designate the residential property at 2795 Mira Vista Drive as a historic resource in the Glendale Register of Historic Resources
Agenda out of order. Item 9a read next.

10. REPORTS - INFORMATION

11. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS
15 of 1517
11 01 22
CC
9 Mayor of the City of Glendale
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

12. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Discussion is Limited to Items NOT a Part of this Agenda. Each Speaker is Allowed 5 minutes. Council May Question or Respond to The Speaker But There Will be no Debate or Decision. The City Manager May Refer the Matter to the Appropriate Department for Investigation and Report.

Claire Calderon
Nina Garcia

13. NEW BUSINESS
a. Motion to execute a professional services agreement for legal services with Jones & Mayer to assist the City Attorney with police legal advisory services. The agreement shall, in addition to other provisions, contain a fee cap for the provision of said services
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Najarian

14. ADJOURNMENT – 9:56 p.m.

Moved: Brotman Seconded: Asatryan
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
16 of 1517
4b

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Adoption of Specification for Transformer(s) Oil Testing, and Advertising for Bids.

1. Resolution adopting Specification No. 3931 to furnish materials, equipment, and labor for testing transformer, load tap changer, regulator, and circuit breaker oil for Glendale Water & Power (GWP), and directing the City Clerk to advertise for bids.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Due to the expertise and sophisticated equipment needed, as well as the critical nature of regularly monitoring the oil of GWP’s transformers, load tap changers, regulators, and circuit breakers, it is necessary to have a contractor on board to perform GWP’s oil testing. Due to our aging equipment, it is important to have a capable contractor that can determine the current state of the City’s equipment which can, in turn, assist in determining plans of action to remedy any issues present in order to increase power system reliability.

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Infrastructure: Testing the oil of GWP’s critical equipment provides safe, efficient, and reliable utility services to Glendale Residents.

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt the Specification to furnish materials, equipment, and labor for testing transformer, load tap changer, regulator, and circuit breaker oil, and direct the City Clerk to advertise for bids.
17 of 1517
2 b 4

BACKGROUND
GWP’s commitment to providing reliable and trusted service to its customers includes annual testing of transformer, load tap changer, regulator, and circuit breaker oil as part of its ongoing maintenance of the electrical substation assets.

On June 18, 2019, the City Council approved a motion awarding a contract to Resa Power, LLC, pursuant to Specification No. 3783 to furnish all labor, equipment, and materials for testing of transformer oil, regulator oil, and circuit breaker oil for a not-toexceed amount of $327,000.00 for a contract period of three years. GWP now needs to establish a new contract.

ANALYSIS
GWP must continually monitor the condition of its oil-immersed electrical equipment in order to meet this commitment. Oil testing is a standard industry practice to effectively accomplish this task. Oil testing includes taking necessary oil samples from transformers, load tap changers, regulators, and oil circuit breakers, and analyzing these samples for dissolved gasses; total combustible gasses; moisture content; interfacial tension; acidity; color; specific gravity; dielectric breakdown voltage; Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB), and other characteristics. A high degree of specific expertise is needed to perform this type of work. Specification No. 3931 will enable a qualified contractor to continue performing these tasks as part of GWP’s overall annual maintenance program.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
There are no stakeholders that will be impacted.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report. Staff will return to Council to award the contract. Funds for Year 1 of the contract are available in the FY 2022-23 budget.

Funding for future fiscal years will be appropriated as a part of the annual budget process.

Existing Appropriation
Amount Account String Funding Source
$120,000 GL:43110-5820-GWP-4650 Electric Works Revenue Fund

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This item is considered a ministerial activity and therefore, not subject to CEQA review.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements. 18 of 1517
3 b 4

ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Authorize the requested action herein.

Alternative 2: Do not authorize the requested action; however, due to the expertise and the sophisticated equipment necessary to perform the described work, GWP does not have the resources necessary and will not be able to perform the work.

Alternative 3: Consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:

Daniel Scorza, P.E., Chief Assistant General Manager - Electric Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS / ATTACHMENTS
N/A
19 of 1517
RESOLUTION NO. ________

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING SPECIFICATION NO. 3931 TO FURNISH

MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR FOR TESTING TRANSFORMER,

LOAD TAP CHANGER, REGULATOR, AND CIRCUIT BREAKER OIL FOR

GLENDALE WATER & POWER DEPARTMENT AND DIRECTING THE CITY

CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION 1. The specifications and plans, on file in the Glendale Water & Power Department – Electrical Engineering Office, to furnish materials, equipment, and labor for testing transformer, load tap changer, regulator, and circuit breaker oil for Glendale Water and Power Department, including the various documents incorporated therein, are hereby approved, adopted, designated and shall hereafter be known as Specification No. 3931.

SECTION 2. That the City Clerk is hereby directed to advertise for bids for work, equipment and materials described in Specifications No. 3931 adopted by this Resolution.

Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on this ___ day of _________, 2022. ________________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:
_____________________________________
City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) SS.

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Suzie Abajian PhD, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. _______________ was adopted by a majority vote of the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the ______ day of ______________________, 2022, and that the same was adopted by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________
City Clerk 20 of 1517
4c

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: CalOES Funding for High-Frequency Radio for the Emergency Operations Center.

1. Motion authorizing the City Manager to accept High-Frequency Communications Equipment Program Grant funds in the amount of $59,770, and to execute the necessary agreements, certifications, and other documents to receive the grant funds.

2. Resolution of Appropriation

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The California Governor's Office of Emergency Services (Cal OES) has approved the City's Grant Subaward application for a high-frequency radio system in the amount of $59,770. The quote for the equipment, 5-year UrgentLink radio service, training, shipping costs, and taxes are included in the price. There will be no recurring cost for this service. 21 of 1517
2 c 4

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Safe and Healthy Community; This high frequency will increase emergency communication redundancy in response to a large-scale disaster that may impact the community.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve the Motion to accept funding from CalOES for HighFrequency Radio for the Emergency Operations Center, in the amount of $59,770, approve the Resolution of Appropriation.

BACKGROUND
The purpose of the High-Frequency Communications Equipment Program through Cal OES is to provide funding for equipment that will allow local governments to be included in an integrated high-frequency radio network service that utilizes frequencies authorized by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). To that end, Cal OES released $6 million in grant funding intended to help Alerting Authorities, Emergency Operation Centers (EOC) or County Sheriff’s Offices acquire equipment that would allow local governments to be included in an integrated high-frequency radio network service and be capable of communications with state, regional, and federal agencies. The City applied and was granted funding for a portable radio system. Though the current radio system is reliable with multiple redundancies, The Glendale EOC will benefit from having a portable high-frequency radio that could be moved to a remote location such as an Incident Command Post (ICP) or an alternate EOC.

ANALYSIS
Cal OES uses High-Frequency radios not only on the California Emergency Services Net Amateur Radio Frequencies, but also frequencies outside the amateur radio bands.

These additional channels are assigned at no cost to agencies that Cal OES and many local governments use across the State. The benefit to the City is that Cal OES and other State Agencies such as Caltrans not only use Amateur Radio (HAM) but also these other frequencies to communicate with state and regional partners during a crisis. Verdugo Fire Communications and the Burbank Hollywood Airport use the UrgentLink system. This additional layer of communication will enhance the City's capabilities to respond to an emergency and communicate its status to area partners and maintain communications with the State and our regional partners.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Internal stakeholders include the Glendale radio shop, Glendale Police Department, and the Verdugo Fire Communications Center. Their input was solicited and the decision to pursue the High-Frequency Tactical unit for portability was agreed to. In addition, a local community group of HAM Radio operators known as the Glendale Emergency Auxiliary Radio Service (GEARS) has been made aware of this program and support its addition to our current radio cache.
22 of 1517
3 c 4

FISCAL IMPACT
The High-Frequency Communications Equipment Program Grant in the amount of $59,770, was not included as a part of the FY 2022-23 approved budget. Therefore, staff is requesting for an appropriation of $59,770 from grant revenue. The appropriation request is outlined below.

Requesting Appropriation
Amount From (Account
String)
To (Account String) Funding Source
$59,770 GL:31240-2650-
GFD-0020-P0000
PL:GFD00809AG
GL:51000-2650-
GFD-0020-P0000
PL:GFD00809AG
Fire Grant Fund

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item is considered a ministerial activity and therefore, not subjected to CEQA/NEPA review. There is no possibility that the acceptance of this award may have a significant effect on the environment. (14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15061(b)(3)).

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES

1. Approve the motion accepting grant funding and resolution of appropriations.

2. Pursue funding for a similar project without the use of these funds

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:

Jonathan Payne, Fire Captain
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
23 of 1517

M O T I O N
Moved by Council Member ,
seconded by Council Member , that the
Council of the City of Glendale hereby authorizes the City Manager or his designee to accept the High-Frequency Communications Equipment Grant in the amount of $59,770 and execute all necessary agreements, certifications, and other documents to receive the grant funds as outlined in the Report to Council dated November 15, 2022.

Vote as Follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
24 of 1517
25 of 1517
4d

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Peraton Contract amendment to add funds for Automatic Voice Dispatch (AVD) Connection and Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) Hardware Refresh and Maintenance.

1. Motion to approve an amendment to an existing professional services agreement between City of Glendale and Peraton/Northrop-Grumman Systems Corporation in the amount of $160,296.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The approval of the Peraton Technology Refresh and Maintenance contract will enable Verdugo Fire Communications Center’s Computer Aided Dispatch, and associated applications to be deployed to redundant centralized systems managed by the City of Glendale. These new systems will consolidate and secure the future needs of critical applications for the dispatch center. The completed migration will also provide technology resource expansion required for CAD in a more robust and supported environment to enhance security and create redundancy. The consolidation of the hardware and software assets will reduce the overall expenditure by $450,000, while aligning the CAD system with the City of Glendale's technology standard. In conjunction with CAD, the AVD connection will allow our station alerting and radio systems to connect the CAD system to automate the outbound verbal dispatch to emergency resources. The AVD enhancement in most cases replaces the need for a dispatcher to voice dispatch alerts through automation thus improving workflow and enabling highly trained dispatchers to perform other life-saving tasks.
26 of 1517
2 d 4

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
• Safety: Both the AVD Connection and CAD Hardware Refresh and Maintenance supports the safety of our community.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve a Motion authorizing the City Manager to amend an existing professional services agreement between the City of Glendale and Peraton in the amount of $160,296.00, for an extension of the CAD Automatic Voice Dispatch Connection and CAD Hardware Refresh and Maintenance.

BACKGROUND
In August 2017, the City Council approved a motion authorizing the City Manager to execute an amendment to an existing professional services agreement with Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation (now Peraton) for the software design and upgrade of the thirty-year-old Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system.

The CAD and related mapping applications and related hardware environment are part of the most critical pieces of a public-safety dispatch center’s operation. These serve as the primary method of obtaining and verifying the emergency incident location from 9-1- 1 callers and subsequently processing, dispatching, and managing all the Fire Department and Emergency Medical Services (EMS) resources to emergency incidents within the Verdugo Fire Communications system.

ANALYSIS
On May 12, 2020, the new CAD system went live and proved to be a powerful upgrade for serving a population of more than one million people each day. Although the software is relatively new, the required hardware has reached an end-of-life. Peraton professional services are required to install and configure the software on the new and improved server environment hosted by the City of Glendale. Due to the critical nature of the CAD, several steps will be required in conjunction with Peraton to ensure continuity of operations.

AVD is an alternative to a human manually speaking dispatch information for each call which results in differences in the voice, speech pattern, audio level, background noise, and the number of details in the dispatch. The Automatic Voice Dispatch speech is generated in a fraction of a second and sent to individual stations and over the radio immediately. The dispatcher is relieved of a time-consuming task, freeing valuable time for other critical life-saving measures. The use of the automatic voice dispatch will improve workflow and call processing during emergencies. Therefore, staff recommends that the City Council authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend the Professional services agreements for the CAD in the amount of $160,296.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Verdugo Stakeholders will benefit from both the AVD Connection and CAD Hardware Refresh and Maintenance as both will provide better public safety services to the community of 1 million people served by the Verdugo Fire Communications Center. 27 of 1517
3 d 4

FISCAL IMPACT
The Peraton contract amendment will cost $160,296. The Information Technology budget can absorb this cost within the FY 2022-23 budget and therefore no new appropriation is being requested at this time. The funding is outlined below:

Existing Appropriation
Amount Account String Funding Source
$160,296 43110-6040-ISD-5502-P0000 ITD Applications Fund

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements names and business addresses of the Board of Directors and Officers of Peraton.

NAME TITLE ADDRESS
Stu Shea President & CEO /Board 12975 Worldgate Drive,
Ste. 700
Jeremy Wensinger COO/Board Member 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
John Kavanaugh CFO 12975 Worldgate Drive,
Ste. 700
Jim Winner Chief Legal Officer/Board 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Mike King Chief Growth Officer 12975 Worldgate Drive,
Ste. 700
John Reing Chief Human Resources 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Chris Valentino Chief Strategy Officer 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Szu Yang Chief Contracts Officer 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Matt McQueen Chief Comm. &
Engagement Officer
12975 Worldgate Drive,
Ste. 700
Rebecca McHale Chief Information Officer 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Mike Londredgan Chief Security Officer 12975 Worldgate Drive, Ste. 700
Laila Salguero Chief Diversity, Equity &
Inclusion Officer
12975 Worldgate Drive,
Ste. 700
28 of 1517
4 d 4

ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Authorize the changes to the agreements in the amount of $160,296 between City of Glendale and Peraton.

Alternative 2: Do not authorize the changes to the agreements in the amount of $160,296 between City of Glendale and Peraton.

Alternative 3: The City Council can consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:

Gor Galstyan, Public Safety Business Coordinator
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Amendment No 27
29 of 1517
C:\inetpub\wwwroot\multitenant\temp\CC_11152022_Motion_4d1.pdf MOTION
Moved by Council Member ____________________________, seconded by Council Member ___________________________, that the City Manager, or his designee, is hereby authorized to execute an amendment to the professional services agreement with Peraton/Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation in the amount of $160,296 to increase funds for Automatic Voice Dispatch (AVD) Connection and Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) hardware refresh and maintenance. Said amendment shall be in a form approved by the City Attorney.

Vote as follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
30 of 1517
CONTRACT NO.: C104447C
AMENDMENT NO. 27
Professional Services Agreement between
The City of Glendale and Peraton
This Amendment No. 27 to the Professional Services Agreement No. C104447C is made November ___, 2022, between the City of Glendale (“CITY”), a municipal corporation, and Peraton, a Maryland Corporation, (“PERATON”).

RECITALS
Whereas CITY and PERATON entered into a Professional Services Agreement on July 1, 2007; and
Whereas PERATON provides software design services for the Fire Department’s Computer Aided Dispatch system and the City wishes to obtain additional Application Programming Interface for Tablet Command use;
Now therefore, the Parties agree hereto as follows:

AGREEMENT
CITY and PERATON agree as follows:

1. The Services to be performed pursuant to this Amendment are set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

2. City shall pay for the services as agreed upon per the Price and invoicing schedule as set forth in Exhibit A.

3. All other terms and conditions of said Agreement remain in full force and effect.

4. The PARTIES deem a copy of this Agreement, or any amendment to it, that bears a digital signature as having the same legal effect, for all purposes, as delivery of a signed original of this Agreement or the amendment, and each digital signature will have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature.

WHEREFORE, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the date set for opposite their signature.

CITY OF GLENDALE PERATON
________________________________ ________________________________ City Manager
Date: ______________________ Date: ______________________ 31 of 1517
CONTRACT NO.: C104447C
Exhibit A.
32 of 1517

PERATON SYSTEMS CORPORATION

PUBLIC SAFETY PRODUCTS

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
© Copyright Peraton, Inc. – 2022

1. DEFINITIONS.
a. Peraton, Inc. shall mean PERATON, a Maryland corporation represented herein by its Civil & Health Sector-Health & Public Safety. b. Customer shall mean any corporation, public agency, or political subdivision that receives and accepts a quote from PERATON.
c. Agreement shall mean the above stated PERATON Quote, which has been accepted by Customer, along with these standard Terms and Conditions

2. SCOPE. These terms and conditions are applicable to services and/or equipment to be provided, as set forth in any PERATON Quote which has been accepted by Customer in writing, or for which Customer has issued a Purchase Order.

3. PRECEDENCE. Any scope of work subject hereto shall be subject to terms and conditions of documents, as set forth below in descending order of precedence:
a. The terms of the quote for services and/or equipment from PERATON. b. The terms and conditions set forth in this document.

4. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall begin upon receipt by PERATON of the written acceptance of the PERATON Quote and shall continue through the completion of the work provided for therein and warranty period unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.

5. CHANGES AND DELAYS. Customer may require changes in the scope of work, services and/or equipment to be performed or provided by PERATON hereunder. All such changes (which are mutually agreed upon by and between all the parties) shall be incorporated in written amendments to this Agreement. All such amendments shall state any increase or decrease in the amount of the compensation due PERATON for the change in scope and/or schedule, if any. PERATON shall have no obligation to proceed with the change until such time as PERATON and the Customer have agreed upon the impact on price and schedule, and have executed a bilateral written amendment memorializing the change and the price and schedule impacts.

Any delays caused by Customer, including but not limited to:

1. Failure to timely approve documents as provided herein,

2. Failure to comply with responsibilities set forth in the Implementation Plan,

3. Failure to provide access to facilities or information required for PERATON to perform,

4. Failure or delay of Customer furnished equipment,
shall be regarded as constructive changes and shall entitle PERATON to receive from Customer an equitable adjustment in price and schedule. Should PERATON and Customer be unable to agree on the price impact to PERATON of such delay, such price shall be computed using PERATON’s then current time and materials rates.

6. CLARIFICATION PROCEDURES. Customer shall have a maximum of fifteen (15) calendar days from the receipt of written correspondence from PERATON in which to respond, in writing, to the clarification, proposed solution or any other situation requiring a written response from Customer. If Customer believes the contents of such correspondence does not conform to the requirements of this Agreement, or otherwise disagrees with such correspondence; it shall so notify PERATON in writing within the above-stated fifteen (15) days, defining in detail such non-acceptance. In the event Customer finds the content of the correspondence conforming to the requirements of this Agreement, it shall, within the above stated (15) days, notify PERATON, in writing, of this fact, and such notification shall constitute final acceptance of the content of the correspondence delivered. Should Customer fail to respond within fifteen (15) days, the content of the correspondence shall be deemed accepted.

7. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE; ACCEPTANCE. Unless otherwise specified, the work subject to this Agreement shall be accepted upon the completion of the work set forth for the scope of work, or upon commencement of beneficial use by Customer, whichever occurs first.

8. FACILITIES. During the course of this Agreement, Customer shall provide PERATON personnel with adequate workspace and such other related facilities as may be required by PERATON to carry out its obligations enumerated herein.

9. LICENSE.
a. Acknowledgment of Ownership. PERATON owns all right, title and interest to the PERATON Software and related documentation (the “PERATON Software”), including all custom modifications, derivative works and all technical and functional designs relating thereto. None of the services hereunder shall be considered “work for hire” within the meaning of Federal copyright law (17 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq). Customer shall not disassemble, decompile or reverse engineer the PERATON Software and any information obtained in violation of this provision shall be deemed confidential information owned exclusively by PERATON.
b. Operating License. Subsequent to Acceptance and payment of all amounts due to PERATON by Customer, Customer shall upon Acceptance be granted a paid-up, perpetual, non-exclusive, not transferable operating license in object code form to install, store, load, execute and display (collectively, “Use”) the PERATON Software on the Equipment located at the Customer’s Operations Center in support of Customer’s local area emergency dispatch service. Customer may make one (1) archival copy for back-up purposes.

PERATON reserves all rights not expressly granted. This license is for Customer’s internal use on the configuration of Equipment specified in the contract under which the software was installed by PERATON. Use by or for the benefit of any third party or on any other configuration of equipment (including upgrades to Equipment or components thereof, such as upgrading to a higher performance processor) shall require written authorization and payment of additional license fees. This license is for operations use only and does not authorize Customer to make any alterations, adaptations, translations or derivative works. Customer shall execute any standard licensing agreement(s) necessary for any third party software subject to the above PERATON Quote.
c. Confidentiality. Customer shall not allow any person, company, governmental agency, consulting firm or any other entity to have access to the software provided hereunder, other than employees of Customer who have a need to have access to such software in order for Customer to utilize such software for the purposes set forth herein. Should Customer allow such access without the express written consent of PERATON, then PERATON may terminate Customer’s license granted under this Agreement. Disclosure of such proprietary information will cause irreparable injury for which monetary damages will not be a sufficient remedy. Accordingly, in addition to other remedies available at law or in equity, PERATON shall be entitled to temporary or permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving actual damages, to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

10. WARRANTY; REMEDIES.
a. Warranties. Unless specified to the contrary in the Scope of Work, for a period commencing on the date of successful completion of the Work, or acceptance by beneficial use, whichever occurs first, and thirty (30) days thereafter, PERATON warrants that (i) the software provided by it under this Agreement shall perform in accordance with the Quote; and (ii) the services performed by it under this Agreement shall be performed in accordance with 33 of 1517

PERATON SYSTEMS CORPORATION

PUBLIC SAFETY PRODUCTS

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
© Copyright Peraton, Inc. – 2022
the ordinary skill and care which would be reasonably executed by those who are knowledgeable, trained and experienced in rendering the services required at the time such services are performed. The warranty and maintenance for equipment shall be in accordance with the provisions received from the supplier. No such performance warranties are applicable to Time and Materials quotes.

THESE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDE ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,

INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

ANY WARRANTY WHICH MAY ARISE BY REASON OF USAGE OF
TRADE OR CUSTOM OR COURSE OF DEALINGS.
b. Remedies. (1) If, during the warranty period specified in Section a., above, Customer (a) discovers that the equipment provided by PERATON under this Agreement is not in accordance with the express warranty set forth in Section a., and (b) notifies PERATON in writing, of such, then PERATON shall, without charge to Customer and on behalf of Customer, be responsible for the enforcement of, or will perform without charge, the applicable obligations which the supplier of such equipment may have with respect to repairing or replacing such equipment to the extent necessary to correct such defects. (2) If, during the warranty period specified in Section a., above, Customer (a) discovers reproducible defects in the software provided by PERATON under this Agreement, such that the software will not perform in accordance with the express warranty set forth in Section a., and (b) notifies PERATON, in writing, of such defects, then PERATON shall, without charge to Customer, correct such defects.
(3) If, during the warranty period specified in Section a., Customer (a) discovers that the services performed by PERATON under this Agreement had not been performed in accordance with the express warranty set forth in Section (a)., and (b) notifies PERATON in writing of such faulty services, then PERATON shall, without charge to Customer, re-perform such services to the extent necessary to correct the fault therein.
(4) Every claim that PERATON’s goods or services are faulty shall be deemed waived unless such claim is made in writing during the warranty period specified in a. above.
(5) THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION B. ARE IN LIEU

OF AND EXCLUDE ALL OTHER REMEDIES AVAILABLE TO THE

CUSTOMER RELATING TO WARRANTIES FOR PRODUCTS AND
SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

11. CONTRACT AMOUNT AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE. Unless set forth to the contrary in the Quote for Services, payment shall be due as follows:
a. Hardware and Third-Party Software and Services - 100% of the purchase price for the hardware shall be paid upon delivery to the Customer site.

Partial deliveries, invoicing, and payment based on line item pricing provided by PERATON shall be permitted.
b. PERATON license fees shall be paid upon acceptance of PERATON quotation or issuance of purchase order.
c. PERATON Software, Services, and Miscellaneous (Includes hardware delivery and installation. Bonding is not included unless specifically provided in the PERATON Quote for Services)

1.) Upon Acceptance of PERATON
Quotation/Issuance of Purchase Order 50%

2.) Upon Installation of Software or Modifications 40%

3.) Upon Acceptance as provided in Section 7 above 10%
Total Software, Services, & Miscellaneous 100%
d. Any Time and Materials quotes shall be invoiced no more often than monthly.

12. SALES AND USE TAXES. Customer shall be liable for all federal, state and local sales use and excise taxes, which become due as a consequence of this Agreement.

Customer shall be liable for any increase in tax rates or change in the scope of tax assessments whether due to changes in any statutes or interpretation by any taxing authority.

Customer shall not be liable for the payment of such taxes, provided it shall furnish to PERATON an exemption certificate sufficient to exempt PERATON from the payment of all such sales, use and excise taxes. Should any such certification furnished not be sufficient to exempt PERATON from the payment of such taxes, Customer shall indemnify and hold PERATON harmless for all such taxes assessed.

13. DISPUTES. (a) Except as specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, all claims and controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to binding arbitration in California by a single arbitrator in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered into a court having jurisdiction thereof.

Not withstanding any rules or practices of AAA, discovery in any such proceeding shall be limited to no more than three depositions and 25 uncompounded interrogatories or requests for admission per party. The prevailing party in any arbitration proceeding hereunder, as determined by thee arbitrators or in any legal proceedings or actions to enforce the abitral award shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. The parties expressly agree that the arbitrator shall not have the right to award punitive damages.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph b. above, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude either party from seeking equitable or injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction for breach of Article 9 or 18 of this Agreement. The prevailing party in any such judicial proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. The parties expressly agree that the court in such a proceeding shall not have the power to award punitive damages

14. FORCE MAJEURE. In the event that, due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of PERATON, PERATON fails to meet any of its obligations under this Agreement, such failure shall not constitute a default in performance, and Customer shall grant to PERATON such extensions of time and make other arrangements, additions, or revised payments as shall be reasonable under the circumstances.

15. TERMINATION AND DEFAULT.
(a) Termination for Cause. If PERATON should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to provide enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or persistently disregard laws and ordinances, or not proceed with work or otherwise be guilty of, a substantial violation of any provision of this Agreement, Customer shall give PERATON ninety (90) calendar days written notice. Upon receipt of such termination notice, PERATON shall be allowed ninety (90) calendar days to cure such deficiencies.
(b) Termination for Convenience. The work may be terminated, in whole or in part, by the Customer at its sole discretion upon written notice to PERATON, whenever, for any reason, Customer shall determine that such termination is in its best interests.

Such notice to be effective must be in writing and tendered to PERATON at least fourteen (14) days prior to the effective date of termination specified therein, during which period PERATON will endeavor to mitigate and minimize costs relating to and/or rising from the 34 of 1517

PERATON SYSTEMS CORPORATION

PUBLIC SAFETY PRODUCTS

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
© Copyright Peraton, Inc. – 2022
termination. Upon receipt of such written notice of termination, PERATON shall within ninety (90) days after the date of termination, submit an invoice for all work performed prior to the effective date of termination and all costs incurred by PERATON (plus a reasonable profit) relating to and/or arising from the work or its termination. Such costs shall include but not limited to: prepaid travel and or travel change charges, restocking fees and termination and settlement of subcontract and subcontract claims and personnel costs relating to employees assigned to the terminated work who are awaiting reassignment for a period not to exceed thirty dates from the effective date of termination.

Customer shall pay such invoice within thirty (30) days of receipt.

16. ASSIGNMENT. Nothing herein shall restrict the right of PERATON to assign this Agreement in connection with any corporate sale merger, acquisition or consolidation or in connection with the sale of related and/or similar business assets.

17. PATENTS. PERATON shall indemnify, defend, and hold free and harmless Customer, its officers and employees from all liabilities, claims, damages, costs, or expenses, including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, imposed upon them or any of them, for any alleged infringement of patent rights or copyrights of any person or persons in consequence of the use by Customer, its officers, employees, agents, and other duly authorized representatives of articles or processes supplied to Customer hereunder by PERATON.

If a final injunction is obtained in such action against Customers use of the products or if in PERATON’s opinion the products are likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, PERATON will, at its option and entirely at its expense, either: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the products; (b) replace or modify the same (provided that such modifications do not adversely affect Customers intended use of the products) so that the products become non-infringing; or (c) if none of the foregoing alternatives is reasonably available to PERATON, refund in full all moneys paid by Customer in respect to such infringing products only and accept return of same.

18. SECURITY AND PRIVACY. PERATON agrees that none of its officers or employees shall use or reveal any research or statistical information furnished by any person and identifiable to any specific private person for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was obtained. Copies of such information shall not, without the consent of the person furnishing such information, be admitted as evidence or used for any purpose in any action, suit, or other judicial or administrative proceedings, unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction. Customer shall be notified immediately upon receipt of any such order of court, pertaining to production of such information.

19. INDEMNITY. PERATON shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Customer from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, losses, damages, injuries, penalties, costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees) and liabilities, of, by, or with respect to third parties, which arise solely from PERATON’s negligent performance of services under this Agreement. PERATON shall not be responsible for, and Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless PERATON from and against, any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, losses, damages, injuries, penalties, costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees) and liabilities, of, by, or with respect to third parties, which arise solely from Customer's negligence. With respect to any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, losses, damages, injuries, penalties, costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees) and liabilities of, by or with respect to third parties, which arise from the joint for concurrent negligence of PERATON and the Customer, each party shall assume responsibility in proportion to the degree of its respective fault.

20. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. In no event shall either party hereto be liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages of any nature. PERATON shall not be liable for damages, for any reason, in excess of the value of the Scope of Work as set forth in the Quote for Services.

21. CONTRACT REPRESENTATIVES. Any changes in the method or nature of work to be performed under this Agreement must be processed by Customer through PERATON’s Contracts Manager. Upon acceptance of the PERATON Quote for Services, Customer will name its representative who will represent Customer under this Agreement.

22. VALIDITY. The invalidity, in whole or in part, of any provision of these terms and conditions shall not void or affect the validity of any other provision of these terms and conditions.

23. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

24. INSURANCE. Without limiting PERATON’s indemnification of Customer, PERATON shall provide and maintain, at its own expense, during the term of this Agreement, the following programs of insurance covering its operations hereunder. Such insurance shall be provided by insurer(s) licensed to do business in the state and evidence of such programs shall be delivered to Customer within thirty (30) days of request.

A. Liability and Property
Such insurance shall be primary to and not contributing with any other insurance maintained by Customer, shall name Customer as an additional insured and shall include:

Comprehensive General Liability insurance endorsed for Independent Contractor Coverage, Premises-Operations Coverage, Products/Completed Operations Coverage, Contractual Liability, Broad Form Property Damage, and Personal Injury with a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per claim; and, Comprehensive Auto Liability endorsed for all owned and non-owned vehicles with a combined single limit of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

B. WorkersCompensation
A program of workerscompensation insurance in an amount and form to meet all applicable requirements of the Labor Code of the State in which the services are being delivered and which specifically covers all persons providing services on behalf of PERATON and all risks to such persons under this Agreement.

25. TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS. Title to all equipment provided hereunder shall pass to Customer upon payment of all amounts due PERATON under this Agreement. Risk of loss shall be borne by PERATON until delivery to the Customer’s site. Customer shall pay any personal property taxes, which may be assessed on the equipment beginning at the time of purchase.
35 of 1517
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

July 21, 2022
Chief Phil Ambrose CR-154226
Verdugo Fire Communications Center
421 Oak Street
Glendale, CA 91204
Transmitted via email to: [email protected]
Dear Chief Ambrose,
Peraton is pleased to provide a Firm Fixed-Price (FFP) quotation to add Automatic Voice Dispatch functionality to the CommandPoint® CAD System at Verdugo Fire.

Overview
Upon the receipt of a properly executed Purchase Order and subsequent mutually agreed to schedule, Peraton will provide the software and services described in the following scope of work.

Scope of work
Peraton will modify the current Verdugo CommandPoint® CAD system to enhance the CAD notification service to send out two notifications for each dispatch; one notification will go out to USDD and a second notification will go out to FIRSTIN/WESTNET. The CAD enhancement will include a configuration and check to allow unit statuses to process two station alerts.

The provided Services consist of the following:

1. Conduct a remote project kick-off meeting to review the project schedule, dependencies, planned activities, and Verdugo responsibilities throughout the project.

2. Software development for the enhancement.

3. Remotely deploy the interface into the Verdugo CommandPoint® environment and conduct Verdugo environment testing to ensure that the functionality works per Peraton
Financial & Regulatory BU
Public Safety OU
First Responder Solutions
7575 Colshire Drive
McLean, Virginia 22102
36 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose July 21, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-154226
City of Glendale California Page 2 of 4
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes. requirements provided by Jason Pfau.

Customer Responsibilities
Verdugo will be responsible for the following prior to the start of the project (except as otherwise noted):

1. Provide a dedicated project manager/single point-of-contact to work with and coordinate all interface activities and communication with the Peraton project manager, including (but not limited to) requesting and coordinating with any needed 3rd-party vendors.

2. Provide remote access of the Verdugo environments for installation and testing.

3. Provide all network configuration changes and any other interface setup items identified in the project kick-off meeting in advance of any interface installation, configuration and testing work by Peraton

4. Ensure qualified Verdugo personnel are available for testing, acceptance criteria review, and final acceptance testing. Ensure proper technical staff are available throughout the project to assist Peraton staff when needed
Failure to satisfy the requirements as identified above per the mutually agreed to schedule will entitle Peraton to request equitable adjustment if cost or schedule impacts are incurred as a result.

Acceptance Criteria
Acceptance of the Automatic Voice Dispatch enhancement shall occur once SOW service items 1- 3 above have been delivered to the Verdugo Fire Communications Center.

Assumptions
 All development work will be done remotely
 All installation work will be done remotely.
 Automatic voice dispatch will be facilitated via the USDD interface with a notification to USDD stations and FIRSTIN/WESTNET stations.
 Verdugo will ensure that Automatic Voice Dispatch is enabled for USDD stations. 37 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose July 21, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-154226
City of Glendale California Page 3 of 4
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Price and Payment
The FFP pricing is listed in the table below:

Item # Item Description Price
1 Verdugo Fire Communications Center Automatic Voice Dispatch Development, Installation, and Testing.
$14,607.00
2 (plus appropriate state taxes)
3 Total $14,607.00
Period of Performance
The Period of Performance will begin once a signed Purchase Order (PO) or other procurement vehicle is provided to and accepted by Peraton. Upon award acceptance, a mutually-agreed upon implementation schedule for the procured enhancement will be scheduled.

The base POP for the Automatic Voice Dispatch enhancement is anticipated to be two (2) months in duration and dependent upon resource availability.

Payment Milestones
The payment milestones for this change order are as follows:
 50% of Services upon receipt of Purchase Order or other procurement vehicle: $7,303.50  50% of Services upon installation on the Verdugo Live CAD system: $7,303.50 Applicable taxes (if any) will be added to each invoice.

Terms and Conditions
The attached Peraton standard terms and conditions apply to this quotation unless noted otherwise herein. Upon receipt of the final firm fixed-price quote, a purchase order including quote number CR-154226, should be sent to my attention at [email protected] to procure the software and services contained in this quotation.

This quotation is valid for 90 days unless extended in writing by Peraton.

Peraton sincerely appreciates the opportunity to respond to the needs of your agency. Please contact me or Dwain Saulsberry (312) 841-9593 if you need additional information. 38 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose July 21, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-154226
City of Glendale California Page 4 of 4
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Sincerely,
Sent Via E-Mail – Cynthia Williams
Cynthia Williams
Contracts Administrator
Phone: (865) 712-7826
[email protected]
cc: Florian Kogelnik
Chris Valvo
Vinnie Lavelle
Diana Meadows
Vivian Ho
Dwain Saulsberry
Contract File
39 of 1517

September 22, 2022 CR-142501
Chief Phil Ambrose
Verdugo Fire Communications Center
421 Oak Street
Glendale, CA 91204
Transmitted via email to: [email protected]
Dear Chief Ambrose,
Peraton is pleased to provide a Firm Fixed-Price (FFP) quotation to provide professional services to support the Hardware refresh for your CAD system. Specifically, we will provide migration services to port your production CAD system over to a new server and SAN platform. This quotation does not include the hardware, or third-party software required for the Verdugo CAD system.

Overview
Upon the receipt of a properly executed Purchase Order and subsequent mutually agreed to schedule, Peraton will provide the professional services described in the following scope of work.

Scope of Work
Virtual Machines will be created and configured to host all existing CAD server components currently in production at the customer site. All CommandPoint® CAD applications will be installed and configured within the new virtual machines. Peraton staff will work with Verdugo staff to ensure that all critical CAD data is properly backed up to a City-supplied backup solution.

Following full build out of the new system, a current copy of the production database and software will be copied to the new virtual systems followed by a high-level checkout/validation of the system.

Following successful completion of the system validation, a cutover will be performed where the production CAD system and database will be shut down and copied over to the new virtual system.

The virtual machines from the current system will be powered down and the new system brought online. If there is a need to fall back to the previous system, the reverse can be performed to bring the old system online.

Peraton
Financial & Regulatory BU
Public Safety OU
First Responder Solutions
12975 Worldgate Drive
Herndon, VA 20170
40 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose August 24, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-142501
City of Glendale California Page 2 of 5
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Systems Corporation. Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton Systems Corporation. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Peraton will perform the following tasks on this project:

1. Remote Kick-off meeting at the start of the project to discuss project schedule and implementation logistics.

2. Work with the City to create Virtual Machines to support all CAD applications, including live, test and training.

3. Work with the City to properly size storage for each application and database Virtual Machine

4. Setup Windows Operating systems and Windows clustering as required.

5. Provide onsite data migration and Go-Live support of the existing Live CAD system to the new virtual system.

6. Work with Verdugo to ensure that all critical CAD data is being backed up to a City provided backup solution.

IP Domain Change
As part of this hardware refresh, all virtual machines will be joined to a Windows Active Directory Domain that is specified by Verdugo Fire.

Verdugo will need to provide Peraton with an account with sufficient privileges on the domain to create domain objects. This is required to create Windows Server Failover Clusters.

Alternatively, Verdugo can pre-stage the required domain cluster objects.

Peraton will schedule a planning session with the appropriate engineers after the project has started, so that any questions can be answered.

GEO Installation and Configuration
Peraton will perform the following tasks on this project:

1. Install SQL Server 2019

2. Support install ArcGIS Server 10.9 on TEST/TRAIN

3. Support install Geo Server 10.8.x on TEST/TRAIN

4. Publishing of Map Services for ViewPoint

5. Configuration of Map Services for ViewPoint

6. Geo Event Processor Install and Configuration for ViewPoint

7. Plume Modeling Setup

8. Transfer models onsite and load data onto ALL new servers

9. Install and configure ArcGIS Pro 2.9 (or 2.6.6) and Desktop 10.8 on separate GIS workstation

10. Clone TEST/TRAIN for LIVE1 setup

11. Re-configure LIVE1

12. Clone LIVE for LIVE2/DR1/DR2 setup

13. Re-configure and License remaining servers
41 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose August 24, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-142501
City of Glendale California Page 3 of 5
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Systems Corporation. Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton Systems Corporation. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Customer Responsibilities
The City of Verdugo will be responsible for the following:

1. Provide the hardware required for processing, storage, and memory.

2. Provide load-balancing solution.

3. Provide third-party software (Oracle, SQL, VMware, ESRI).

4. VMWare vSphere software will be installed and configured on City provided servers.

5. VM Migration and/or VM replication will be configured by the City, with input provided by Peraton Engineers.

6. Provide annual maintenance for the hardware and third-party software mentioned above.

7. Provide a dedicated project manager/single point-of-contact to work with and coordinate all project activities with the Peraton project manager, including (but not limited to) requesting and coordinating with any needed 3rd-party vendors and Verdugo Fire personnel.

8. Provide temporary IP address for use for transferring databases from live system to new virtual system.

9. Ensure qualified Verdugo personnel are available to support the Peraton personnel throughout the onsite integration, testing, and cutover activities as needed to setup and configure the new hardware and test all components including all existing interfaces in accordance to the mutually agreed to schedule.

10. Provide remote access to the current system and new system once installed.

11. Provide a master network time source for new hardware time synchronization (it is anticipated to be the same one in use on the current CAD).

12. Provide access to the existing terminal servers for serial interface connections from the new hardware.

13. Provide all needed seismic bracing of the new hardware upon delivery to site in the selected computer room location.

14. Provide reliable site to site network connectivity with latency of less than 30ms.

Acceptance Criteria
The enhancement will be considered complete and accepted when:
 Verdugo’s components of their current CP CAD Live system have been migrated to the new VMware VSphere platform; or,
 Thirty days after the new hardware and VMware solution has been in place at Verdugo and certified as ready for go-live whichever comes first.

42 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose August 24, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-142501
City of Glendale California Page 4 of 5
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Systems Corporation. Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton Systems Corporation. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Price and Payment
The fixed price to implement this enhancement is:

Item # Description Price
1 Peraton Professional Services $ 145,689.00
Total $ 145,689.00
Payment Milestones
The payment milestones for this change order are as follows:

Milestone Percentage Amount
Receipt of Purchase Order / Amendment 50% $ 72,844.50
Completion of CAD installation, testing, and
cutover 50% $ 72,844.50
Total $ 145,689.00
Applicable taxes (if any) will be added to each invoice.

Period of Performance
The Period of Performance will extend no more than four (4) months from the time this quotation is executed and scheduled with extensions possible with the understanding the pricing may be revised at the time of extension. This also assumes that we do not have major delays receiving hardware parts from Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Terms and Conditions
Peraton Public Safety Systems Standard Terms and Conditions as attached, are applicable to and made a part of this proposal. A purchase order, which should include quote number CR-142501, should be sent to my attention at [email protected] to procure the services contained in this quotation.

A timeline for delivery will be established upon receipt of a purchase order from the City of Verdugo.

This quotation is valid for 90 days unless extended in writing by Peraton. 43 of 1517
Chief Phil Ambrose August 24, 2022
Verdugo Fire Communications Center CR-142501
City of Glendale California Page 5 of 5
** NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION **
This document contains Peraton Systems Corporation. Proprietary Information including trade secrets and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed (in whole or in part) without the express written authorization of Peraton Systems Corporation. This document may be used by the authorized recipient solely for internal purposes.

Peraton sincerely appreciates the opportunity to respond to the needs of your agency. Please contact me at (865) 712-7826 or Dwain Saulsberry at (312) 841-9593 if you need additional information.

Sincerely,
Sent Via E-Mail – Cynthia Williams
Cynthia Williams
Contracts Administrator
Phone: (865) 712-7826
[email protected]

cc: Florian Kogelnik
Chris Valvo
Vivian Ho
Dwain Saulsberry
Contract File
Attachments:
 Peraton Public Safety Systems Standard Terms and Conditions 44 of 1517
4e

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Traffic Signal Synchronization project including optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization of 50 signalized intersections in downtown Glendale.

1. Motion authorizing staff to implement the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Traffic Signal Synchronization project proposes to implement optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization at 50 traffic signals within the downtown area. City staff and consultants prepared a Citywide traffic model using the “Synchro” transportation engineering software platform used by most cities, counties and states to evaluate, manage, and synchronize traffic signals. Traffic signal timing and synchronization requires evaluation and updating every 10 years to accommodate for changes in land-use, development, and traffic patterns. Traffic signals in Glendale were last synchronized over 10 years ago. This proposed project will improve mobility and safety for motorists, bicyclists and pedestrians and staff requests approval of a motion authorizing staff to move forward with this project.
45 of 1517
2 e 4

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Mobility/Connectivity/Safety: Implementing optimized traffic signal timing and synchronizing 50 traffic signals within the downtown area will improve mobility by reducing unnecessary delays for the public in reaching their destinations. The improved efficiency can also reduce driver frustration, red-light running, and serious accidents.

The improvements will continue to provide for pedestrian and bicycle timing per State standards.

Infrastructure: The optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization project will optimize the efficiency of the existing roadway, traffic lanes, and traffic signal infrastructure. This will better manage existing infrastructure, reduce traffic congestion and delay without the need to construct additional infrastructure.

Environmental Stewardship: Reducing traffic congestion and unnecessary delays has been shown to improve air quality and reduce production of greenhouse gases.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve a Motion authorizing staff to proceed with the Traffic Signal Synchronization project that will implement optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization of 50 signalized intersections in downtown Glendale.

BACKGROUND
In the City of Glendale, there are 243 signalized intersections of which approximately 177 are monitored by the existing Traffic Management System.

The City was previously awarded 2013 Metro Call for Projects grant funding for implementation of the Regional Arterial Traffic Performance Measure System (RATPeMS) project, including Proposition C Discretionary funds and Measure R funds.

The City Council approved execution of a funding agreement with Metro, on November 14, 2017, for implementation of the project and approved construction of fiber optic communications infrastructure improvements on June 29, 2021. The project installed additional fiber optic communications infrastructure on Broadway from Chevy Chase Drive to Glendale Avenue, fiber video detection system improvements at 54 locations, integration of up to 65 signalized locations on arterial streets into the proposed arterial performance system corridors, and preparation of a Synchro traffic model for use as a traffic signal system performance measurement tool. A consultant contract was also awarded for preparation of a Synchro traffic model and implementation of optimized traffic signal synchronization timing at up to 50 locations within downtown Glendale.

Traffic signal management and synchronization are engineering techniques of managing traffic signal operation at successive intersections along street corridors to maximize efficiency of vehicle travel, reducing unnecessary delay, improve safety and providing safe, controlled crossings for pedestrians and bicycles. Synchronization results in reduced stopping and delay at the intersections which helps reduce 46 of 1517
3 e 4
unnecessary vehicle idling, pollution, and travel times, thereby resulting in reduced greenhouse gas emissions. Traffic signal synchronization works by calculating the arrival time for a group (i.e., platoon) of vehicles at each intersection that are traveling at the designated posted speed limit. The traffic signals are designed to turn green when the group of vehicles arrive at each intersection, however, if motorists are traveling above the posted speed limit, they would arrive early at the next intersection and encounter a red light.

Per the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) reference, traffic signal management can be defined as using improved tools, techniques, and equipment to make existing traffic signal control systems operate more efficiently. The benefits can include:
• Improved air quality and reduced fuel consumption;
• Reduction in congestion and time savings for commercial and emergency vehicles, buses, and the public;
• Reduction in the number of serious accidents;
• Reduction of aggressive driving behavior, including red-light running; and • Postpone or eliminate the need to construct additional road capacity.

Further FHWA reference states that two-thirds of all miles driven each year are on roadways controlled by traffic signals. In California alone, motorists drive more than 60 billion miles (97 billion kilometers) each year on signal-controlled streets. And, according to FHWA estimates, as many as 75 percent of all traffic signals could easily be improved by updating equipment or by simply adjusting their timing plans and/or coordinating adjacent signals.

Many signalized intersections in downtown Glendale are located on major and minor arterial street corridors. There is a need to review and re-synchronize traffic signals every 10 years based on changes in surrounding land-use, land development, changes in traffic patterns, traffic volume, road geometry, and traffic lanes. Traffic signals along arterial streets can be synchronized to reduce unnecessary vehicle idling, reduce pollution, improve air quality, and reduce unnecessary delays.

Implementing the optimized and synchronized signal timing for up to 50 signalized intersections along five corridors in the downtown area, including, Central Avenue, Brand Boulevard, Glendale Avenue, Broadway, and Colorado Street will apply recommended traffic signal management techniques and improve the efficiency of the signal timing and synchronization along these critical downtown corridors.

The total cost of the Traffic Signal Synchronization project is $134,836. This amount includes the preparation of the Synchro traffic model for 157 intersections and timing charts which have already been completed. The remaining work on this project includes the installation of the timing in the traffic controllers and fine tuning which costs $7,863.28
The Traffic Signal Synchronization Project was presented to the Transportation & Parking Commission (TPC) on October 24, 2022. The TPC approved a motion recommending the City Council approve the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project and 47 of 1517
4 e 4
requested staff to return to the Commission after implementation of the project to report on the safety related outcomes.

ANALYSIS
The synchronization process is a platoon-based system that uses common traffic signal cycle lengths along street corridors and offsets the sequencing between the intersections to synchronize the traffic flow. This traffic model-based process uses the speed limit model for platoon movements called “Bandwidth” between upstream and downstream sites. This is uniquely important in moving vehicles in closely spaced intersections with high demand traffic flows where vehicles have limited opportunities for lane changes between intersections. In addition, the bicycle minimum green and pedestrian walk intervals are reviewed and modified based on the City’s traffic signal timing guidelines.

The RATPeMS project prepared a Syncho traffic model for 157 intersections within the City’s regionally significant arterials, including San Fernando Road, Glenoaks Boulevard, Glendale Avenue, Central Avenue, Brand Boulevard, Colorado Street, and Broadway.

Peak-hour traffic volume data was gathered and input into the Synchro software traffic model. The existing traffic signal timing identified areas that could benefit from improved traffic signal timing and the model was optimized to identify the improved traffic signal timing, sequencing, and synchronization parameters.

The optimized parameters from the model are then converted to the traffic signal timing data that are then input into the traffic signal field controllers. These new parameters are reflected on the “timing sheets” that are ready for deployment at 50 signalized locations within the downtown area, including, Central Avenue, Brand Boulevard, Glendale Avenue, Broadway, and Colorado Street.

Synchronization is a low cost and very effective way to improve safety and air quality on City streets.

The project limits are entirely within downtown Glendale as shown in Exhibit 1 – Project Location Map.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Outreach on this project occurred through a dedicated website for the completed RATPeMS project. The website page introduced the public to the project and to the project team, explained the scope of work and project locations, highlighted the project phases, and provided the public with Staff contact information for questions, discussion and/or input.

FISCAL IMPACT
The total cost to implement the Traffic Signal Signalization project is $7,863.28, which was approved as a part of the FY 2022-23 budget. No new appropriation is being requested at this time. The City Council approved funding is outlined below:
48 of 1517
5 e 4
Existing Appropriation
Amount Account String Funding Source
$5,500.28 GL: 52100-4090-PWD-0020-P0000
PL: G52161
Capital Improvement
Reimbursement Fund
$2,363.00 GL: 52100-4020-PWD-0020-P0000
PL: 52083
State Gas Tax Fund

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The Project is categorically exempt from environmental review because of CEQA Guidelines §§ 15301.

ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Approve a motion authorizing staff to implement the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project including optimized traffic signal timing and synchronization at 50 signalized intersections in downtown Glendale.

Alternative 2: Do not authorize to implement the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project.

The subject intersections will not be synchronized and continue to operate as they are now.

Alternative 3: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:

Pastor Casanova, T.E., Principal Traffic Engineer
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS
Exhibit 1: Project Location Map
49 of 1517
4e
MOTION
Moved by Council Member , seconded
by Council Member , that the Council of the City of
Glendale hereby authorizes City staff to implement the Traffic Signal Synchronization Project.

Votes as follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:

City Clerk
50 of 1517




















 






 








 


 



 




 

 
 





















 














 




 






 


    


  



 
 
 

 





  


 





 

 
 


























 









 

433



 


  







5 



















City Arterial
Proposed Signal Synchronization
Exhibit 1
Traffic Signal
Synchronization
Project
51 of 1517
4f

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Authorization to set the time, date and place for a public hearing concerning the Vacation of a portion of the First Alley Easterly of Cedar Street, Southerly of Broadway

1. Motion authorizing the City Clerk to set the time, date and place for a public hearing concerning Vacation Case No.187V; being the vacation of the First Alley Easterly of Cedar Street, Southerly of Broadway (Alley 502) for the Citrus Crossing affordable housing project.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Glendale Housing Authority is developing 126 units of affordable rental housing for seniors as part of the Citrus Crossing Affordable Housing Project at 900 E. Broadway.

Vacation of the adjacent alley will allow development of a public pedestrian paseo adjacent to the project for use by the project and neighborhood residents. 52 of 1517
2 f 4

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Housing: The vacation of the alley will allow for the development of 126 affordable housing units.

Mobility: The vacation of the alley adjacent to the Citrus Crossing Affordable Housing Project will allow the creation of a public pedestrian paseo to be used by the project and neighborhood residents.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council authorize the City Clerk to set a date for a public hearing to consider the conditional vacation of a portion of the first public alley east of Cedar Street, southerly of Broadway to facilitate the construction of the Housing Authority’s Citrus Crossing Affordable Housing Project.

BACKGROUND
In October 2019, the Housing Authority acquired 900 E. Broadway and 912, 920 E.

Broadway and 117 S. Belmont Street (“920 E. Broadway”, or “Harrower Village”) for a future 100% affordable housing development. The properties acquired are split evenly in half by the north-south (Alley 502) connecting Broadway and Harvard Street. In July 2020, the Housing Authority issued two Request for Qualifications (RFQs) for the development of 100% affordable rental housing at 900 E. Broadway, and another at 920 E. Broadway. In January 2021, the Housing Authority of the City of Glendale approved an Affordable Housing Agreement with 900 E Broadway, L.P. a California Limited Partnership created by Meta Housing Corporation for the development of the Citrus Crossing Affordable Housing Project at 900 E Broadway to create 126 units of 100% affordable rental housing for seniors. The Project site is 34,500 square feet in area and improved with a one-story building and a surface parking lot.

Upon vacation, the subject alley will be incorporated into the proposed Project site, providing for the creation of a public pedestrian paseo. This open space will serve as a shared open space between the proposed Citrus Crossing Project, Harrower Village, and the neighboring community. It will be improved with a decorative paved path at both ends leading to a large patio/gathering area at its center, landscaping, benches, bike racks and decorative lighting. As part of the site improvements, a new 20-foot wide east-west alley is proposed along the southerly property line of the Project site connecting the remaining north-south alley to Cedar Street. This east-west alley will also provide access to the proposed 92-space subterranean parking garage.

The subject north-south alley between Broadway and Harvard is currently 20 feet wide and approximately 210 feet in length. The subject alley is improved with concrete pavement and contains over-head power and telecommunications lines. The applicant is working with Glendale Water & Power and the various telecommunications companies to relocate the facilities prior to beginning of construction of the Project. Easements will be reserved for all utilities within the subject alley. Upon vacation, the subject alley will be incorporated into the proposed Project.
53 of 1517
3 f 4
Planning Commission Finding
On November 2, 2022, the Planning Commission reviewed the proposed alley vacation for consistency with the goals and objectives of the General Plan. Their findings will be included in the Resolution Authorizing the Vacation.

ANALYSIS
Upon vacation, the public pedestrian paseo created for the Citrus Crossing Affordable Housing Project will serve as public open space accessible to project residents, the adjoining Harrower Village Project, and the surrounding community.

The construction of this project has commenced and is scheduled for completion by Spring 2024.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Public notification will be provided through mailings to property owners within 300 feet of the proposed alley vacation.

FISCAL IMPACT
The action proposed in this report has no fiscal impact to the City, as it merely sets a date for a public hearing for the proposed vacation of public right of way.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The project is exempt from CEQA review as a Class 32 “Infill Development Project” as it meets all threshold criteria set forth in section 15332(a) through (e).

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.

ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Approve the attached Motion authorizing the City Clerk to set a Public Hearing for the Subject Alley Vacation. This will allow development of the alley into a public pedestrian paseo.

Alternative 2: Do not approve the attached Motion. This option prevents Council from considering an application to vacate the alley, preventing development of the public pedestrian paseo.

Alternative 3: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff. 54 of 1517
4 f 4

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:

William A’Hearn, GIS Analyst
Reviewed by:

Yazdan T. Emrani, P.E., Director of Public Works
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A: Location Map
55 of 1517
MOTION
Moved by Council Member ___________________________________________, seconded by Council Member ______________________________________, that the City Clerk is hereby authorized to set the time, date and place for a public hearing concerning Vacation Case No. 187V; being the vacation of the First Alley Easterly of Cedar Street, Southerly of Broadway (Alley 502); as set forth in the report of the Director of Public Works dated November 15, 2022 and causing the publishing and posting of notice of said Public Hearing as required by-law. The public hearing has been set for December 6, 2022, at 6pm in the City Council Chambers.

Adopted this ______ day of __________________, 2022.

Vote as follows:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
56 of 1517
TRACT NO. 40628
121
20 130
15 4
117
18 818
11 821
17 3
21 20
132
13 9
18 16

TOWN OF
POR. OF L OT
110
2 BROADWAY
120
9 24
138
118
ALLEY
9 15
McINTYRE 'S
2 124
1 809
121
21 114

23.38 GLENDALE
923
7 BLK. 14
122
14 900
M.B . 9 ~ 12 3
TRACT NO. 110
1 111
12 MINE R TRACT
M.R.
20 REPLAT OFA
3 POR. OF LOT
6 STREET
8 144
20 125
14 805
M.B . 9 57 ~6 5-66
1008
KATE C. PALMER
139
M.B. 990~9-10
BLK. 14
22 60
2 11
814
20 5
815
POR. OF L OT
100
17 121
TRA CT NO.
23 80
M.B. 10 - 102
109
M.B. 11 - 124
109
23 MINE R TRACT
119
133
1 19
McINTYRE 'S
7 PORTION OF THE
4 18
123
21 ~ 89 - 96
12 MAX MUIR TRACT
15 129
135
4 125
M.B. 13 - 122
3 TRACT
110
23 6
16 1009
4 11
122
122
113
919
20 1002
126
9 BLK . 1 8
8 114
M.R.
134
16 1
127
104
20 6
8 PORTIONS O F LOTS
STREET
M.R. 52 - 8
19 19
2 1006
1 911
142
14 14
8 21 ~ 89 - 96
805
20 60
24 120
13 131

MAX MUIR TRACT
905
10 10
KATE C. PALMER
17 12
822
22 22
920
POR. OF LOTS
5 382 42
810
20 7
13 TRACT
105
24 10
M.B . 9 ~ 12 3
BELM
ONT
141
130
5 22
115
110 1001
7 BLK . 1 8
M.R. 14 ~9 5-96
21 126
ALLEY

PORTIONS OF LOT

PORTIONS O F LOTS
10 147
CEDA
R
BLK. 17
80 116
10 M.B. 10 - 102
8 24
137
145
M.B. 11 - 124
113
Por. of First Alley E'ly of Cedar St, S'ly of Broadway (Alley 502) - Glendale, CA TRACT NO. 40628
121
20 130
15 4
117
18 818
11 821
17 3
21 20
132
13 9
18 16

TOWN OF
POR. OF L OT
110
2 BROADWAY
120
9 24
138
118
ALLEY
9 15
McINTYRE 'S
2 124
1 809
121
21 114

23.38 GLENDALE
923
7 BLK. 14
122
14 900
M.B . 9 ~ 12 3
TRACT NO. 110
1 111
12 MINE R TRACT
M.R.
20 REPLAT OFA
3 POR. OF LOT
6 STREET
8 144
20 125
14 805
M.B . 9 57 ~6 5-66
1008
KATE C. PALMER
139
M.B. 990~9-10
BLK. 14
22 60
2 11
814
20 5
815
POR. OF L OT
100
17 121
TRA CT NO.
23 80
M.B. 10 - 102
109
M.B. 11 - 124
109
23 MINE R TRACT
119
133
1 19
McINTYRE 'S
7 PORTION OF THE
4 18
123
21 ~ 89 - 96
12 MAX MUIR TRACT
15 129
135
4 125
M.B. 13 - 122
3 TRACT
110
23 6
16 1009
4 11
122
122
113
919
20 1002
126
9 BLK . 1 8
8 114
M.R.
134
16 1
127
104
20 6
8 PORTIONS O F LOTS
STREET
M.R. 52 - 8
19 19
2 1006
1 911
142
14 14
8 21 ~ 89 - 96
805
20 60
24 120
13 131

MAX MUIR TRACT
905
10 10
KATE C. PALMER
17 12
822
22 22
920
POR. OF LOTS
5 382 42
810
20 7
13 TRACT
105
24 10
M.B . 9 ~ 12 3
BELM
ONT
141
130
5 22
115
110 1001
7 BLK . 1 8
M.R. 14 ~9 5-96
21 126
ALLEY

PORTIONS OF LOT

PORTIONS O F LOTS
10 147
CEDA
R
BLK. 17
80 116
10 M.B. 10 - 102
8 24
137
145
M.B. 11 - 124
113
Scale
Location Map - Alley Vacation Case 187V
Map Prepared By:

Mapping & Real Property
22 March 2022
100 50 0 100
Feet
AG Proj: Vac 187V Util Notif Map.mxd
g

EXHIBIT A
Proposed
Alley

BROADWAY
300 FOOT RADIUS
300 FOOT RADIUS
B
E
L
M
O
N
T
S
T
R
E
E
T
C
E
D
A
R
S
T
R
E
E
T
A
L
L
E
Y
5 0
2 A
L
L
E
Y
A
L
L
E
Y
A
L
L
E
Y
20'
Area Proposed
to be Vacated
Harrower
village
Citrus
Crossing
57 of 1517
1 ORDINANCE NO. _______

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,
CALIFORNIA AMENDING SECTIONS 30.11.020, 30.11.050 AND 30.34.080, AND REPEALING AND REPLACING 30.34.110 OF TITLE 30 TO THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995 ESTABLISHING STANDARDS AND MINISTERIAL PROCESSES FOR REVIEWING AND APPROVING ELIGIBLE SB 9 PROJECTS,

MINIMUM FLOOR AREA RATIO STANDARDS FOR CERTAIN MULTI-FAMILY HOUSING DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS (SB 478) AND INCORPORATION OF STATE

LAW AMENDMENTS AND MINOR MODIFICATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS

RELATED TO ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS (CASE NO. PZC-0001-2022)
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

WHEREAS, on September 16, 2021, Governor Gavin Newsom signed into law Senate Bill 9 (“SB 9”), that added Sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 to the California Government Code; and
WHEREAS, on September 28, 2021, Governor Gavin Newsom signed into law Senate Bill 478 (“SB 478”), that added Section 65913.11 to the California Government Code; and
WHEREAS, SB 9 mandates that a local agency ministerially approve a proposed housing development that proposes two residential dwelling units in a single-family residential zone, and/or a parcel map for an urban lot split to create no more than two new parcels of approximate equal area in a single-family residential zone, subject to certain requirements; and
WHEREAS, SB 9 allows a local agency to adopt objective zoning standards, objective subdivision standards, and objective design review standards, that do not conflict with the provisions of SB 9, upon proposed SB 9 housing developments, and also allows a local agency to deny a proposed SB 9 housing development if the building official makes written findings, based upon a preponderance of the evidence, that the proposed housing development project would have a specific, adverse impact, as defined and determined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 65589.5, upon public health and safety or the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact; and WHEREAS, SB 478 prohibits a local agency from imposing a floor area ratio standard that is less than 1.0 on a housing development project proposed in a multifamily residential zone or a mixed-use zone that consists of three (3) to seven (7) units, or less than 1.25 on a housing development project proposed in a multifamily residential zone or a mixed-use zone that consists of eight (8) to ten (10) units, and would prohibit a local agency from imposing a lot coverage requirement that would physically preclude a housing development project from achieving such floor area 58 of 1517
2 ratios; and
WHEREAS, the City of Glendale regulates accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units under Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 (“GMC”), including Chapter 30.34 thereof, as well as the Glendale Building and Safety Code; and WHEREAS, Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22 permit local governments to establish standards for ministerial review of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units and directs that accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units be approved subject to minimal state standards when existing local standards or process for accessory dwellings conflict with state standards; and WHEREAS, Government Code Section 65852.2 was amended by SB 897 and AB 2221 to reduce permitting hurdles for accessory dwelling unit applicants and increase the minimum height limits that local governments may impose on accessory dwelling units, effective January 1, 2023; and
WHEREAS, Planning Division staff has identified additional amendments to Section 30.34.080 related to standards for accessory dwelling units that will contribute to the general welfare of the City and that are allowed under State law; and WHEREAS, the City of Glendale adopted Housing Element 2021-2029 of the General Plan on February 1, 2022, which is pending certification by the State Department of Housing and Community Development; and
WHEREAS, the development of accessory dwelling units, junior accessory dwelling units, and residential dwelling units under SB 9 will further local, regional and state goals for meeting the RHNA requirement expressed in Housing Element 2021- 2029; and
WHEREAS, Housing Element 2021-2029, contains Policy 1.9 "Encourage flexibility in the Zoning Ordinance to promote a wide range of housing types"; Policy 1.3 "Promote the dispersion of affordable housing throughout the City while recognizing the potential for the integration of market-rate and affordable units within individual projects"; Policy 2.9 "Respect scale, historic continuity, and a sense of community in new residential development"; and, Policy 6.10 "Encourage the use of sustainable building practices in residential developments" and permitting dwelling units and lot splits under SB 9 implements these policies; and
WHEREAS, the Greener Glendale Plan for Community Activities was adopted by the City Council of the City of Glendale on March 12, 2012 for the purposes of promoting sustainable practices and establishing greenhouse gas reduction strategies in accordance with AB 32 (2006) and SB 375 (2008); and
WHEREAS, the Greener Glendale Plan for Community Activities Objective UD4 directs Glendale to continue to promote infill development to increase sustainability and 59 of 1517
3 livable environment and permitting dwelling units proposed under SB 9 is consistent with that objective; and
WHEREAS, Government Code Section 65858 permits cities to adopt interim procedures and criteria while studying potential permanent processes and zoning standards to protect public health, safety, and welfare; and WHEREAS, City Council received a staff report and testimony on October 26, 2021 and December 7, 2021, discussed the process and standards for SB 9 units and SB 478 floor area ratio standards, initiated code amendments to prepare a permanent process and criteria for approval of SB 9 projects, and introduced the interim urgency ordinance to establish interim standards and ministerial processes for review and approval of SB 9 projects and SB 478 floor area ratio standards; and WHEREAS, on December 14, 2021, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5981 as an urgency ordinance to establish interim standards and ministerial processes for reviewing and approving SB 9 projects and setting minimum SB 478 floor area ratio standards for certain multi-family housing development projects that was effective on January 1, 2022; and
WHEREAS, on January 25, 2022, following a duly noticed public hearing held on January 18, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5985 that extended Ordinance No. 5981 by for a period of ten months and fifteen days, extending the effective date of such ordinance through and including December 13, 2022; and WHEREAS, on December 8, 2020, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5957 amending permanent standards and processes for the review and approval of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory units, contained in Section 30.34.080 of the Glendale Municipal Code; and
WHEREAS, it is now necessary that the City Council adopt permanent standards and ministerial processes for reviewing and approving SB 9 projects, codify the provisions of SB 478, as well as amend standards and processes for the review and approval of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory units; and WHEREAS, this Ordinance is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 and pursuant to Government Code Sections 65852.21(j) and 66411.7(n), is therefore not a project under Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code. Additionally, the Ordinance is exempt from CEQA review because it implements the provisions of Government Code Section 65913.11 and is therefore: (1) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines) Section 15305 (minor alterations to land use limitations), Class 5 Exemption, as the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or 60 of 1517
4 development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment; (2) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) because the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment, and therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment; and (3) not intended to apply to specifically identified housing development projects and as such it is speculative to evaluate any such future project now. Moreover, the Ordinance is not intended to, nor does it, provide CEQA clearance for future development-related projects by mere establishment of a slightly more generous floor area ratio in certain zones; any such projects subject to the Ordinance will be subject to appropriate environmental review at such time as approvals for those housing projects are considered. Each of the foregoing provides a separate and independent basis for CEQA compliance and, when viewed collectively, provides an overall basis for CEQA compliance. The Ordinance also implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22, second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone, and is therefore exempt from CEQA pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Chapter 3, Section 15282(h). Moreover, this Ordinance is exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations Section 15060(c)(1), as it implements provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22, which require ministerial review and approval of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units and therefore, does not involve the exercise of discretionary powers by the City.

NOW THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Glendale does ordain as follows:

SECTION 1. The City Council of the City of Glendale finds that the above recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference.

SECTION 2. The City Council of the City of Glendale finds and declares that this Ordinance establishing reasonable permanent standards for permitting eligible SB 9 housing development and lot split projects, codifying floor area ratio and other prohibitions set forth in SB 478, and amending standards for permitting accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units ministerially, is consistent with the City’s Housing Element 2021-2029, with state housing policy, and with Glendale’s adopted greenhouse gas reduction strategies.

SECTION 3. Section 30.11.020 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended as follows:

30.11.020 – Residential District Land Uses and Permit Requirements 61 of 1517
5 A. Permitted Primary Uses and Structures. No building, structure or land shall be used and no building, structure or use in the residential zoning districts shall be erected, structurally altered, enlarged or established except the following permitted uses, buildings and structures identified with a “P” in Table 30.11 – A.

B. Conditional Uses and Structures. The following uses and structures identified with a “C” in Table 30.11 – A may be permitted in the residential zoning districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit (Section 30.42). The development standards of this zone shall apply except as otherwise provided herein.

C. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses (identified with a “T” in Table 30.11 – A), allowed subject to approval and compliance with all applicable provisions of this Zoning Code.

D. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall be permitted in zones identified with a “P” in Table 30.11 – A.

E. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities, identified with a “W” in Table 30.11-A may be permitted subject to the approval of a wireless telecommunications facility permit as set forth in Chapter 30.48 of this Code.

F. Standards for Specific Uses. Where the last column in the following tables (“See standards in Section”) includes a section number, the regulations in the referenced section apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections of this Zoning Code may apply as well.

G. Historic Resources. Uses listed as permitted or conditionally permitted within a historic resource included on the Glendale Historic Register only (identified in Table

30.11 – A) are permitted or conditionally permitted only within a designated historic resource on the Glendale Register of Historic Resources. 62 of 1517
6 Table 30.11 – A

RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
LAND USE (1) (2) PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
Residential Uses ROS R1R R1 R3050 R2250 R1650 R1250
See
Standards
in Section
Domestic Violence Shelter P P P P P P P
Multiple residential dwellings P P P P 30.11.050
One (1) residential dwelling per lot P P P P P P P 30.34.110 Residential congregate living, Limited P P P P P P P
Residential congregate living, Medical C C C
Residential congregate living, Non-medical C C C C
Senior housing P P P P
Education, Public Assembly, Recreation
Community gardens P P P P P P P 30.34.045
Day care center, only where operated at a
church, synagogue, temple, or other house
of worship, religiously affiliated or
nonsectarian preschool. In determining
whether to grant or deny a conditional use
permit for a day care center hereunder, the
content of any curriculum and every aspect
of an organization's operations which are
religious in nature shall not be considered

C C C C
Parks and playgrounds, operated by a
homeowners' association and approved in
connection with a subdivision

P P P P P P P
Parks and playgrounds, private C C C C C C C
Parks and playgrounds, public P P P P P P P
Places of worship C C C C C C C
Schools, private C C C
Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Conditional use – Conditional Use Permit required. C 30.42 Temporary Use T
Use not allowed
Notes: (1) See 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed
(2) See 30.70 for definitions of the land uses
Table continues on next page.
63 of 1517
7 RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
LAND USE (1) (2) PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
Open Space and Resources ROS R1R R1 R3050 R2250 R1650 R1250 See
Standards
in Section
Open Space P P P
Transportation & Communication Uses
Utility and transmission facilities C C C C C C C
Wireless telecommunication facilities W W W W W W W
Chapter

30.48 Accessory Buildings, Structures and Uses
Accessory dwelling unit (ADU) and/or junior
accessory dwelling unit (JADU) on a lot
developed with one residential dwelling unit
P P P P P P P 30.34.080
Accessory dwelling unit(s) (ADU) on a lot
developed with more than one residential
dwelling unit
P P P P P P P 30.34.080
Accessory living quarters or guest house not
to exceed an aggregate area of five hundred
(500) square feet of floor area

P P P P P P P
Accessory buildings or structures, other than
garages or carports, not to exceed five
hundred (500) square feet of floor area

P P P P P P P
Accessory uses P P P P P P P
Antennas (pole type) P P P P P P P
Dish antennas P P P P P P P 30.34.050
Home occupations P P P P P P P 30.45
Home-sharing P P P P P P P 5.110
Signs P P P P P P P 30.33
Solar energy equipment P P P P P P P 30.30.050
Temporary Uses
Contractor’s office and/or storage,
temporary T T T T T T T
Temporary subdivision sales offices, sales
trailers and model dwellings or trailers
proposed for use as temporary sales offices
shall be registered with the Director of
Community Development by an application
for conditions of use. The Director of
Community Development may establish
conditions for operations and maintenance
including but not limited to restrictions on
hours of operation, lighting and promotional
restrictions and reasonable termination of
the temporary use. The decision of the
Director of Community Development shall
be appealable.

T T T T T T T
Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Conditional use – Conditional Use Permit required. C 30.42 Temporary Use T
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Permit Required W 30.48 Use not allowed
64 of 1517
8 Notes: (1) See 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed
(2) See 30.70 for definitions of the land uses

RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
LAND USE (1) (2) PERMIT REQUIREMENT BY ZONE
Uses within a Historic Resource ROS R1R R1 R3050 R2250 R1650 R1250 See
Standards
in Section
Cultural Art Centers C C C C C C C
Day care centers C C C C C C C
Museum C C C C C C C
Office C C C C C C C
Residential congregate living, Non-medical C C C
Restaurants, full service not to exceed a
seating capacity of forty (40) persons C C C C
Retail stores, general merchandise C C C C C C C
Schools, physical instruction C C C C C C C
Schools, private specialized education and
training C C C C C C C
Key to Permit Requirements Symbol See Chapter
Permitted use P
Conditional use – Conditional Use Permit required. C 30.42 Temporary Use T
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Permit Required W 30.48 Use not allowed
Notes:
(1) See 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed
(2) See 30.70 for definitions of the land uses
SECTION 4. Section 30.11.050 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, is hereby amended to read as follows:

30.11.050 – Residential District Additional R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, and R-1250 Development Standards. The following standards shall apply in the R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, and R-1250 zones.

A. Dwelling Unit Size.

The gross floor area of any dwelling unit shall be not less than provided herein. For the purpose of this section, dens, studies or other similar rooms which may be used as bedrooms shall be considered as bedrooms. Living rooms, dining rooms, kitchens, or bathrooms shall not be considered as bedrooms except that separate dining rooms in efficiency units or rooms that could be converted into additional bedrooms shall be considered as bedrooms.

1. Efficiency and one (1) bedroom units: six hundred (600) square feet.

2. Two (2) bedroom units: eight hundred (800) square feet. 65 of 1517
9 3. Three (3) or more bedroom units: one thousand (1,000) square feet.

B. Private Outdoor Space.

A minimum private outdoor space of forty (40) square feet shall be provided for each dwelling unit. Such private outdoor space shall be designed as a patio, deck, or balcony and shall have a minimum length or width of four (4) feet and shall be directly accessible and an integral part of the dwelling unit which it serves.

C. Common Outdoor Space.

A minimum common outdoor space of two hundred (200) square feet shall be provided per dwelling unit for the first twenty-five (25) dwelling units on a lot; a minimum common outdoor space of one hundred fifty (150) square feet shall be provided per dwelling unit for the second twenty-five (25) dwelling units on a lot; a minimum common outdoor space of one hundred (100) square feet shall be provided per dwelling unit for each additional dwelling unit above fifty (50) on a lot.

Any common outdoor space shall have a minimum level surface dimension of ten (10) feet and a minimum area of two hundred (200) square feet.

Landscaping and seating shall be permanently integrated into all required common outdoor spaces. No street front setback area or street side setback area shall be used for common outdoor space. The developer shall pay an amount of money, established by the city council as a parks fee, to be used by the city for the purpose of fulfillment of recreational demand created by the project.

D. Distance Between Dwellings.

Exterior walls of separate buildings containing dwelling units on the same lot shall be separated by a minimum distance of twelve (12) feet. The windows or window/doors of any one (1) dwelling unit may not face the windows or window/doors of any other dwelling unit unless separated by a distance of twelve (12) or more feet except where the angle between the wall of the separate dwelling units is ninety (90) degrees or more. Walls parallel to each other shall be considered to be at a zero (0) degree angle.

E. Rooftop Equipment.

For regulations concerning rooftop equipment, see Section 30.30.020 of this title.

F. Fences and Walls.

For regulations concerning fences and walls, see Chapter 30.30.010.

G. Trash Collection Areas.
66 of 1517
10 For regulations concerning trash collection areas, see Chapter 30.30.030.

H. Access to Dwelling Units.

An elevator shall be provided to serve all stories in a building containing more than three (3) dwelling units where the floor area of any dwelling unit is located only on the third story and other dwelling units are located on the first and second stories.

I. Laundry Facilities.

Laundry facilities shall be provided to serve all dwelling units on a lot. Such laundry facilities, constituting washer and dryer appliances connected to utilities, shall be provided in the individual dwelling units where there are three (3) or less dwelling units on a lot. Where there are more than three (3) dwelling units on a lot, laundry facilities shall either be provided in the individual dwelling units or in a common laundry room. A common laundry room shall be in an accessible location and shall have at least one (1) washer and one (1) dryer for each ten (10) dwelling units, maintained in operable condition and accessible to all tenants daily between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.

J. Storage Space-Private.

A minimum of ninety (90) cubic feet of private storage space shall be provided for each dwelling unit outside such unit unless a private attached garage serving only the dwelling unit is provided. Such private storage space shall have a minimum horizontal surface area of twenty-four (24) square feet and shall be fully enclosed and lockable.

K. Additional Standards for Floor Area Ratio Minimums

1. Any development of three (3) to seven (7) multiple residential dwelling units shall not have a floor area ratio standard that is less than 1.0.

2. Any development of eight (8) to ten (10) multiple residential dwelling units shall not have a floor area ratio standard that is less than 1.25.

3. To be eligible for the provisions in Subsection 1 and 2 above, a multi-family housing development project shall meet all of the following conditions:
a. The project consists of at least three (3), but not more than ten (10), units. b. The project is located in a multifamily residential zone, commercial zone, or a mixed-use zone, and is not located in either of the following:
i. Within a single-family zone.
ii. Within a historic district or property that is included on the State Historic Resources Inventory, as defined in Section 5020.1 of the Public Resources Code, or within a site that is or contains buildings, sites, objects, structures, 67 of 1517
11 neighborhoods, cultural landscapes, and archaeological sites, that are designated or listed as a city or county landmark or historic property or district pursuant to a city or county ordinance.

4. This Subsection shall not be construed to prohibit the City from imposing any zoning or design standards, including, but not limited to, building height and setbacks, on a housing development project that meets the requirements of this Subsection, other than zoning or design standards that establish floor area ratios or lot size requirements that expressly conflict with the standards contained in this Subsection.

5. The City may not impose a lot coverage requirement that would physically preclude a housing development project that meets the requirements of this Subsection from achieving the floor area ratio allowed herein.

SECTION 5. Section 30.34.080 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, is hereby repealed and replaced to read as follows:

30.34.080 – Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units A. Intent and Purpose
This Section is intended to provide for the creation of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units in a manner that is ministerial and nondiscretionary consistent with State Law.

1. Accessory dwelling units and/or junior accessory dwelling units, as applicable, are located on lots developed or proposed with dwelling units in areas zoned for singlefamily and multifamily residential (including mixed-use residential) uses and can provide an important source of affordable housing. For purposes of this Section, the existing one residential dwelling on property zoned single family residential or property with an existing single family dwelling on it shall also be known as the primary dwelling.

2. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units, when appropriately sized and located, have little impact on neighborhood quality of life or upon real property that is listed, or identified on a historic survey as potentially eligible on the National Register of Historic Places, California Register of Historical Resources, Glendale Register of Historic Resources, and in a City of Glendale designated or nominated Historic District.

3. Establishing reasonable regulations for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units is an appropriate mechanism to properly balance the need for additional affordable housing with the need to maintain existing architectural character, community character and neighborhood quality of life.

4. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are not considered for purposes of General Plan density calculation.
68 of 1517
12 5. Accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit permits are necessary to enable tracking of affordable housing and to ensure review and compliance with zoning, fire, and life safety standards contained in state and local law.

B. Applicability
This Section shall apply to all zones that allow single family or multifamily residential use(s).

C. Definitions.

The following definitions shall apply to the requirements of this Section any term not defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in Chapter 30.70:
“Accessory dwelling unit” means an attached or a detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residence. It shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is or will be situated. An accessory dwelling unit also includes the following:
• An efficiency unit as defined in Section 17958.1 of the Health and Safety Code.
• A manufactured home, as defined in Section 18007 of the Health and Safety Code.
“Junior accessory dwelling unit” means a unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence, and shall in no event be contained within a detached accessory building or structure. For purposes of this definition, “contained entirely within a single-family residence” means enclosed uses within the residence, such as attached garages. A junior accessory dwelling unit may include separate sanitation facilities, or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure.
“Living area” means the interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage or any accessory structure. “Public transit” means a location, including, but not limited to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses, trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public.

D. General Provisions

1. Accessory dwelling units shall be permitted in any zone that allows residential uses and is developed with residential uses or, in the case of single family zones only, is proposed to be developed with a residential dwelling unit. Where two (2) or more contiguous lots in the same ownership are developed as one (1) building site with residential dwellings and where an accessory dwelling unit is proposed, a lot line 69 of 1517
13 adjustment or parcel map, as applicable, shall be required to create one lot by relocating or eliminating existing lot lines.

2. Junior accessory dwelling units shall only be permitted on lots developed with one residential dwelling or proposed to be developed with one residential dwelling.

Where two (2) or more contiguous lots in the same ownership are developed as one (1) building site with residential dwellings and where a junior accessory dwelling unit is proposed, a lot line adjustment or parcel map shall, as applicable, be required to create one lot by relocating or eliminating existing lot lines.

3. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are subject to the underlying zoning development standards for setback, floor area ratio, lot coverage, height, parking, open space and landscaping that are applicable to the primary residential dwelling, or dwellings, except as otherwise set forth in this Section.

4. No additional setback shall be required for an existing living area or accessory building or a building constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing building that is converted to an accessory dwelling unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from an interior lot line shall be required for an accessory dwelling unit that is not converted from an existing building constructed in the same locations and to the same dimensions as an existing building.

5. An accessory dwelling unit shall include:
a. A bathroom.
b. A kitchen.
c. Independent access.
d. Comply with building codes, including sufficient setbacks for fire. e. May not be smaller than identified in Section 17958.1 of the California Health & Safety Code.
f. Must be served by utilities, including sewer, water and electric.

6. All new construction attached or detached accessory dwelling units shall have a maximum square footage as follows.
a. 850 square feet; or
b. 1,000 square feet for an accessory dwelling unit that provides more than one bedroom.

7. All new construction accessory dwelling units attached to the existing primary dwelling shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the existing floor area of the primary dwelling, but in no event shall an accessory dwelling unit exceed the maximum square feet stated in Subsection D.6.

8. A junior accessory dwelling unit shall include:
a. An efficiency kitchen, which shall include a sink and a cooking facility with appliances and a food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the junior accessory dwelling unit. 70 of 1517
14 b. Independent access.
c. Comply with building codes, including sufficient setbacks for fire. d. May not be smaller than identified in Section 17958.1 of the California Health & Safety Code.
e. Must be served by utilities, including sewer, water and electric. f. If the junior accessory dwelling unit does not include a separate bathroom, the junior accessory dwelling unit shall include a separate entrance from the main entrance to the structure, with an interior entry to the main living area.

9. A lot where only one residential dwelling unit exists may have either an accessory dwelling unit or an accessory living quarters, but not both. For the purposes of this section, other accessory buildings which are defined as “R” Occupancy per Chapter 3 of the California Building Code such as, a cabana, pool house, recreation room, workshop, studio, rumpus room and similar shall be considered accessory living quarters. An accessory living quarters may be converted to an accessory dwelling unit. Nothing herein shall prohibit the creation of a junior accessory dwelling unit on such a lot that contains an accessory living quarters.

10.In no case shall new construction of an accessory dwelling unit be located between the primary residential dwelling(s) and the street front and street side setback.

Notwithstanding such prohibition, in cases where a lot has more than one street front (through lot), a new construction attached or detached accessory dwelling unit may be located between the street front setback and the side or rear façade of the primary residential dwelling(s). Further, no additional driveway shall be allowed from any street frontage. These prohibitions do not apply when compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit that qualifies under Subsection E.4 below.

11.Any rental of an accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit created pursuant to this Section shall be for a term longer than 30 days.

12.Except as provided in Government Code Section 65852.26, the accessory dwelling unit and/or the junior accessory dwelling unit cannot be sold separately from the residential dwelling(s).

13.Fire sprinklers shall be required for the accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit if fire sprinklers are or were required for the residential dwelling. The construction of an accessory dwelling unit shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing single- or multifamily dwelling.

14.No passageway shall be required between an entrance of the accessory dwelling unit and the street right-of-way as defined in State law.

15.The property owner shall pay all sewer, water, school district, and other applicable fees.
71 of 1517
15 16.Notwithstanding Chapter 4.10 and any development impact fee resolutions adopted thereunder:
a. Any accessory dwelling unit under 750 square feet shall be exempt from any Development Impact Fee, including but not limited to the Parks and Libraries Development Impact Fee; and
b. Any accessory dwelling unit of 750 square feet or greater shall be charged a Parks and Library Development Impact Fee in an amount proportionally related to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit or the average square footage of the existing multifamily dwelling units, as applicable, not to exceed that amount set forth in the Development Impact Fee Resolution adopted pursuant to Chapter

4.10. 17.The property owner may install new or separate utility connections between the accessory dwelling unit(s) or junior accessory dwelling unit and the utility, and pay all applicable connection fees or capacity charges.

18.An accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory unit shall not be considered a new residential use for purposes of calculating connection fees or capacity charges for utilities, including water and sewer, unless the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit is constructed with a new single-family dwelling.

19.When an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit qualifies under Section E.4 or Section F.2, installation of new or separate utility connections, including related connection fees or capacity charges, directly between the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be required unless the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit was constructed with a new single-family dwelling.

20.When an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit does not qualify under Section E.4 or Section F.2, installation of a new or separate utility connection directly between the accessory dwelling unit and the utility may be required.

Consistent with California Government Code Section 66013, the connection may be subject to a connection fee or capacity charge that shall be proportionate to the burden of the proposed accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, based upon either it’s square footage or the number of its drainage fixture unit (DFU) values, as defined in the Uniform Plumbing Code adopted and published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, upon the water or sewer system. This fee or charge shall not exceed the reasonable cost of providing this service.
72 of 1517
16 E. Additional standards specific only to an Accessory Dwelling Unit and/or Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit where only one residential dwelling unit exists or is proposed on a lot.

The following standards and criteria apply to accessory dwelling units and/or junior accessory dwelling units where only one residential dwelling unit exists or is proposed on a lot.

1. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section, accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are subject to all zoning development standards that apply in the underlying zone to the primary residential dwelling, including but not limited to, setbacks, floor area ratio, lot coverage, height, parking, landscaping, open space, and ungraded open space, except that no more than a minimum of four (4) foot interior setbacks shall be required.

2. Notwithstanding the development standards for floor area ratio, lot coverage, and open space (when not required for minimum landscaping requirements) for the underlying zone, a new construction attached or detached accessory dwelling unit shall be permitted that is 800 square feet or less in size, provides 4-foot minimum interior setbacks and does not exceed the following height limitations:
a. A height limit of 16 feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing or proposed single family dwelling unit.
b. A height limit of 18 feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing or proposed single family dwelling unit that is within one-half mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. An additional two feet in height shall be permitted to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit. In no case shall the accessory dwelling unit exceed two stories. c. A height of 25 feet or the height limitation of the underlying zoning district, whichever is lower, for an accessory dwelling unit that is attached to the primary dwelling. In no case shall the accessory dwelling unit exceed two stories.

3. For properties listed on the California Register of Historic Places, the Glendale Register of Historic Properties, any property in an adopted or nominated historic district overlay zone, or any property identified as significant or potentially significant on a historic survey meeting the requirements of Public Resources Code Section 5024.1(g), any exterior changes to an existing property to create an accessory dwelling unit and/or a junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be visible from the public street or sidewalk right-of-way immediately adjacent to the property and shall not alter any defining historical characteristic unless compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit that qualifies under Subsection E.4 below.

4. Notwithstanding Subsection E.1 above:
73 of 1517
17 a. One accessory dwelling unit and one junior accessory dwelling unit shall be allowed when all of the following apply:
i. The accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit shall be located within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling or existing space of a single-family dwelling, or the accessory dwelling unit shall be located within the existing space of an accessory building and may include an expansion of an accessory building not to exceed 150 square feet beyond the same physical dimensions as the existing accessory building. An expansion of an accessory dwelling unit beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory building shall be limited to accommodating ingress and egress; ii. The space has exterior access from the proposed or existing single-family dwelling;
iii. For fire safety purposes, at least one of the existing interior setbacks has minimum of three (3) feet; and
iv. The junior accessory dwelling unit complies with all other junior accessory dwelling unit requirements outlined in this Ordinance.
b. One detached new construction accessory dwelling unit shall be allowed subject to the following:
i. A minimum 4-foot interior setback;
ii. A maximum square footage of 800 square feet; and
iii. A height limit as set forth in Subsection E.2 above.

An accessory dwelling unit constructed under subparagraph (b) above may be combined to also allow a junior accessory dwelling unit in the manner described in subparagraph (a) above, but only where one residential dwelling unit exists, or is proposed to be constructed.

5. Alterations and/or additions to any existing primary residential dwelling which do not propose an additional story and/or change to a façade, including addition of a door, directly facing a street may be permitted to accommodate an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit. In cases where a lot has more than one street front (through lot), a new construction attached or detached accessory dwelling unit may be located between the street front setback and the side or rear façade of the primary residential dwelling(s) and may add a door directly facing a street. These prohibitions do not apply when compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit that qualifies under Subsection E.4 above.

6. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units that are new construction, or propose exterior modifications to an existing primary residence or to a permitted accessory building shall be architecturally compatible with the existing primary residence and must use matching or complementary building materials unless compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit that qualifies under Subsection E.4 above.
74 of 1517
18 7. New construction attached or detached accessory dwelling units shall be limited to a single-story, except when constructed under the height limits enumerated in Subsection E.2(b)-(c). New construction accessory dwelling units shall not be permitted above a detached garage or carport.

8. When an accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit is proposed with an attached balcony, porch or patio cover structure, the attached balcony, porch or patio cover structure shall be limited to no more than five (5) percent of the square footage of the accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit or 60 square feet, whichever is less.

9. Rooftop deck located above any new construction (attached or detached) or converted accessory and/or junior accessory dwelling unit are prohibited. Further, when a parapet is used for the accessory dwelling, the parapet height shall not exceed 18”.

F. Additional standards specific only to Accessory Dwelling Units on lots developed with existing multiple residential dwelling units.

The following standards and criteria apply to accessory dwelling units on lots developed with existing multiple residential dwelling units.

1. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section, accessory dwelling units are subject to all zoning development standards that apply in the underlying zone, including but not limited to, setbacks, floor area ratio, lot coverage, height, parking, landscaping, open space, and ungraded open space, except that no more than a minimum of four (4) foot interior setbacks shall be required. In such cases, no more than three (3) new construction accessory dwelling units with a maximum square footage set forth in Subsection D.6 above shall be allowed.

2. Notwithstanding F.1 above, the applicant is entitled to build accessory dwelling units under either subparagraph (a) or (b) below, but not both:
a. At least one accessory dwelling unit and up to 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units shall be allowed within portions of existing multifamily dwelling structures (excluding existing dwelling units) that are not used as livable space, including, but not limited to, storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages, if each unit complies with state building standards for dwellings; or
b. Not more than two (2) detached accessory dwelling units with minimum 4-foot interior setbacks shall be allowed. These accessory dwelling units may be attached or detached from each other and shall be located where existing garage or carports are located and are proposed to be demolished and where this demolition is necessary to physically accommodate the accessory dwelling unit(s). In addition, the following height limitations shall apply:
75 of 1517
19 i. A height of 16 feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling unit.
ii. A height of 18 feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily dwelling unit that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code.

An additional two feet in height shall be permitted to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit(s) that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit. In no case shall the accessory dwelling unit exceed two stories.
iii. A height of 18 feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily, multistory dwelling. In no case shall the accessory dwelling unit exceed two stories.

3. Junior accessory dwelling units are prohibited on lots developed with existing multiple residential dwelling units.

4. For properties listed on the California Register of Historic Places, the Glendale Register of Historic Properties, any property in an adopted or nominated historic district overlay zone, or any property identified as significant or potentially significant on a historic survey meeting the requirements of Public Resources Code Section 5024.1(g), any exterior changes to an existing property to create accessory dwelling units shall not be visible from the public street or sidewalk right-of-way immediately adjacent to the property and shall not alter any defining historical characteristic unless compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit(s) that qualifies under Subsection F.2 above.

5. Accessory dwelling units that are new construction, or that propose exterior modifications to an existing multi-family building or to a permitted accessory building shall be architecturally compatible with the existing multi-family building and must use matching or complementary building materials unless compliance with this Section precludes development of an accessory dwelling unit(s) that qualifies under Subsection F.2 above.

6. Accessory dwelling units shall be limited to a single-story, except when constructed under the height limits enumerated in Subsection F.2.b(ii)-(c). . New construction accessory dwelling units shall not be permitted above detached garages or carports.

7. When an accessory dwelling unit(s) is proposed with an attached balcony, porch or patio cover structure, the attached balcony, porch or patio cover structure shall be limited to no more than five (5) percent of the square footage of the accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit or 60 square feet, whichever is less.

8. Rooftop decks located above any new construction (attached are detached) or converted accessory dwelling unit are prohibited. Further, when a parapet is used for the accessory dwelling unit, the parapet height shall not exceed 18”. 76 of 1517
20 G. Parking Standards for an Accessory Dwelling Unit

1. Off-street parking for an accessory dwelling unit shall comply with the following standards:
a. A maximum of one off-street parking space shall be provided per accessory dwelling unit or per bedroom, whichever is less, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
b. Any uncovered parking space shall have a minimum width of 8 feet and a length of 18 feet.
c. Parking may be located in any configuration on the same lot as the accessory dwelling unit, including covered spaces, uncovered spaces, or tandem spaces, or by the use of mechanical automobile parking lifts.
d. If a mechanical automobile parking lift is used, it shall be enclosed and may not be located within any setback area.
e. An uncovered parking space may be located within setback areas on an existing driveway and shall not encroach on the public right-of-way. f. A covered or enclosed parking space shall comply with zoning standards.

2. An accessory dwelling unit shall share the driveway with the existing primary residential dwelling or multiple residential dwelling units. The driveway to the primary residential dwelling or multiple residential dwelling units may be modified to accommodate onsite parking and shall comply with Section 30.32.130. A separate driveway for the accessory dwelling unit shall not be provided, except where the lot is adjacent to an alley, in which case a driveway from the alley may be added to serve the accessory dwelling unit.

3. On shared driveways that provide access for multiple lots, such as flag lots, parking shall not be permitted on portions of the driveway that are used to provide access to more than one lot.

4. No onsite parking is required for an accessory dwelling unit when one or more of the following is applicable:
a. The property is located within one-half mile walking distance of a public transit stop.
b. The property is listed on the California Register of Historic Places, Glendale Register of Historic Properties, or any property in an adopted historic district overlay zone with a building identified as a contributing building or structure in an adopted historic resources survey.
c. When the accessory dwelling unit is located within the existing primary residence or accessory living quarters.
d. When on-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of an accessory dwelling unit.
e. When there is a car share vehicle lot, such as ZIP car, located within one block of the accessory dwelling unit.
f. When it is a junior accessory dwelling unit.
77 of 1517
21 g. When an accessory dwelling unit(s) qualifies for approval under Sections

30.34.080.E.4 or 30.34.080.F.2.

5. Parking spaces shall not be required to be replaced when a garage, carport, or covered parking structure is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an accessory dwelling unit or converted to an accessory dwelling unit. For purposes of this Section, “in conjunction with” means construction of an accessory dwelling unit(s) or conversion that falls within the footprint of the original garage, carport, or covered parking structure that is proposed to be demolished/converted for an accessory dwelling unit.

H. Covenant and Agreement

1. A covenant and agreement shall be executed by the property owner and recorded for an accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit prior to final approval of the building permit. The covenant and agreement shall include the following:
a. The accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be sold separately from the primary residential dwelling, except as provided in Government Code Section 65852.26.
b. All required onsite parking for the lot identified in the accessory dwelling unit permit shall remain available for the primary residential dwelling and accessory dwelling unit and shall not be rented separately to non-residents. c. For properties with junior accessory dwelling units, at all times, the property owner shall comply with one of the following requirements: (i) the property owner must be an owner-occupant and reside in either the residential dwelling or in the junior accessory dwelling unit, or; (ii) if the property owner does not reside in either the residential dwelling or the junior accessory dwelling unit, then the property owner shall only rent or lease the property as a single rental property and shall not rent or lease the residential dwelling and junior accessory dwelling unit separately from each other.
d. Short-term rentals less than 30 days are prohibited for the primary residential dwelling, accessory dwelling unit, and junior accessory dwelling unit. e. The accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit permit shall run with the land and the accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit permit is binding and enforceable on future property owners. f. The accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit shall be removed at the expense of the property owner if the accessory dwelling unit permit or junior accessory dwelling unit permit is invalidated or terminated, upon violation of this Section, or upon cessation of the primary land use as a single-family residential dwelling and/or multifamily residential dwellings, as applicable. 78 of 1517
22 SECTION 6. Section 30.34.110 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, is hereby repealed and replaced to read as follows:

30.34.110 – SB 9 Projects
A. Intent and Purpose
This Section is intended to provide for the creation of no more than two residential dwelling units (two new units, or adding one new unit to one existing unit) and/or an urban lot split, within a single-family residential zone in a manner that is ministerial and nondiscretionary, consistent with State Law. This Section shall apply to all parcels in single-family residential zones (ROS, R1R, and R1).

B. Applicability
This Section shall apply to all single-family zones (ROS, R1R, and R1).

C. Definitions
“Unit” or “residential unit” or “residential dwelling unit” means any dwelling unit or units, as defined in Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.70.050, including, but not limited to, a unit or units created pursuant to Section 65852.21, a primary dwelling, an accessory dwelling unit as defined in Government Code Section 65852.2, or a junior accessory dwelling unit as defined in Government Code Section 65852.22. “Lot” and/or “parcel” shall have that meaning as set forth in Glendale Municipal Code Section 16.40.180.
“Objective zoning standards,” “objective subdivision standards,” and “objective design review standards” mean standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal. These standards may be embodied in alternative objective land use specifications adopted by the City, and may include, but are not limited to, housing overlay zones, specific plans, inclusionary zoning ordinances, density bonus ordinances, and this Section.
“SB 9 housing development” means the proposed addition or conversion of residential units within a single-family residential zone (ROS, R1R and R1) that meets all of the requirements contained in Government Code Section 65852.21 and/or 66411.7 and the provisions of this Section, and results in no more than two residential units per parcel or lot, but in no event shall mean the proposed addition or conversion of a residential unit within a single-family residential zone resulting in only one residential unit per parcel or lot.
“SB 9 lot split” means any subdivision of land proposed under Government Code Section 66411.7 and the provisions of this Section.
“SB 9 project” means either or both a SB 9 housing development and/or SB 9 lot split. 79 of 1517
23 D. General Provisions for SB 9 projects

1. A SB 9 housing development shall be permitted only in a single-family residential zone (ROS, R1R, and R1).

2. A SB 9 housing development is permitted to have a maximum of two units on a parcel in a single-family residential zone (ROS, R1R, and R1). A maximum of two units means if the SB 9 housing development proposes no more than two new units, or if it proposes to add one new unit to one existing unit. Adding one new unit means construction of a new unit or conversion of an existing building into a unit.

3. A SB 9 housing development and a SB 9 lot split may be applied for concurrently.

4. A SB 9 lot split shall conform to all objective requirements of the Subdivision Map Act; and an SB 9 lot split and SB 9 housing development shall conform to all objective zoning and subdivision standards contained in Titles 30 and 16, respectively, of the Glendale Municipal Code, except as otherwise set forth in this Section.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, the City may deny a SB 9 housing development or SB 9 lot split (collectively, “SB 9 project”) if the Building Official makes a written finding, based upon a preponderance of the evidence, that the proposed SB 9 housing development or proposed SB 9 lot split would have a specific, adverse impact, as defined and determined in Government Code Section 65589.5(d)(2), upon public health and safety or the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact, per the process outlined below:
a. Once a SB 9 project application is deemed complete, the application and any pertinent information shall be routed for review by the Building Official to make a determination as to whether the proposed SB 9 housing development or SB 9 lot split would have a specific, adverse impact (a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete) upon public health and safety or the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact. b. If the Building Official makes a determination that the SB 9 project would have a specific, adverse impact (a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete) upon public health and safety or the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact, he or she shall make one or 80 of 1517
24 more findings of such impact or impacts, based on the preponderance of the evidence, and shall recommend denial of such project.
c. Upon review of the Building Official’s findings and recommendation of denial, the Director of Community Development shall issue a written decision to deny the SB 9 project. The Director of Community Development shall publish the written decision with the Building Officials’ findings on the City’s website, which denial shall be appealable to the Planning Commission, then to the City Council, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.62.
d. In addition to any existing objective public health or safety standards, policies or conditions, the following objective standards and policies shall apply in any review of a SB 9 project by the Building Official under this Section:
i. A SB 9 project that may cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of an historical resource is a project that may have a significant and unavoidable impact or effect on the environment. ii. The fact that a resource is not listed in, or determined to be eligible for listing in, the California Register of Historical Resources, not included in a local register of historical resources, or not deemed significant pursuant to criteria set forth in Public Resources Code Section 5024.1(g) shall not preclude the City from determining whether the resource may be an historical resource. The resource shall be reviewed, evaluated, and processed pursuant to the factors, criteria and requirements contained in the Glendale Municipal Code related to historic preservation, including, but not limited to, factors, criteria and requirements contained in Chapter

15.20. The City may require the applicant to commission or prepare additional reports, studies or analyses in order to determine whether the resource may be an historical resource.
iii. The City’s Building Official, in consultation with the Director of Community Development and Planning Division, will evaluate and make a determination, based on substantial evidence, whether the building, structure or site being affected by the SB 9 project is a historic resource, and whether a SB 9 project may cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of a historic resource.
iv. As used in this Section “a substantial adverse change” means demolition, destruction, relocation or alteration of the resource or its immediate surroundings resulting in the significance of the resource being materially impaired. The significance of a resource is “materially impaired” when the physical characteristics that convey its historical significance and that justify its designation as a historical resource are demolished or materially altered in an adverse manner.
81 of 1517
25 E. Standards Specific to SB 9 Housing Developments
The following standards apply to SB 9 Housing Developments.

1. The SB 9 housing development shall not be located within a historic district or on property that is included on the State Historic Resources Inventory, as defined in Section 5020.1 of the Public Resources Code, or within a site that is or contains buildings, sites, objects, structures, neighborhoods, cultural landscapes, and archaeological sites, that are designated or listed as a city or county landmark or historic property or district pursuant to a city or county ordinance.

2. The parcel on which the SB 9 housing development is proposed shall satisfy the requirements set forth in Government Code Section 65913.4(a)(6)(B-K).

3. The SB 9 housing development shall not require demolition or alteration of any of the following types of housing:
a. A dwelling unit that is subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of moderate, low, or very low income;
b. A dwelling unit that is subject to any form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power; or
c. A dwelling unit that has been occupied by a tenant in the last three years.

4. The parcel on which the SB 9 housing development is proposed shall not be a parcel on which an owner of residential real property has exercised the owner’s rights under Chapter 12.75 (commencing with Section 7060) of Division 7 of Title 1 to withdraw accommodations from rent or lease within 15 years before the date that the development proponent submits an application.

5. If one or more of the units of a SB 9 housing development have been occupied by a tenant in the last three years, no more than 25 percent of the existing exterior walls shall be demolished.

6. Any proposed SB 9 housing development with unit(s) that are or will be connected to an onsite wastewater treatment system shall be required to complete a percolation test within the last five years, or, if the percolation test has been recertified, within the last 10 years consistent with Government Code Section 65852.21(c)(2).

7. New construction or any addition to an existing building for one or more units of a SB 9 housing development shall not be located between any existing or proposed residential unit and the street front and street side setback line. 82 of 1517
26 8. In cases where a parcel contains an existing accessory building which is defined as “R” Occupancy per Chapter 3 of the California Building Code, such as living quarters and/or guest house, cabana, pool house, recreation room, workshop, studio, rumpus room and similar, a SB 9 housing development may be built only if such building(s) is either demolished or converted to a code-compliant residential unit.

9. In cases where a parcel contains a SB 9 housing development, an accessory building which is defined as “R’” Occupancy per Chapter 3 of the California Building Code, such as living quarters and/or guest house, cabana, pool house, recreation room, workshop, studio, rumpus room and similar shall not be permitted.

10.Rental of any unit or part of a unit resulting from any SB 9 project shall be for a term longer than thirty (30) days. Home-sharing pursuant to Chapter 5.110 shall be prohibited in a SB 9 housing development.

11.The units of a SB 9 housing development located on one parcel and/or lot shall not be sold separately from each other.

12.New construction (attached or detached) of, and/or conversion of existing living area or existing accessory building to, units for a SB 9 housing development shall have a minimum square footage of an “efficiency unit”, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 17958.1, and a maximum square footage of 800 square feet.

13.Notwithstanding the development standards for floor area ratio, height, lot coverage, and permanently landscaped open space set forth in Title 30 of the GMC, an applicant shall be entitled to develop a SB 9 housing development with units that are 800 square feet or less in size (for each new permitted unit), provided the unit provides 4-foot minimum interior setbacks (subject to the exception set forth in Subsection E.14 below for an existing living area or accessory building or a building constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing building).

14.No additional setback shall be required for an existing living area or accessory building or a building constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing building that is converted to a SB 9 unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from an interior lot line shall be required for a SB 9 unit that is not converted from an existing building constructed in the same locations and to the same dimensions as an existing building.

F. Design Standards for SB 9 Housing Developments
The following objective design standards apply to an SB 9 housing development. 83 of 1517
27 1. SB 9 housing development proposing new construction of a residential dwelling unit (“new SB 9 unit”) with an existing residential dwelling unit retained:
a. Height and Massing
i. Height
a. The new SB 9 unit with a pitched roof (minimum three (3) feet in 12 feet) shall have a maximum height of 16 feet.
b. The new SB 9 unit with a flat roof shall have a maximum height of 12 feet and shall include a parapet which shall not be more than 18 inches above the highest portion of the flat roof.
c. The new SB 9 unit with a combination of a pitched and flat roof shall have maximum heights of 16 feet at the pitched roof and 12 feet at the flat roof.
ii. Roof Form
a. The roof form of the new SB 9 unit shall match the roof form of the existing residential dwelling. For an existing residential dwelling with multiple roof forms, the roof of the new SB 9 unit shall match at least one of the roof forms of the existing residential dwelling. iii. Breaks in Building Volume
a. For an interior lot, the street-facing facade of the new SB 9 unit shall have a change in plane with a minimum depth of 18 inches. b. For a corner lot, the new SB 9 unit facades facing the street and streetside frontages shall have a change in plane with a minimum depth of 18 inches at each façade.
b. Materials
i. Exterior Wall Cladding
a. Except as indicated in Subsection b(i)(f) and b(i)(g) below, the new SB 9 unit shall have a minimum of two wall cladding materials at all exterior wall surfaces.
b. All cladding materials shall wrap exterior corners and either wrap the entire building or terminate at inside corners.
c. The following cladding materials may be used: wood or cementitious siding (i.e. lap siding, tongue-and-groove/interlocking boards, boardand-batten, shingle), stucco, brick, veneer brick, natural stone, and pre-cast stone.
d. If siding is located solely at only the base of the building (wainscoting), it must span from the lowest edge of the wall to the height of the window sills.
e. Use of stucco shall be limited to a maximum of 60 percent of the total exterior wall surface of any building.
84 of 1517
28 f. If the roof of the existing residential dwelling is clad with Spanish-tiles (one- or two-piece clay or concrete tiles with a curved profile), 100 percent of exterior wall surfaces of the new SB 9 unit building shall be clad with stucco.
g. If the existing residential dwelling is clad entirely with horizontal and/or shingle siding, 100% of exterior wall surfaces of the new SB 9 unit building shall be clad with horizontal and/or shingle siding. ii. Roof Cladding
a. Pitched roofs on the new SB 9 unit shall be clad with a material that matches the roof of the existing residential dwelling in terms of material, color, texture, dimensions, shape, and profiles. b. Flat roofs may be clad with any material permitted by the Building Code.
c. If the flat-roofed portion of an existing residential dwelling has Spanishtile (one- or two-piece clay or concrete tiles with a curved profile) parapet caps, any flat-roofed portion of the new SB 9 unit shall have parapet caps that match the existing parapet caps of the existing residential dwelling unit in terms of material, color, texture, dimensions, shape, and profiles.
d. If the flat-roofed portion of an existing residential dwelling does not have Spanish-tile parapet caps, any flat-roofed portion of the new SB 9 unit shall have parapets with an upper surface designed to shed water or a sheet-metal parapet cap that is finished at its outward-facing surface to match the color of the adjacent wall cladding.

2. SB 9 housing development proposing construction of new SB 9 units on a vacant parcel or lot:
a. Height and Massing
i. Height
a. SB 9 unit(s) with a pitched roof (minimum three (3) feet in 12 feet) shall have a maximum height of 16 feet.
b. SB 9 unit(s) with a flat roof shall have a maximum height of 12 feet and shall include a parapet which shall not be more than 18 inches. c. SB 9 unit(s) with a combination of pitched and flat roof shall have maximum heights of 16 feet at the pitched roof and 12 feet at the flat roof.
ii. Roof Form
a. The following roof forms may be employed: front gable, side gable, cross gable, hip, cross hip, gable-on-hip, hip-on-gable, shed, gambrel, flat. The new SB 9 unit(s) may have more than one roof form. 85 of 1517
29 iii. Breaks in Building Volume
a. For an interior lot, the street-facing facade of the new SB 9 unit(s) shall have a change in plane with a minimum depth of 18 inches. b. For a corner lot, the new SB 9 unit(s) facades facing the street and street-side frontages must have a change in plane with a minimum depth of 18 inches at each façade.
b. Materials
i. Exterior Wall Cladding
a. Except as indicated in Subsection b(i)(f) below, any SB 9 unit(s) shall have a minimum of two wall cladding materials at all exterior wall surfaces.
b. All cladding materials shall wrap exterior corners and either wrap the entire building or terminate at inside corners.
c. The following cladding materials may be used: wood or cementitious siding (i.e. lap siding, tongue-and-groove/interlocking boards, boardand-batten, shingle), stucco, brick, veneer brick, natural stone, and pre-cast stone.
d. If siding is located solely at only the base of the building (wainscoting), it must span from the lowest edge of the wall to the height of the window sills.
e. Use of stucco shall be limited to a maximum of 60 percent of the total exterior wall surface of any building.
f. If the roof is clad with Spanish-tiles (one- or two-piece clay or cement tiles with a curved profile), 100 percent of exterior wall surfaces of the new SB 9 building shall be clad with stucco.
ii. Roof Cladding
a. Pitched roofs on new buildings may be clad with asphalt composite shingles, faux wood shingles, curved clay or lightweight concrete tile (Spanish-tile), flat clay or lightweight concrete tile, slate, synthetic slate, metal shingles, or standing-seam metal. Per Section 2(b)(i)(f) above, Spanish-tile may only be used for buildings with exterior walls clad only with stucco.
b. Flat roofs may be clad with any material permitted by the Building Code.
c. Buildings incorporating both pitched- and flat-roofed areas and using Spanish-tile roof cladding, shall have parapets around the flat roof capped with the same roofing material.
d. Buildings incorporating both pitched- and flat-roofed areas, other than those described in Subsection 2(b)(ii)(c) above, shall have parapets around the flat roof with an upper surface designed to shed water or 86 of 1517
30 with a sheet-metal parapet cap that is finished at its outward-facing surface to match the color of the adjacent wall cladding.

3. Details and Design Standards Applicable to All SB 9 Housing Developments:
a. Windows
i. Windows shall be recessed a minimum of 1-inch (1”) from the face of the window frame to the face of the exterior wall material finish. ii. Windows shall have a sill projecting a minimum of 1-inch (1”) from the exterior wall material finish.
iii. Window at the street front and street-side facing façade shall make up a minimum of 20% of the wall area.
b. Entryways and Doors
i. The main entry to a SB 9 unit adjacent to a street shall be located on the building façade oriented toward the adjacent street.
ii. The main entry to a SB 9 unit not adjacent to a street may be located on any building façade.
iii. Double doors are not permitted.
c. Covered Porches, Patios and Decks
i. Attached covered porches or patios may not cumulatively exceed 10 percent of the square footage of the unit or 80 square feet, whichever is less.
ii. No rooftop decks are permitted.

G. Standards Specific to SB 9 Lot Splits
The following standards and criteria apply to SB 9 Lot Splits.

1. A SB 9 lot split may subdivide an existing parcel to create no more than two new parcels of approximately equal lot area, provided that one parcel shall not be smaller than 40 percent of the lot area of the original parcel proposed for subdivision.

2. A SB 9 lot split shall not create a parcel smaller than 1,200 square feet.

3. Neither of the parcels resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall be located within a historic district or included, or contain buildings, sites, objects, structures, neighborhoods, cultural landscapes, and archaeological sites that are included, on the State Historic Resources Inventory, as defined in Section 5020.1 of the Public Resources Code, or within a site, or contain buildings, sites, objects, structures, neighborhoods, cultural landscapes, and archaeological sites, that are designated or listed as a city or county landmark or historic property or district pursuant to a city or county ordinance.
87 of 1517
31 4. The parcels resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall satisfy the requirements set forth in Government Code Section 65913.4(a)(6)(B-K).

5. The proposed SB 9 lot split shall not require demolition or alteration of any of the following types of housing:
a. A dwelling unit that is subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of moderate, low, or very low income;
b. A dwelling unit that is subject to any form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power;
c. A dwelling unit located on a parcel on which an owner of residential real property has exercised the owner’s rights under Chapter 12.75 (commencing with Section 7060) of Division 7 of Title 1 to withdraw accommodations from rent or lease within 15 years before the date that the development proponent submits an application; or
d. A dwelling unit that has been occupied by a tenant in the last three years.

6. The subject parcel proposed to be subdivided shall not have been created through a prior SB 9 lot split application.

7. Neither the owner of the subject parcel proposed to be subdivided, nor any person acting in concert with the owner, shall have previously subdivided an adjacent parcel through approval of a SB 9 lot split. For purposes of this Section, “acting in concert with the owner” means participating jointly, either through actions or agreement, toward a common goal.

8. A SB 9 lot split shall result in a maximum total of four (4) units on the lot as it existed prior to the SB 9 lot split, inclusive of any existing, converted or new accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.2, or junior accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.22. In no event shall a SB 9 lot split that results in a maximum of four (4) units on the lot as it existed prior to the SB 9 lot split be allowed to add any new unit(s), inclusive of any existing, converted or new units, as defined in this Section.

9. Any SB 9 housing development proposed on a lot resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall comply with all applicable requirements set forth in this Section and the Glendale Municipal Code applicable to a SB 9 housing development. Any nonSB 9 housing development proposed on a lot resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall comply with all applicable requirements set forth in the Glendale Municipal Code applicable to development of one residential dwelling unit. An accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.2, or a junior accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.22, 88 of 1517
32 remaining on a lot by itself (i.e., without the primary dwelling unit) as a result of a SB 9 lot split, shall count as a “unit” for purposes of this Section.

10.A SB 9 lot split shall not be subject to any dedication of right-of-way or the construction of offsite improvements for the parcels being created as a condition of issuing a SB 9 lot split.

11.A SB 9 lot split may be subject to any of the following conditions:
a. Easements required for the provision of public services and facilities. b. A requirement that the parcels have access to, provide access to, or adjoin the public right-of-way.
c. Off-street parking of up to one space per unit, except as provided in Subsection G.

12.The following objective subdivision standards apply to a SB 9 lot split. a. Lot Lines. The lot lines of any SB 9 lot split shall be at right angles to the street which the lot faces, or radial if the street is curved. b. Lot Frontage. Lots resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall front on a dedicated improved public street or private street. For the purposes of this Section, “improved” means any public street that has curb and gutter and asphalt pavement.
c. Minimum lot width. The lot frontage of lots resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall have a minimum width of 12 feet.
d. Double Frontage Lots. Lots resulting from a SB 9 lot split shall not have double frontage, except on corner lots.

G. Parking Standards for SB 9 Projects

1. A maximum of one off-street parking space shall be provided per dwelling unit except:
a. If the parcel is located within one-half mile walking distance of either a highquality transit corridor, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code, or a major transit stop, as defined in Section 21064.3 of the Public Resources Code; or
b. If the parcel is located within one block of a car share vehicle.

2. Unless otherwise exempt by this Section, off-street parking for a SB 9 housing development shall comply with the following standards:
a. Any uncovered parking space shall have a minimum width of eight (8) feet and a length of eighteen (18) feet.
89 of 1517
33 b. Parking may be located in any configuration on the same lot as the SB 9 housing development, including covered spaces, uncovered spaces, or tandem spaces.
c. An uncovered parking space may be located within setback areas on an existing driveway and shall not encroach on the public right-of-way. d. A covered or enclosed parking space shall comply with zoning standards.

3. To prevent additional curb-cuts for access to required parking, a SB 9 housing development shall share the driveway with the existing residential dwelling unit, where one exists. The driveway to the existing residential dwelling unit may be modified to accommodate onsite parking and shall comply with Section

30.32.130. A separate driveway for the SB 9 housing development shall not be provided, except where the lot is adjacent to an alley, in which case a driveway to the alley may be added to serve the SB 9 unit.

4. A SB 9 housing development proposed on a vacant lot shall accommodate required onsite parking provided by a singular shared driveway subject to Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.32.130.

5. On shared driveways that provide access for multiple lots, such as flag lots, parking shall not be permitted on portions of the driveway that are used to provide access to more than one lot.

6. Shared driveways required for SB 9 projects shall execute a reciprocal access agreement.

H. Covenant and Agreement

1. The property owner applying for a SB 9 housing development shall execute and record a covenant and agreement that shall contain the following:
a. The residential dwelling units that constitute the SB 9 housing development shall not be sold separately from each other.
b. All required onsite parking for the lot identified in the SB 9 housing development permit shall remain available for the residential dwelling unit(s) and shall not be rented separately to non-residents.
c. The property owner shall comply with one of the following requirements: (i) the property owner must be an owner-occupant and reside in at least one of the residential dwelling units that constitute the SB 9 housing development, or; (ii) if the property owner does not reside in at least one of the residential dwelling units that constitute the SB 9 housing development, then the property owner shall only rent or lease the property as a single rental property and shall not rent or lease the residential dwelling units separately from each other.
90 of 1517
34 d. Short-term rentals thirty (30) days or less are prohibited for either of the residential dwelling units that constitute the SB 9 housing development.

Home-sharing pursuant to Chapter 5.110 shall be prohibited. e. The SB 9 housing development permit and covenant shall run with the land and is binding and enforceable on future property owners. f. The residential units that constitute the SB 9 housing development shall be removed at the expense of the property owner if either of the units are terminated or upon violation of this Section or upon cessation of the primary land use as multifamily residential dwellings.

2. The property owner of a parcel applying for a SB 9 lot split shall execute and record a covenant and agreement that shall contain the following:
a. All required onsite parking for the lot identified in the SB 9 lot split approval shall remain available for the existing or proposed residential dwelling unit(s) and shall not be rented separately to non-residents.
b. Short-term rentals thirty (30) days or less are prohibited for any of the residential dwelling units resulting from the SB 9 lot split. Home-sharing pursuant to Chapter 5.110 shall be prohibited.
c. If the SB 9 lot split results in the maximum total of four (4) units on the lot as it existed prior to the SB 9 lot split, inclusive of any existing, converted or new accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.2, or junior accessory dwelling unit, as defined in Government Code Section 65852.22, in no event shall any new unit(s), inclusive of any existing, converted or new unit(s) (as defined herein) be added.
d. The SB 9 lot split approval and covenant shall run with the land and is binding and enforceable on future property owners.
e. The residential units resulting from the SB 9 lot split shall be removed at the expense of the property owner if either of the units are terminated or upon violation of this Section or upon cessation of the primary land use as multifamily residential dwellings.
f. A written statement signed under penalty of perjury (affidavit) attesting that the property owner intends to occupy at least one of the residential dwelling units resulting from the SB 9 lot split as his/her/its principal residence for a minimum of three years from the date of the approval of the SB 9 lot split application. This requirement shall not apply to an owner or applicant that is a “community land trust,” as defined in Section 402.1(a)(11)(C)(ii) of the Revenue and Taxation Code, or is a “qualified nonprofit corporation” as described in Section 214.15 if the Revenue and Taxation Code. This statement shall not be a covenant that runs with the land and shall only be binding and enforceable upon the current property owner.

3. The property owner for a SB 9 housing development and/or a SB 9 lot split shall prepare, execute and record, at its cost, a covenant, which, at minimum, creates mutual easements and reciprocal use agreements for cross-access, 91 of 1517
35 cross-drainage and shared public utility services or fire suppressions systems in a manner which affords adequate access, drainage and public services to/from a dedicated public street for the benefit of any lot.

SECTION 7. Pipeline Projects.

Accessory dwelling unit and junior accessory dwelling unit permit applications which have been submitted to plan check prior to the adoption of this Ordinance shall be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations which were in effect on the day prior to adoption of this Ordinance. The foregoing notwithstanding, any applicant may make a request in writing to the Director of Community Development that his or her application be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations as amended by this Ordinance.

SECTION 8. Compliance with California Environmental Quality Act.

The City Council hereby finds that this Ordinance is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 and pursuant to Government Code Sections 65852.21(j) and 66411.7(n), is therefore not a project under Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code. Additionally, the Ordinance is exempt from CEQA review because it implements the provisions of Government Code Section 65913.11 and is therefore: (1) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines) Section 15305 (minor alterations to land use limitations), Class 5 Exemption, as the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment; (2) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) because the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment, and therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment; and (3) not intended to apply to specifically identified housing development projects and as such it is speculative to evaluate any such future project now. Moreover, the Ordinance is not intended to, nor does it, provide CEQA clearance for future development-related projects by mere establishment of a slightly more generous floor area ratio in certain zones; any such projects subject to the Ordinance will be subject to appropriate environmental review at such time as approvals for those housing projects are considered. Each of the foregoing provides a separate and independent basis for CEQA compliance and, when viewed collectively, provides an overall basis for CEQA compliance.
92 of 1517
36 The Ordinance also implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22, second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone, and is therefore exempt from CEQA pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Chapter 3, Section 15282(h). Moreover, this Ordinance is exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations Section 15060(c)(1), as it implements provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22, which require ministerial review and approval of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units and therefore, does not involve the exercise of discretionary powers by the City.

SECTION 9. Severability.

This Ordinance’s provisions are severable. If any portion of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unconstitutional, that decision does not affect the validity of the Ordinance’s remaining portions and the Ordinance’s application to other persons and circumstances. The City Council declares that it would have passed the remainder of this Ordinance without the invalid or unconstitutional provision.

SECTION 10. Effective Date.

This ordinance becomes effective on the thirtieth (30th) day after its passage.

Adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale on the ___ day of ____________, 2022. ______________________________
Mayor
Attest
___________________________________
City Clerk
93 of 1517
37 STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES) SS.

CITY OF GLENDALE)
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, California, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______________ was passed by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members thereof, at a regular meeting held on the ______ day of _______________, 2022 by the following vote:

Ayes:

Noes:

Absent:

Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
94 of 1517
7a

CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA ITEM
Report: Adoption of Ordinance amending Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, relating generally to standards for eligible SB 9 projects, minimum SB 478 floor area ratio standards for certain multi-family housing development projects, and incorporation of State law amendments and minor modifications and clarifications related to junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) and accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

1. Ordinance Amending Title 30.

COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Ordinance
Approved for November 15, 2022 calendar

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report discusses proposed amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code specifically, to establish specific standards for projects meeting the eligibility requirements for Senate Bill 9 (SB 9). It also includes other amendments to reflect recent legislation related to Floor Area Ratio (FAR) for certain multi-family projects and incorporation of State law amendments and minor modifications and clarifications related to reviewing and approving accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs).

SB 9 took effect on January 1, 2022. The state legislation provides for a ministerial process, without discretionary review or a public hearing, to approve Two-Unit Developments as well as lot split Parcel Maps (called Urban Lot Splits) meeting certain criteria on lots zoned for single-family residential. The bill adds two sections to the Government Code, sections 65852.21 and 66411.7, and amends provisions of the State Subdivision Map Act relating to the expiration of subdivision maps. This bill required the City to establish standards and processes for review of SB 9 eligible projects.

Accordingly, on December 14, 2021, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5981, an urgency ordinance establishing interim standards and ministerial processes for reviewing and approving SB 9 projects. Since the urgency ordinance will expire on December 13, 2022, the Council must review these amendments and introduce and adopt the permanent SB 9 ordinance prior to the expiration of the urgency ordinance. 95 of 1517
2 a 7
On November 1, 2022, the City Council introduced the permanent SB 9 Ordinance that included amendments necessary to codify SB 478, related to Floor Area Ratio standards, as well as SB 897 and AB 2221, related to ADUs/JADUs.

COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Housing: The development of high quality housing is an important goal, especially with respect to providing housing opportunities to all segments of the population. An ordinance setting forth objective zoning, subdivision and design standards for SB 9 projects will promote housing development consistent with the Council’s goal of providing a balanced mix of housing opportunities.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council adopt the proposed amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, related generally to standards for eligible SB 9 projects, minimum SB 478 floor area ratio standards for certain multi-family housing development projects, and incorporation of State law amendments and minor modifications and clarifications related to JADUs and ADUs as recommended by the Planning Commission.

BACKGROUND
Senate Bill 9
SB 9 allows a property owner to build two units and/or subdivide an existing single-familyzoned parcel into two parcels. SB 9 adds sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 to the Government Code, and requires cities and counties to ministerially approve a housing development containing no more than two residential units (duplex) on a single parcel in single-family zones (“two-on-a-lot” projects). The bill also requires a city to ministerially approve an urban lot split, creating two independent lots that may be sold separately. A property owner able to meet SB 9’s requirements could potentially combine the two provisions of SB 9 to split one existing lot into two and then build two residential units on each new lot, resulting in four residential units where only one was allowed before. To be eligible for an SB 9 project, a parcel must meet a specific list of qualifications, discussed below.

SB 9 “Two-On-A-Lot” Qualifying Projects
SB 9 would allow housing development projects containing no more than two dwelling units on a single-family zoned parcel to be permitted on a ministerial basis, upon satisfaction of qualifying criteria that include the following:
• The project site is in a city or urbanized portion of an unincorporated county (the City of Glendale is such a city);
• The project site is not:
96 of 1517
3 a 7
o Within a Coastal Zone;
o Prime farmland, or farmland of statewide importance;
o Wetlands;
o Within a very high fire severity zone with exceptions (see explanation applicable to the City below);
o A hazardous waste or hazardous list site;
o Within a delineated earthquake fault zone with exceptions; o Within a 100-year flood zone;
o Within a floodway;
o Identified for conservation in an adopted natural community conservation plan;
o Habitat for protected species; or
o Lands under conservation easement;
• The project site cannot require demolition or alteration of any housing if:
o Housing is restricted affordable housing;
o Subject to rent control; or
o Contains tenant occupied housing in the last three years; • The project site cannot be withdrawn from the rental market (i.e., under the Ellis Act) within the past 15 years;
• The project does not propose demolition of more than 25 percent of the existing exterior walls unless either:
o The local ordinance allows more demolition; or
o The site has not been occupied by a tenant in the past three years; • The project site is not within a historic district or property included on the California Historical Resources Inventory or within a site that is designated or listed as a city or county landmark or historic property or district pursuant to a city or county ordinance.

A local agency may enact objective zoning, subdivision and design review standards, provided such objective standards do not preclude the construction of either of the two units being at least 800 square feet in floor area. Similar to state ADU/JADU legislation, no setbacks are required for an existing structure or a structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure. In other circumstances, the local agency may require four-foot interior (side and rear) yard setbacks. Parking of no more than one space per dwelling unit (with no requirement that this be uncovered parking)1 is allowed, except no parking required for projects:
1 State law governing accessory dwelling units specifies that in instances where parking is required, a local agency may not require more than one space per accessory dwelling unit and that this requirement may be satisfied through “tandem parking on a driveway”. (Gov’t Code § 65852.2(a)(1)(D(x)(I))). State law governing SB 9 housing developments is silent as to whether a local agency may require applicable parking requirements to be satisfied through covered parking (i.e., through construction of a garage), but 97 of 1517
4 a 7
• Within a half-mile walking distance of a high-quality transit corridor or a major transit stop; or
• Within one block of car share.

Moreover, a local agency is not required to permit an ADU/JADU on parcels that take advantage of both the “two-on-a-lot” and lot split provisions. This means that a local agency may limit a parcel with an existing ADU or JADU to using just one, not both provisions of SB 9 (i.e., a parcel with an existing ADU/JADU may split the lot but may not thereafter build two houses on each of the two new lots; a parcel with an existing ADU/JADU may not build any additional units on the lot since it already has two (and in some cases three) units on its lot (the primary dwelling unit and the ADU and/or JADU).

This also means that if a parcel without an existing ADU/JADU takes advantage of a lot split, it cannot thereafter build any ADU/JADU on the property because this would be considered a “two-on-a-lot” SB 9 project. If a parcel without an existing ADU/JADU builds a “two-on-a-lot” SB 9 project and later splits the lot into two lots, it similarly cannot build an ADU/JADU on either of the two new lots.

A local agency may deny a SB 9 housing development project if the building official makes written findings that the project would create a “specific adverse impact” upon public health and safety or the physical environment that there is no way to mitigate or avoid, a heightened standard to meet. A “specific adverse impact” means a “significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete.”
Additional local agency-applicable regulations include:
• The rental of any unit created must be for a term longer than 30 days; • The California Coastal Act still applies, except that no public hearing is required for Coastal Development Permits for housing developments pursuant to SB 9; • A local agency may not reject housing solely on the basis that a project proposes adjacent or connected structures provided that the structures meet building code safety standards and are sufficient to allow separate conveyance.

If these criteria are satisfied, the city must approve the project ministerially (i.e., without discretionary review or hearings). Projects approved ministerially are not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and cannot be required to obtain any discretionary approvals such as design review.
if a garage is required for a SB 9 housing development under Glendale’s Ordinance no design review could be conducted on the garage.
98 of 1517
5 a 7
SB 9 Lot Split Projects
In addition to permitting two units on a single family lot, the proposed legislation would allow qualifying lot splits to be approved ministerially pursuant to a parcel map, upon meeting a number of criteria, including many of the same criteria for the two units described above. Additional criteria include the following:
• Each parcel must be at least 40 percent of the original parcel's size; • Each parcel must be at least 1,200 square feet in lot size unless the local agency permits smaller lot size per ordinance;
• There cannot be a sequential lot split on the same parcel, nor can there be a lot split if the owner of the parcel being subdivided (or someone working in concert with that owner) has subdivided an adjacent parcel pursuant to this lot split legislation;
• No right-of-way dedication or off-site improvement may be required; • The parcel must be limited to residential use;
• An affidavit that the applicant intends to use one of the housing units as a principal residence for at least three years from the date of approval is required; • The local agency shall not require a condition that requires correction of nonconforming zoning conditions;
• For each parcel created through this legislation, a local agency is not required to permit more than two dwelling units on a parcel.

A local agency may require, as conditions of approval:
• Easements for public services and facilities;
• Access to the public right-of-way;
• Objective subdivision standards.

Senate Bill 478
SB 478 prohibits the City from imposing a FAR of less than 1.0 for a housing development project (comprised solely of residential units, a mixed-use development with at least twothirds of the square footage attributed to residential uses or transitional or supportive housing as defined in the Housing Accountability Act) consisting of three to seven units and a FAR of less than 1.25 for a housing development project consisting of 8 to 10 units.

Additionally, the City may not deny a housing development project located on an existing legal parcel solely on the basis that the lot area does not meet the requirement for minimum lot size. To qualify, a project must consist of 3 to 10 units in a multifamily residential zone or mixed-use zone in an urbanized area and cannot be within a singlefamily zone or within a historic district. SB 478 also makes any private development CC&R void and unenforceable if it effectively prohibits or unreasonably restricts an eligible FAR, as authorized under the new FAR standards as summarized above (and now found in 99 of 1517
6 a 7
Government Code Section 65913.11).

Senate Bill 897 and Assembly Bill 2221
SB 897 and AB 2221 both relate to local permitting of accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

SB 897 increases the minimum height limits that local governments may impose on ADUs. Specifically, SB 897 provides minimum height limits of 16 feet (for detached ADUs on same lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multifamily dwelling); 18 feet (for detached ADUs located on lot that is within a half-mile of a major transit stop, or detached ADUs on lot with an existing or proposed multistory, multifamily dwelling); or 25 feet or underlying zone height, whatever is lower (for attached ADUs). The law introduces the potential for two-story ADUs if certain conditions are met, but ensures local agencies are not required to permit three-story ADUs. Lastly, SB 897 now clarifies that two detached ADUs may be constructed (and qualify for building permit ministerial review under Subdivision (e)) on lots with proposed multifamily dwellings. This change will allow developers to include two detached ADUs in their design and planning processes for new multifamily residential projects.

AB 2221 contains clean-up language and clarifications to reduce permitting hurdles for ADU applicants, including:
• Existing law requires local agencies to "act on" an ADU application within 60 days of issuing a "completeness determination," and if not, an ADU application is deemed approved as a matter of law. However, some local agencies have used internal intermediary "actions" (e.g., inter-departmental referrals, issuing design comments) to bypass the 60-day deadline. AB 2221 eliminates that practice by expressly requiring agencies to "approve or deny" an ADU application within 60 days of the completeness determination.
• Agencies that deny an ADU application must now provide a full set of comments to the applicant with a list of items that are deficient and a description of how the application can be remedied.
• Clarifies that the construction of an ADU does not trigger a change in "Group R" occupancy of the residential building (thereby requiring stricter building code standards), unless the agency makes specific findings that the ADU would create an adverse impact on health and safety.
• Expands the definition of "permitting agency" to include any entity involved in the review of an ADU permit, rather than simply the agency responsible for issuing the permit. This change makes clear that other agency departments, as well as special districts (water, sanitary) are subject to the 60-day deadline following a completeness determination.
100 of 1517
7 a 7
• Clarifies that the construction of an ADU (attached or detached) cannot trigger a requirement to install fire sprinklers in an existing multifamily dwelling. • Finally, AB 2221 adds front setbacks to the list of objective development standards that local agencies are precluded from imposing if they would prevent construction of an ADU that is 800 square feet or smaller and adheres to 4 feet of rear and side yard setbacks and revised height limits. Front setbacks remain inapplicable to the "state exempt" class of ADUs found in Subdivision (e) of the state law.

ANALYSIS
SB 9 and 478
SB 9 requires ministerial approval, without condition, discretion or a hearing, of a housing development containing no more than two residential units on an individual parcel in single-family zones. It also requires local governments to ministerially approve an urban lot split, creating two independent lots that may be sold separately.

Although SB 9 requires the City to ministerially approve certain qualifying projects to build two units on a single family-zoned lot, it does allow a city to enact certain objective standards for “two-on-a-lot” projects. SB 9 allows a city to “impose objective zoning standards, objective subdivision standards, and objective design review standards”, as long as these standards do not conflict with other requirements in the legislation. SB 9 defines the terms “objective zoning standards,” “objective subdivision standards,” and “objective design review standards” as “standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal. These standards may be embodied in alternative objective land use specifications adopted by a local agency, and may include, but are not limited to, housing overlay zones, specific plans, inclusionary zoning ordinances, and density bonus ordinances.” Gov’t Code § 65852.21(i)(2) (emphasis added). Examples of non-objective (subjective) standards are those that require general compatibility with the architectural style of the home or with the architectural style or pattern of the neighborhood.

A city’s objective standards cannot “have the effect of physically precluding the construction of up to two units or . . . physically preclude either of the two units from being at least 800 square feet in floor area.” Gov’t Code § 65852.21(b)(2)(A). Also, a city cannot require a setback for “existing structures or structures constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure.” Id. at § 65852.21(b)(2)(B)(i). In all other circumstances, a city may require a four-foot interior setback. Id. at § 65852.21(b)(2)(B)(ii). With respect to parking, a city may require one off-street space per unit, except in cases where the lot is located within one-half mile walking distance of either a high-quality transit corridor, or a major transit stop (as defined 101 of 1517
8 a 7
in other laws), or in cases where there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the parcel. Id. at § 65852.21(c)(1)(A-B).

Among other provisions, the proposed permanent Ordinance includes the following provisions:
• Limitation on the two new units to a maximum of 800 square feet; • Counting an existing or proposed ADU/JADU as a “unit”; • Requiring projects to adhere to objective design standards such as height/stories, setbacks (to the extent allowed to be regulated), roof form, location (e.g. outside front/street-side setback), and others, in order to produce the least impactful high quality design;
• Mandating and enforcing owner-occupancy requirements to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Ordinance contains additional requirements for SB 9 lot splits, as follows:
• Requires lots to front a dedicated and improved public or private street; • New lot lines shall be at right angles adjacent to the street frontage; • A minimum lot width of 12 feet (consistent with existing driveway standards for a flag lot); and
• Prohibits lots with double frontage (except on corner lots).

Provisions related to shared driveways and parking include:
• Requirement for parking to share the driveway with the existing residence and prohibits adding an additional separate driveway (exception for when adjacent to an alley);
• Requirement that development of a SB 9 housing development on vacant land share a singular driveway.

The Ordinance applies the same parking standards to SB 9 housing developments as the current rules for ADUs. While required parking for SB 9 housing developments is not specifically mandated by the state to be uncovered, it is staff’s recommendation to allow uncovered parking because enclosed/covered parking would add an additional building to the site, increasing lot coverage and reducing landscaping/open space that would likely exceed all existing zoning standard limits. Additionally, because the enclosed parking would be for the SB 9 housing development, design review is prohibited, making objective design standards more challenging.
102 of 1517
9 a 7
Other miscellaneous provisions:
• Prohibits a parcel with a SB 9 unit from also having a guest house or similar; • Prohibits the location of new construction or any addition for a SB 9 unit between an existing or proposed residential dwelling and the street front or street side setback, and
• Requirement for a covenant for a SB 9 housing development for reciprocal use agreements to allow for cross-access, cross-drainage, utilities services and parking.

Objective design standards have been developed that govern height and massing, including roof forms and breaks in volume, as well as exterior materials for walls and roofs. For example, a height limit of 12 feet is established for flat roofs and 16 feet for pitched roofs. Standard details are also included for windows, entryways and doors, as well as associated covered porches and patios. Windows must be recessed and require a sill, entry doors must be on the street facing façade and covered porches are limited to 80 square feet. Particular attention has been given to standards to match the new SB 9 unit to the existing residential dwelling, when retained, in terms of roof form and exterior materials. The Ordinance states that ADUs/JADUs are not permitted on a parcel that applies for both a SB 9 housing development and SB 9 lot split.

For both an SB 9 housing development (two-on-a-lot) and an SB 9 lot split, the Ordinance requires the property owner to execute and record a covenant and agreement. With respect to SB 9 housing developments, the fact that there is no prohibition in the state law with respect to owner-occupancy requirements for two-on-a-lot developments (in other words, the state law is silent on that point) is indicative that such a requirement is left open to local regulation.

Given the state law’s silence on the issue leading to the presumptive ability of Glendale to enact an owner-occupancy requirement for SB 9 housing developments, the Ordinance requires that a property owner applying for a SB 9 housing development covenant to reside in at least one of the residential dwelling units that constitute the non-lot split SB 9 housing development, or only rent or lease the property as a single rental property and not rent or lease the residential dwelling units separately from each other (similar to how ADUs were regulated prior to the state changing the law). The state law does not allow a similar owner-occupancy requirement for SB 9 lot splits, however, and limits a local agency to requiring a signed affidavit that the owner “intends to occupy one of the housing units as their principal residence for a minimum of three years from the date of the approval of the urban lot split.” Government Code Section 66411.7(g)(1). As such, the Ordinance requires such a sworn statement (for SB 9 lot split projects) to be incorporated into a covenant and agreement containing other promises by the property owner related 103 of 1517
10 a 7
to parking and the prohibition of short-term rentals, but specifies that the written statement under penalty of perjury of the property owner’s intent to occupy does not run with the land and is only binding and enforceable upon the current property owner.

Another key component of the Ordinance is a procedure for the Building Official to make findings of denial of a SB 9 project. These findings must be based upon a preponderance of the evidence, leading the Building Official to conclude that the SB 9 project would have a specific, adverse impact (a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete) upon public health and safety or the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact. The process in the Ordinance requires the Building Official to review each SB 9 project application for such specific adverse impacts, and, if found, the Building Official must draft written findings and make a recommendation of denial of the SB 9 project. Upon review of the Building Official’s findings and recommendation of denial, the Director of Community Development must issue a written decision to deny the project, and must publish the written decision with the Building Officials’ findings on the City’s website, which denial is appealable to the Planning Commission, then to the City Council, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.62. In addition to existing written public health or safety standards, policies or conditions, the Ordinance contains additional standards for potential historic resources (those not listed/designated and those not surveyed as eligible, and thus not part of the State Historic Resources Inventory) that allows the Building Official to deny a SB 9 project if there exists substantial evidence that the project will have a substantial adverse effect on a potential resource the City determines to be a historic resource.

The Ordinance does not contain additional standards related to high fire areas with substandard streets. Construction of a SB 9 housing development in the existing high and very high fire hazard severity zones in the City would not prevent the Fire Department from servicing those areas and similarly to accessory dwelling units, a SB 9 housing development would not pose a substantial adverse impact on fire safety in these areas.

Furthermore, new SB 9 housing developments would be required to follow the additional building construction code and standards related to construction in these fire hazard area and must follow the adopted fire mitigation standards of the Glendale Building and Safety Code.

In addition to the above SB 9 standards, the Ordinance also modifies floor area ratios for certain qualifying projects under SB 478.
104 of 1517
11 a 7
Other Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) amendments, including SB 897 and AB 2221 The City received comments from the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) on its ADU Ordinance, that HCD requested clarifications on related to the location of an ADU within the street side setback, the prohibition of the location of the entry door to an ADU, and the separate sale of an ADU or JADU from its respective primary dwelling.

The Zoning Code prevents the new construction of an ADU between the primary residential dwelling(s) and the street front and street side setback. The intent is to prevent ADUs in the front or street side front yard. The Zoning Code also provides exceptions to this setback restriction with respect to new construction ADUs meeting the requirements of Government Code section 65852.2(e)(1)(B), in GMC section 30.34.080(E)(1) (allowing for a four (4) foot interior setback).

Section 30.34.080(E)(5) limits the addition of a door facing a street in connection with an ADU/JADU. The intent of this prohibition is to prevent, when possible, the negative aesthetic impact to a single-family neighborhood that would result from a dwelling unit that appears to have two front doors (resulting in a “duplex”-looking structure in a neighborhood with a consistent pattern of single-family homes). Similarly, the Zoning Code provides for the same exceptions to this prohibition for ADUs that meet the requirements of Government Code section 65852.2(e)(1)(B).

Regardless, HCD felt additional clarification was needed to make the exceptions to the setback and additional door restriction clearer, so language to Section 30.34.080(D)(10) and 30.34.080(E)(5) has been added.

The last HCD-requested amendment relates to the separate sale of an ADU or JADU from its respective primary dwelling; the amendment makes it clear that an exception to the prohibition of the separate sale of an ADU is contained in Government Code section 65852.26.

Additional miscellaneous ADU amendments relate to prohibiting rooftop decks over accessory and junior accessory dwelling units and limiting ADUs in combination with other accessory buildings on a lot. The amendments make clear that rooftop decks are not permitted over an ADU/JADU. This is, first, to address privacy concerns for neighboring properties, especially when a ADU can be four feet and sometimes less (no setback garage conversion) from a property line. Second, this is to deter hillside properties from building flat roof ADUs on lower sloping portions of a lot that then convert the roof to a large deck, essentially extending the rear yard with a large addition under the pretense of just adding an ADU and circumventing the deck rules in hillsides that require Design Review.
105 of 1517
12 a 7
The current Code prohibits an ADU when there is an existing guest house. A property can have one or the other, not both. However, Planning staff has discovered that many other types of accessory buildings such as pool house, cabana, recreation room, and the like, essentially act like guest houses, but because they were not technically permitted as such allow a property to then have an ADU and these other accessory buildings. The proposed amendment closes this loop hole and clarifies that a property can have one, but not both, either an ADU or these additional accessory buildings.

The provisions of SB 897 and AB 2221 outline new height standards and those have been incorporated into the draft Ordinance. The new State law adds new varying heights for detached ADUs of 16 and 18 (+2 for matching existing roof pitch) depending on the distance of a property to major transit stop and 25 feet when the ADU is attached to the primary dwelling regardless of location to a major transit stop.

Other provisions of SB 897 and AB 2221 relate to process and permitting clarifications and will be practiced by Community Development Department staff and therefore are not included in the proposed Ordinance.

PLANNING COMMISSION REVIEW
The proposed amendments were reviewed by the Planning Commission at a regularly scheduled meeting and hearing on October 19, 2022. The Planning Commission voted unanimously to recommend adoption of the proposed ordinance regarding specific standards for projects meeting the eligibility requirements for SB 9; minimum SB 478 FAR standards for certain multi-family housing development projects, and incorporation of State law amendments and minor modifications and clarifications related to JADUs and ADUs.

STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Not applicable.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report. Additional revenue in the form of application/permit fees and development impact fees could be realized from SB 9 housing development or lot split proposals.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The proposed Ordinance is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 and pursuant to Government Code Sections 65852.21(j) and 66411.7(n), is therefore not a project under Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code. Additionally, the proposed ordinance is exempt from CEQA review because it implements the provisions of Government Code Section 65913.11 and is 106 of 1517
13 a 7
therefore: (1) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines) Section 15305 (minor alterations to land use limitations), Class 5 Exemption, as the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment; (2) exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) because the Ordinance will allow a slightly more generous floor area ratio than currently allowed in certain zones, but the Ordinance will not allow for or encourage any more density or development than is already anticipated under the City’s existing General Plan and as regulated by existing zoning, or otherwise allow for or promote physical changes in the environment, and therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment; and (3) not intended to apply to specifically identified housing development projects and as such it is speculative to evaluate any such future project now. Moreover, the Ordinance is not intended to, nor does it, provide CEQA clearance for future development-related projects by mere establishment of a slightly more generous floor area ratio in certain zones; any such projects subject to the Ordinance will be subject to appropriate environmental review at such time as approvals for those housing projects are considered. Each of the foregoing provides a separate and independent basis for CEQA compliance and, when viewed collectively, provides an overall basis for CEQA compliance.

The proposed Ordinance implements the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852.22, second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone, and is therefore exempt from CEQA pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Chapter 3, Section 15282(h). Moreover, this Ordinance is exempt from further environmental review under CEQA pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations Section 15060(c)(1), as it implements provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.2 and 65852,22, which require ministerial review and approval of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units and therefore, does not involve the exercise of discretionary powers by the City.

CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.

ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Adopt the amendments to Title 30 of the GMC, 1995 relating generally to standards for eligible SB 9 projects, minimum SB 478 FAR standards for certain multifamily housing development projects, and incorporation of State law amendments and 107 of 1517
14 a 7
minor modifications and clarifications related to JADUs and ADUs as recommended by the Planning Commission.

Alternative 2: Do not adopt the amendments to Title 30 of the GMC, 1995. In this case, the City would have to follow the State law related to SB 9 projects without local objective design and subdivision standards, and would be subject to any State law amendments related to ADUs/JADUs.

Alternative 3: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff or the Planning Commission.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Submitted by:

Bradley Calvert, AICP, Director of Community Development Prepared by:

Kristen Asp, AICP, Principal Planner
Yvette Neukian, Principal Assistant City Attorney
Reviewed by:

Jason Bradford, Director of Finance/Information Technology Michael J. Garcia, City Attorney
Approved by:

Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager

EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS

1. Planning Commission Motion dated October 19, 2022

2. Interim Ordinance No. 5985

3. Interim Ordinance No. 5981
108 of 1517
MOTION
Moved by Commissioner Minassian, seconded by Commissioner Chraghchian, that upon consideration of the proposed ordinance, and after reviewing the applicable CEQA exemption outlined in the Planning Commission staff report dated October 19, 2022, as well as the records, files, reports, and all documentary evidence submitted with regard to said Case No. PZC-0001-2022 to amend Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, relating generally to standards for eligible SB 9 projects, minimum SB 478 floor area ratio standards for certain multi-family housing development projects, and recent minor modifications and clarifications related to junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) and accessory dwelling units (ADUs), the Planning Commission hereby recommends that the City Council adopt the ordinance amending Title 30 as presented.

Adopted this 19th day of October 19, 2022.

Vote as follows: Ayes: Chraghchian, Fuentes, Minassian, Shahbazian Noes:

Absent: Lee
Abstain:
109 of 1517
110 of 1517
111 of 1517
112 of 1517
113 of 1517
114 of 1517
115 of 1517
116 of 1517
5981
7C
117 of 1517
118 of 1517
119 of 1517
120 of 1517
121 of 1517
122 of 1517
123 of 1517
124 of 1517
125 of 1517
126 of 1517
127 of 1517
128 of 1517
129 of 1517
130 of 1517
131 of 1517
132 of 1517
133 of 1517
134 of 1517
135 of 1517
136 of 1517
14th December
137 of 1517
5981
14th December
Agajanian, Brotman, Kassakhian, Najarian, Devine
None
None
None
138 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 1 ORDINANCE NO. ____________
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AS VOLUME IA, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL CODE AS VOLUME IB, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE AS VOLUME IC, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE AS VOLUME II, THE 2022
CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE AS VOLUME III, THE 2022 CALFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AS VOLUME IV, THE 1997 UNIFORM HOUSING CODE AS VOLUME V, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE AS VOLUME VI, THE

GLENDALE SECURITY CODE AS VOLUME VII AND THE GLENDALE

COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE AS
VOLUME VIII AND THE 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS

CODE AS VOLUME IX ALL OF WHICH COMPRISE THE BUILDING AND SAFETY CODE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, 2023.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:

SECTION INT-1. The City of Glendale hereby adopts a Building and Safety Code of the City of Glendale, 2023, hereinafter designated as the “Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023.”
SECTION INT-2. Volume IA. Building Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Building Code as Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Building Code Volumes 1 and 2, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volumes 1 and 2, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall include the Historic Building Code, 2022 edition, published and copyrighted in 2021 by the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24 Part 8. Said California Building 139 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 2 Code and California Historic Building Code are hereby referred to and by such references are incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-3. Volume IB. Residential Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Residential Code as Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Residential Code, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.5, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Said California Residential Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-4. Volume IC. Existing Building Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Existing Building Code as Volume IC of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume IC of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Building Code Volumes 2, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 10, Volumes 2, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Volume 1C of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall also include Appendix Chapter A1, A3, A4 and A6 of the California Existing Building Code, 2022 edition, published and copyrighted in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, 140 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 3 Part 10, regarding seismic strengthening provisions for unreinforced masonry bearing wall buildings. Said California Existing Building Code is hereby referred to and by such references is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-5. Volume II. Plumbing Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Plumbing Code as Volume II of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume II of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Plumbing Code 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 5, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes Said California Plumbing Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-6. Volume III. Mechanical Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Mechanical Code as Volume III of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume III of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Mechanical Code, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 4, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Said California Mechanical Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.
141 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 4 SECTION INT-7. Volume IV. Electrical Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Electrical Code as Volume IV of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume IV of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Electrical Code, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2020 to the National Fire Protection Association, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 3, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda, annexes and footnotes. Said California Electrical Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-8. Volume V. Housing Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby re-adopts the 1997 Uniform Housing Code as Volume V of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume V of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the Uniform Housing Code, 1997 edition, and as copyrighted in 1997 by the International Conference of Building Officials, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Said Uniform Housing Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth. 142 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 5 SECTION INT-9. Volume VI. Fire Safety Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Fire Code as Volume VI of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume VI of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Fire Code, 2022 edition, and as copyrighted in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 9, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Said California Fire Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION INT-10. Volume VII. Security Standards.

Except as otherwise provided herein or as later amended, Volume VII of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023 is hereby re-adopted as the Glendale Security Code, as previously adopted by Ordinance 5937.

SECTION INT-11. Volume VIII. Commercial and Industrial Property Maintenance Standards.

Except as otherwise provided herein or as later amended, Volume VIII of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023 is hereby re-adopted as the Commercial and Industrial Property Maintenance Code, as previously adopted by Ordinance 5937.

SECTION INT-12. Volume IX. Green Building Standards.

The City of Glendale hereby adopts the 2022 California Green Building Standards Code as Volume IX of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as later amended, Volume IX of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be as published in the California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 143 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 6 edition, and as published in 2021 by the International Code Council, Inc. and the California Building Standards Commission, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11, including all of its tables, indices, appendices, addenda and footnotes. Said California Green Building Standards Code is hereby referred to and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth. The voluntary provisions in Appendix Chapter A4 and Chapter A-5 are not adopted as mandatory compliance features at this time.

SECTION INT-13. Effect of Code on Past Actions and Obligations. The adoption of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, does not affect any civil lawsuit instituted or filed or prosecutions for ordinance violations committed on or prior to the effective date of said Code, does not waive any fee or penalty due and unpaid prior to the effective date of said Code, and does not affect the validity of any bond or cash deposit posted, filed or deposited pursuant to the requirements of any ordinance.

SECTION INT-14. References to Prior Code. Unless superseded and expressly repealed, references in City forms, documents and regulations to the chapters and sections of the former Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020, shall be construed to apply to the corresponding provisions contained within the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020. Ordinance No. 5937 and No. 5861 of the City of Glendale and all other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby superseded and expressly repealed.

SECTION INT-15. Penalty. Unless otherwise provided in said Code, any person violating any provision of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment in the City jail or the County jail of 144 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 2_GBSC_2023_Ord Intro.doc 7 the County of Los Angeles for a term not exceeding six months, or both such fine and imprisonment.

SECTION INT-16. Severability. If any provision of this Ordinance or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, that invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Ordinance that can be given effect without the invalid provision of application, and to this end the provisions of this Ordinance are severable.

SECTION INT-17. Effective Date, Exceptions. This ordinance becomes effective and shall be in full force on January 1, 2023; provided, however that where complete plans for buildings have been filed and are pending for building permits prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, permits may be issued, and the applicant may proceed with the construction in strict compliance with former Building and Safety Code, 2017, provided however physical construction is started within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of issuance of the permit and continued to completion according to said former Building and Safety Code, 2020.

SECTION INT-18. Four-Fifths Vote. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage of this Ordinance by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members of the Council of the City of Glendale and shall cause a summary of the same to be published once in the official newspaper of said City.
145 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
1 VOLUME IA. BUILDING STANDARDS
SECTION IA-1. Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is amended as hereinafter provided.

SECTION IA-2. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 101.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction, alteration, relocation, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance, removal and demolition of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or structures.

Exception: Detached one-and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress, and their accessory structures not more than three stories above grade plane in height, shall comply with this code or the California Residential Code as adopted and amended as Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code. [A] 101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not apply unless specifically adopted.

SECTION IA-3. Chapter 1 Division II Section 104.10.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
104.10.2 Fire code official concurrence. For those cases which may affect fire or life safety in buildings regulated by the State Fire Marshall, the building official shall obtain the concurrence of the fire code official if related to fire protection systems, egress, fire department access or water supply.
146 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
2 SECTION IA-4. Chapter 1 Division II Section 104.11.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
104.11.5 Fire code official concurrence. For those cases which may affect fire or life safety in buildings regulated by the State Fire Marshall, the building official shall obtain the concurrence of the fire code official if related to fire protection systems, egress, fire department access or water supply.

SECTION IA-5. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 105.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 105.1 Required. Any owner or owner’s authorized agent who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert, or replace any electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be performed, shall first make application to the building official and obtain the required permit.

Parking lots shall not be paved, improved, striped, or restriped unless a separate permit for each parking lot has first been obtained from the building official.

Exception: A separate permit shall not be required to pave, improve, stripe, or restripe a parking lot when such work is included in the scope of another project for which a building permit has been issued and when the design of such parking lot was included in the plan check review of such project.

SECTION IA-6. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 105.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read to read as follows:
[A] 105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the department of building safety 147 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
3 for that purpose. such application shall:

1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work.

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended.

4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other information as required in Section 107.

5. State the valuation of the proposed work.

6. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant’s authorized agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the building official.

8. Pay plan review and permit fees as required by this Chapter 1 Division II.

SECTION IA-7. Chapter 1 Division II Section 105.3.1.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020, is hereby added to read as follows:
105.3.1.1 Electric vehicle charging station review process. 105.3.1.1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to promote and encourage the use of electric vehicles by creating an expedited, streamlined permitting process for electric vehicle charging stations while promoting public health and safety and preventing specific adverse impacts in the installation and use of such charging stations. This Section is also purposed to comply with California Government Code Section 65850.7.
105.3.1.1.2 Definitions.
(a) “Electric vehicle charging station” or “charging station” means any level of electric vehicle supply equipment station that is designed and built in compliance 148 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
4 with Article 625 of the California Electrical Code, as it reads on the effective date of this Section, and delivers electricity from a source outside an electric vehicle into a plug-in electric vehicle.
(b) “Electric vehicle charging space” means a space intended for charging electric vehicles.
(c) “Specific, adverse impact” means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, and written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete.
(d) “Electronic submittal” means the utilization of one or more of the following:
a. Electronic mail or email.
b. The internet.
c. Facsimile.
105.3.1.1.3. Expedited permitting process. Consistent with Government Code Section 65850.7, the Building Official shall implement an expedited, streamlined permitting process for electric vehicle charging stations and electrical vehicle charging spaces, and adopt a checklist of all requirements with which electric vehicle charging stations and electrical charging spaces shall comply with in order to be eligible for expedited review. The expedited, streamlined permitting process and checklist may refer to the recommendations contained in the most current version of the “Plug-In Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Permitting Checklist” of the “Zero-Emission Vehicles in California: Community Readiness Guidebook” as published by the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research. The City’s adopted checklist shall be published on the City’s website.
149 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
5 105.3.1.1.4 Permit application processing.
(a) Prior to submitting an application for processing, the applicant shall verify that the installation of an electric vehicle charging station and electric vehicle charging space will not have specific, adverse impact to public health and safety and building occupants. Verification by the applicant includes but is not limited to: electrical system capacity and loads; electrical system wiring, bonding and overcurrent protection; building infrastructure affected by charging station equipment and associated conduits; areas of charging station equipment and vehicle parking. (b) A permit application that satisfies the information requirements in the City’s adopted checklist shall be deemed complete and be promptly processed. Upon confirmation by the Building Official that the permit application and supporting documents meets the requirements of the City adopted checklist, and is consistent with all applicable laws and health and safety standards, the Building Official shall, consistent with Government Code Section 65850.7, approve the application and issue all necessary permits. Such approval does not authorize an applicant to energize or utilize the electric vehicle charging station until approval is granted by the City. If the Building Official determines that the permit application is incomplete, he or she shall issue a written correction notice to the applicant, detailing all deficiencies in the application and any additional information required to be eligible for expedited permit issuance. (c) Consistent with Government Code Section 65850.7, the Building Official shall allow for electronic submittal of permit applications covered by this Ordinance and associated supporting documentations. In accepting such permit applications, the 150 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
6 Building Official shall also accept electronic signatures on all forms, applications, and other documentation in lieu of a wet signature by any applicant. 105.3.1.1.5. Technical Review.
(a) It is the intent of this Section to encourage the installation of electric vehicle charging stations and electric vehicle charging spaces by removing obstacles to permitting for charging stations and charging spaces so long as the action does not supersede the Building Official’s authority to address higher priority life-safety situations. If the Building Official makes a finding based on substantial evidence that the electric vehicle charging station and electric vehicle charging space could have a specific adverse impact upon the public health or safety, as defined in this Chapter, the City may require the applicant to apply for a use permit.
(b) In the technical review of a charging station and charging space, consistent with Government Code Section 65850.7, the Building Official shall not condition the approval for any electric vehicle charging station and electric vehicle charging space permit on the approval of such a system by an association, as that term is defined by Civil Code Section 4080.
105.3.1.1.6. Electric vehicle charging space installation requirements. (a) Electric vehicle charging station equipment shall meet the requirements of the California Electrical Code, the Society of Automotive Engineers, the National Electrical Manufacturers Association, and accredited testing laboratories such as Underwriters Laboratories, and rules of the Public Utilities Commission or a Municipal Electric Utility Company regarding safety and reliability. 151 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
7 (b) Installation of electric vehicle charging stations shall be incorporated into the load calculations of all new or existing electrical services and shall meet the requirements of the California Electrical Code. Electric vehicle charging equipment shall be considered a continuous load.
(c) Anchorage of either floor-mounted or wall-mounted electric vehicle charging stations shall meet the requirements of the California Building or Residential Code as applicable per occupancy, and the provisions of the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Mounting of charging stations shall not adversely affect building elements.
(d) Electric vehicle charging space shall comply with the provisions in Chapter 11A or Chapter 11B of the California Building Code.

SECTION IA-8. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 105.3.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023 is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned one-year after the date of filing, unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued; except that the building official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 180 days.

The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. [OSHPD 1, 1R, 2, 4 & 5] Time limitation shall be in accordance with the California Administrative Code, Chapter 7, Section 7-129.

SECTION IA-9. Chapter 1 Division II Section 105.3.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
105.3.3 Plan review fees. When submittal documents are required by Chapter 1 Division II, 152 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
8 Section 105.3, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting the submittal documents for plan review. The plan review fees specified in this section are separate fees from the permit fees specified in Chapter 1 Division, Section [A] 109.2 and are in addition to the permit fees.

When submittal documents are incomplete or changed so as to require additional plan review, or when the project involves deferred submittal items as defined in Chapter 1 Division II, Section [A] 107.3.4.1, an additional plan review fee shall be charged at a rate specified by resolution.

In granting any extension the building official may require compliance with any new regulation.

In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee. The new plan review fee shall be one half the amount required for a new plan review, provided no changes have been made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such abandonment has not exceeded one year. In order to renew action on an expired application the applicant shall comply with all applicable new regulations.

SECTION IA-10. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 105.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. Work shall be considered suspended or abandoned if the building official determines that substantial work has not been performed within the time specified above. Substantial work shall be construed to mean:

1. Measurable work such as, but not limited to, the addition of footings, structural members, flooring, wall covering, etc.
153 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
9 2. The work mentioned in subsection 1 of this Section [A] 105.5 above must constitute 20% of the value of the work for which the permit was issued in any 180 day period for Group R, Division 3 occupancies and 10% for all other occupancies.

Before such work can be recommenced, a new permit shall be first obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one year. In order to renew action on a permit after expiration, the permittee shall pay a new permit fee and may be required to comply with all applicable new regulations at the time of issuance. The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

SECTION IA-11. Chapter 1 Division II Section 105.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
105.8 Responsibility of permittee. Building permits shall be presumed by the city to incorporate all of the work that the applicant, the applicant’s agent, employees and/or contractors shall carry out. Said proposed work shall be in accordance with the approved plans and with all requirements of this code and any other laws or regulations applicable thereto. No city approval shall relieve or exonerate any person from the responsibility of complying with the provisions of this code nor shall any vested rights be created for any work performed in violation of this code.

SECTION IA-12. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 107.3.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 107.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge.
154 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
10 It shall be required that all documents submitted for review by the building official shall be prepared by a registered design professional. The building official shall be authorized to require the owner or the owner’s authorized agent to engage and designate on the building permit application a registered design professional who shall act as the registered design professional in responsible charge. If the circumstances require, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent shall designate a substitute registered design professional in responsible charge who shall perform the duties required of the original registered design professional in responsible charge. The building official shall be notified in writing by the owner or the owner’s authorized agent if the registered design professional in responsible charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the duties.

The registered design professional in responsible charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating submittal documents prepared by others, including phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the design of the building.

Exception: The building official may waive the requirements for a registered design professional when, after reviewing the submitted plans it is determined that the work is minor in nature.

SECTION IA-13. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 109.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee in addition to the normally established permit fee, equal to 100% of such normally established permit fee, or as otherwise determined by the building official.
155 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
11 SECTION IA-14. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 110.3.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 110.3.5 Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel product inspection. Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel product inspections shall be made after lathing, gypsum board and gypsum panel products, interior and exterior, are in place, but before any plastering is applied or gypsum board and gypsum panel products joints and fasteners are taped and finished.

Exception: Gypsum board and gypsum panel products that are not part of a fireresistance-rated assembly, a shear assembly or a sound transmission control assembly.

SECTION IA-15. Chapter 1 Division II Section 110.3.9.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
110.3.9.1 Structural observation. For structural observation, see Section 1704 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023.

SECTION IA-16. Chapter 1 Division II Section 110.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
110.7 Re-inspections. A re-inspection fee may be assessed for each inspection or re-inspection when such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when corrections called for are not made.

This section shall not be interpreted as requiring re-inspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to comply with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for such inspection or re-inspection.

Re-inspection fees may be assessed when the approved plans and inspection card are not readily available to the inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for which inspection is requested, or deviation from plans requiring the approval of the Building Official. 156 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
12 To obtain a re-inspection, the applicant shall pay the re-inspection fee in accordance with a fee schedule adopted by this jurisdiction.

In instances where re-inspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid.

SECTION IA-17. Chapter 1 Division II Section 113 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION 113

BUILDING AND FIRE BOARD OF APPEALS
[A] 113.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official or the fire code official relative to the application and interpretation of all volumes of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a joint building and fire board of appeals. The board appointment and composition shall be in accordance with the governing body. The building official or the fire code official shall be an ex-officio member of said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board. The building official shall act as the secretary to said board. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the building official and fire code official.
[A] 113.2 Limitations on authority. The building and fire board of appeals shall have no authority relative to interpretation of the administrative provisions of this code nor shall the board be empowered to waive requirements of this code.
[A] 113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified pursuant to Section 2.56.040 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995. 157 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
13 113.4 Procedure for Appeals to the Building and Fire Board of Appeals. 113.4.1 Fee. A non-refundable fee for an appeal shall be established or modified by resolution of the City Council. The building official, fire code official, or both shall review said fee no more than once annually and may, with approval of the City Manager, recommend changes to the City Council.
113.4.2 Application. With the advice of the building official and fire code official, the Building and Fire Board of Appeals shall approve the form of application for appeals.

Such application shall include but not be limited to the following items: address and description of the property involved; statement of all facts upon which the applicant relies; any plans, sketches, or reports to support the applicant’s case or as may be required by the board; the specific section or decision relevant to the applicant’s appeal; a detailed account to the appellant’s position and justification showing how his or her position meets or exceeds Code.
113.4.3 Acceptance and application. Upon filing of a complete application and payment of the fee, the application shall be reviewed by the building official or fire code official, or both, for completeness and conformance with this Code and the board’s adopted policies and procedures. Applications which are found to be complete and compliant shall be accepted and submitted for the board’s consideration. 113.4.4 Public hearing. Upon acceptance of an application, the building official shall set the matter for public hearing and notice shall be given as required by the policies and procedures of the board. The essential facts found at such hearing shall be recorded in the minutes of the board. A copy of the findings and decision of the board shall be 158 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
14 mailed to the applicant at the address given in the application, with duplicate copies to the building official and the fire code official.
113.4.5 Appeal to City Council. Any person, including any city official, aggrieved by the decision of the building and fire board of appeals, may appeal to the City Council with the time and in the manner provided in chapter 2.88 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995.

SECTION IA-18. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 114.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 114.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move, remove, demolish, occupy, or maintain any building, structure or equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code. Maintenance of a building or structure which was unlawful at the time it was constructed and which would be unlawful under this Code if constructed after the effective date of such Code, shall constitute a continuing violation of such Code.

SECTION IA-19. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 114.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable by a fine of not more than $1,000.00 or by imprisonment for a term of not more than 6 months, or by both such fine and imprisonment. Such penalty and 159 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
15 imprisonment shall not preclude the imposition of any other administrative or judicial civil or criminal remedies under state, federal or local laws.

SECTION IA-20. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 115.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 115.1 Authority. Whenever the building official finds any work regulated by this code being performed in a manner either contrary to the provisions of this code or other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction or dangerous or unsafe, the building official is authorized to issue a stop work order.

SECTION IA-21. Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 115.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[A] 115.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

SECTION IA-22. Chapter 1 Division II Section 116.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
116.6 Non-Compliance. Upon failure to comply with the order within the time specified herein, and if no appeal has been properly and timely filed, the building official shall file in the office of the County Recorder a certificate describing the property and certifying (i) that the building is an unsafe building and (ii) that the owner has been notified. Whenever the corrections ordered shall thereafter have been completed or the building demolished so that it no longer exists as an unsafe building on the property described in the certificate, the building official shall file a new certificate with the County Recorder certifying that the building has been demolished or all 160 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
16 required corrections have been made so that the building is no longer unsafe, whichever is appropriate.

SECTION IA-23. Chapter 1 Division II Section 116.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
116.7 Vacated Buildings. Any unsafe building ordered vacated in accordance with this section shall not be reoccupied until the unsafe conditions have been eliminated. Each such vacated building shall be locked and otherwise secured against entry and the building official shall post thereon a placard stating: “DO NOT ENTER, UNSAFE TO OCCUPY, CITY OF GLENDALE.” Such notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition or removal are completed.

Such notice shall not be removed without written permission of the building official and no person shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the building.

SECTION IA-24. Chapter 1 Division II Section 118 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION 118

CONSTRUCTION TOILET FACILITIES
118 Temporary Construction Toilets. Toilet Facilities Required. No person shall commence or proceed with the erection, construction, alteration, repair, raising, adding to, removal, or demolition of any building or structure unless adequate, suitable, sanitary toilet facilities under the control of such person are provided for the use of any person employed or working upon such building or structure. Such toilet facilities shall be located upon or within a reasonable distance of the lot, premises, or site upon which such work is being done. 161 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
17 In no case shall the line of travel to any facility exceed five hundred feet (500’) (153 M). Toilets may not be placed on the public way.
118.1 Toilet Standards. Every toilet shall be of water flush type and shall be connected to a public sewer or private sewage disposal system built in accordance with the provisions of the Plumbing Code. All toilet structures shall be self-closing; the toilet floor shall be smooth, and screened ventilation shall be provided for the toilet compartment. Where workmen are employed during night hours, the toilet building shall be provided with artificial light. In lieu of flush water closets approved chemical toilets may be provided. Toilets may not be located within 10’ (3054 mm) of a property line.

SECTION IA-25. Chapter 1 Division II Section 119 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION 119

ON SITE CONSTRUCTION TRASH AND DEBRIS CONTROL
119 On Site Construction Trash and Debris Control Facilities Required.

No person shall commence or proceed with erection, construction, alteration, repair, raising, adding to, removal, or demolition of any building or structure unless adequate, suitable on site trash and debris control facilities under the control of such person are provided for the use of any person employed or working upon such building or structure. On site trash and debris control shall consist of at least a roll off 523 ft³ (15m³) bin. The container shall be emptied often enough so that no storage of trash is outside the bin. The bin shall be removed from the site after the building has passed final inspection or within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the building permit.
162 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
18 Exception: Additions, less than 900 ft ² (84m²), and alterations to Group R, Division 3 occupancies and Group U occupancies need not provide a roll off bin but must store trash and debris in the rear yard in quantities less than 10 ft (3m) wide by 10 ft (3m) long by 4 ft (1.2m) high. All trash and debris whether or not in containers shall be kept 3 ft (912mm) from adjacent property lines.

SECTION IA-26. Chapter 1 Division II Section 120 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION 120

DISASTER REPAIR AND RECONSTRUCTION
120.1 Intent. This section establishes standards and regulations for the expeditious repair and reconstruction of structures damaged as a result of a disaster for which a local emergency has been declared by the City Council. This section does not allow exemptions from the Building, Fire, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, other Codes, or standards. 120.2 Applications of Provisions.
120.2.1 The provisions of this section are applicable following each disaster when a local emergency has been declared by the City Council to all buildings and structures of all occupancies regulated by the City of Glendale. The Council may extend the provisions as necessary.
120.2.2 When approved by the building official, the requirements of this section may be waived in favor of repair recommendations included in an engineering evaluation as defined in Section 120.3.
120.3 Definitions. For the purpose of this section 120, the following definitions apply:
163 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
19 120.3.1 “Architect” means an individual licensed by the State of California to practice architecture as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code. 120.3.2 “Civil Engineer” means an individual registered by the State of California to practice civil engineering as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code.
120.3.3 “Current Code” means the edition of the California Building Code, published by the International Code Council, as adopted by the City of Glendale as the Glendale Building and Safety Code, as amended. The edition of said Glendale Building and Safety Code to be applied shall be that edition in effect at the time of the declaration of a local emergency by the City Council.
120.3.4 “Engineering Evaluation” means an evaluation of a damaged building or structure, or suspected damaged building or structure, performed under the direction of a structural engineer, civil engineer, or architect retained by the owner of the building or structure. Engineering evaluations shall, at a minimum, contain recommendations for repair with appropriate opinion of construction cost for those repairs. 120.3.5 “Replacement Value” means the dollar value, as determined by the new building official, of replacing the damaged structure with a new structure of the same size, construction material and occupancy on the same site. 120.3.6 “Structural Engineer” means an individual registered by the State of California to practice structural engineering and to use the title structural engineer as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code. 120.3.7 “Value of Repair” means the dollar value, as determined by the building official, of making the necessary repairs to the damaged building. 164 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
20 120.4 Repair Criteria.
120.4.1 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1 Division II, Section 116.
120.4.2 Building and structures of all occupancies which have been damaged as a result of a disaster, except as otherwise noted, shall be repaired in accordance with the following criteria:

1. When the estimated value of repair does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the replacement value of the structure, the damaged portion(s) may be restored to their pre-disaster condition.

Exception: When the damaged elements include suspended ceiling systems, the ceiling system shall be repaired and all bracing required by current code shall be installed.

2. When the estimated value of repair is greater than ten percent (10%) but less than fifty percent (50%) of the replacement value of the structure, the damaged elements, as well as all critical ties, supported elements and supporting elements associated with the damaged elements, shall be repaired and/or brought into conformance with the structural requirements of the current Code.

3. When the estimated value of repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the replacement value of the structure, the entire structure shall be brought into conformance with the structural requirements of the current Code.

4. In Group R, Division 3 occupancies, the repair value of damaged chimneys shall be excluded from the computation of percentage of replacement value. Damaged chimneys shall be repaired in accordance with Chapter 1Division II, Section 165 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
21 120.5.
120.5 Repair Criteria for Chimneys.
120.5.1 All damaged chimneys must be repaired or reconstructed to comply with the requirements of Section 2113 of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Damaged portions of chimneys shall be removed in accordance with the following criteria:

1. When the damaged portion of the chimney is located between the roof line and the top of the chimney, the damaged portion shall be removed to the roof line provided the roof and ceiling anchorage are in sound condition.

2. For a single-story structure in which the damaged portion of the chimney is below the roof line or the damaged portion extends from above the roof line to below the roof line, the chimney shall be removed to the top of the fire box.

3. For a multi-story structure, the damaged portion of the chimney shall be removed from the top to a floor line where sound anchorage is found.

4. In any structure where the firebox has been damaged, the entire chimney and firebox shall be removed to the foundation. If this foundation is in sound condition, the firebox and chimney may be reconstructed using the existing foundation. If the foundation has been damaged, the foundation shall be removed and replaced.
120.5.2 Where existing conditions preclude the installation of all anchorage required by Section 2113 of the current Code, alternate systems may be used in accordance with the alternate methods and materials provisions of the current Code when approved by the building official. Such alternate systems shall be designed and detailed by a structural engineer, civil engineer, or architect.
166 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
22 120.6 Repair Criteria for Unreinforced Masonry Buildings and Structures. 120.6.1 All buildings as described in Appendix Chapter A1, Section A102.1 of the California Existing Building Code of Volume IC of the Glendale Building and Safety Code that are damaged shall be repaired and strengthened in accordance with provisions of Chapter 1 Division II, Section 120.4.
120.6.2 Unreinforced masonry buildings damaged less than 50% shall be repaired in accordance with California Existing Building Code, Appendix Chapter A1, Seismic Strengthening Provisions for Unreinforced Masonry Bearing Wall Buildings of Volume IC of this Code.

SECTION IA-27. Chapter 1 Division II Section 121 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION 121

SANDBLASTING
121.1. Sandblasting: Definition. As used in this article, unless the context expressly indicates otherwise, "sandblasting" shall mean the use of air, steam or water containing sand to clean, grind, or cut hard surfaces.
121.2. Dry Sandblasting. Dry sandblasting is prohibited unless authorized by special permission from the building official endorsed upon a permit. Permission for dry sandblasting may be granted only when it is not possible to employ wet sandblasting. When dry sandblasting is permitted, the building official may impose such reasonable and related conditions as he or she may deem necessary for the protection of the public and the adjacent property.
167 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
23 121.3. Use of Canvas. Sandblasting operations shall, at all times, be separated from all adjacent property by canvas or other suitable barrier to prevent the splashing or blowing of water and/or sand thereupon.
121.4. Stoppage of Work. The building official may order the immediate stoppage of sandblasting for failure to comply with any provision of this chapter. Failure of any person to comply immediately with such order shall constitute a misdemeanor.

SECTION IA-28. Section 202 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
202 Definitions. For the purposes of this section certain term is defined as follows:

INTERMODAL SHIPPING CONTAINER. A six-sided steel unit originally constructed as a general cargo container used for the transport of goods and materials.

SECTION IA-29. Section [F] 403.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[F] 403.3 Combination automatic sprinkler/standpipe system. Buildings and structures shall be equipped throughout with a combination automatic sprinkler/ standpipe system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a secondary water supply in accordance with Section 403.3.3, and the policies of the fire code official. Standpipes shall provide for a looped redundant sprinkler supply at each floor level. A sprinkler water-flow alarm-initiating device and a control valve with a supervisory signal-initiating device shall be provided at each of the lateral connections to the risers on each floor.

SECTION IA-30. Section 403.3.3 of Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
168 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
24 [F] 403.3.3 Secondary water supply. An automatic secondary on-site water supply having a usable capacity not less than the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement for a duration of not less than 30 minutes, or the fire pump’s listed flow at 100% for a duration of not less than 30 minutes, whichever is greater, shall be provided for highrise buildings and Group I-2 occupancies having occupied floors located more than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access in Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by the California Building Code. The Class I standpipe system demand shall not be required to be included in the secondary on-site water supply calculations. In no case shall the secondary on-site water supply be less than 15,000 gallons.

Exception: Existing buildings.

SECTION IA-31. Section 503.2 of Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
503.2 Construction on contiguous lots under same ownership or occupancy. In those cases where lots, or portions of lots, contiguous to one another are owned or occupied by the same person, such lots, or portions of lots, may be considered one lot for the purpose of enforcing Sections 503, 602.1, Table 602, Table 504.4 and Table 506.2 of this Code. In such event, the owner of said lots shall be required to execute and record a covenant and agreement with the City to the satisfaction of the building official on a form approved by the City Attorney. Said covenant and agreement shall, among other things, provide that said lots or portions of lots shall remain as one parcel and the owner thereof shall not sell, transfer or in any way sever any portion of said lots or portions of lots independently from the remaining lots or portions of lots until or unless released from the covenant and agreement by the city. Said covenant and agreement shall be recorded by the Los Angeles County Recorder, shall run with the lot or 169 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
25 portions of lots, and shall be binding upon the owner, future owners, encumbrancers, successors, heirs, and assigns. An easement or dedication for public right of way purposes shall not constitute ownership or occupancy under this Section 503.2. The building official is hereby authorized to execute such covenants and agreements on behalf of the City.

SECTION IA-32. Section [F] 903.2.21 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding where automatic sprinkler systems are required, is hereby added to read as follows:
[F] 903.2.21 Where required. Notwithstanding other provisions of the code, approved automatic sprinkler systems in new and existing buildings and structures shall be provided in accordance with this section.

Exceptions:

1. When approved by the fire code official, spaces or areas in telecommunications buildings used exclusively for telecommunication equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system and are separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers consisting of not less than one-hour fire-resistance-rated walls and two-hour fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assemblies.

2. Automatic fire sprinkler protection for fixed guideway transit systems shall comply with Section 903.2.20.17.
903.2.21.1 New occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in all new occupancies.

Exceptions:
170 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
26 1. Group B, Group F Divisions 1 and 2, and Group M occupancies, less than 1000 total square feet (92.9 m2
).

2. Group S Division 1 occupancies not classified as motor vehicle repair garages less than 1000 total square feet (92.9 m2
).

3. Group S Division 2 occupancies not classified as parking garages less than 1000 total square feet (92.9 m2).
903.2.21.2 Existing occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed and maintained in all existing occupancies as follows:

1. Throughout existing and new sections of any existing building whenever total additions result in an increase of more than 1000 square feet (92.9 m2 ) in the total floor area,
including mezzanines or additional stories, regardless of ownership. Additions shall be cumulative with each application for building permit within the previous five years.

Exception: Group R, Division 3 occupancies.

2. Throughout existing and new sections of any existing building whenever alterations exceed fifty percent (50%) of the replacement value, as determined by the building official. Alteration values shall be cumulative with each application for a building permit within the previous five years.

Exception: Expenditures for tenant improvements, maintenance and repairs such as interior and exterior painting, carpeting, interior window coverings, drapes, movable partitions, surface re-roofing or plumbing, mechanical and electrical repairs.

3. Throughout existing and new sections of any existing building for which there is an occupancy classification change to a more hazardous use, as determined by the fire code official or building official.
171 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
27 4. Throughout any existing Group R Division 2 occupancy being subdivided to condominium units.

5. Existing high-rise buildings. “Existing high-rise buildings,” as defined in Volume I shall have an automatic sprinkler system installed and operational throughout.

6. Existing mid-rise buildings. Existing mid-rise buildings shall have an automatic fire sprinkler system installed and operational throughout. For the purpose of this section, “mid-rise building” means any building six or more stories in height or more than 55 feet (16,764 mm) in height and not defined as a high-rise building. Measurement shall be from the underside of the roof or floor above the topmost occupiable space to the lowest fire apparatus access road level or building access, whichever is lower.

Exception: Open parking garages.

7. Existing low-rise building. Existing low-rise buildings shall have an automatic fire sprinkler system installed and operational throughout. For the purpose of this section, “low-rise building” means any building four or more stories in height but less than 55 feet (16,764 mm) in height from the lowest level of Fire Department access.

Measurement shall be from the underside of the roof or floor above the topmost occupiable space to the lowest fire apparatus access road level or building access, whichever is lower.

Exception: Open parking garages.
903.2.21.2.1 Notification, recordation, enforcement, and standards.

Notification, recordation, enforcement and standards addressed in this Section 903.2.20.2.1 shall be enforced by the fire code official to ensure compliance with Section 903.2.20.2, subsections 6, 7, and 8.
172 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
28 1. Notification. Whenever, pursuant to Section 903.2.20.2, the fire code official determines by inspection that a building does not conform to the minimum requirements of Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7 or 8, the fire code official shall prepare a fire/life safety notice in writing that the building be repaired and modified to conform to the minimum requirements of said Sections. The notice shall specify in what manner the building fails to meet the minimum requirements of Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7, or 8. It shall direct that plans be submitted, and that necessary permits be obtained not later than one (1) year after the service of the notice, and that necessary corrections be completed not later than three (3) years thereafter for work required under Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, not later than four (4) years thereafter for work required under Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 7 and not later than five (5) years thereafter for work required under Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 8. The notice shall be transmitted by the fire code official for enforcement purposes. The fire code official shall serve the notice either personally or by certified or registered mail upon the owner as shown on the last equalized assessment roll and upon the person, if any, in real or apparent charge or control of the building. The provisions of this Section 903.2.20.2.1 are not intended to prevent the fire code official from also making a determination or issuing an order regarding failure to comply with Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7, or 8.

2. Recordation. At the time that the fire code official serves the aforementioned order or notice, the fire code official shall file with the Office of the County Recorder, a certificate stating that the subject building does not meet the minimum fire safety requirements of Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7, or 8 and that the owner thereof has been so notified. After all necessary corrective work has been performed; the fire code official shall file with the Office of the County Recorder, a certificate terminating the status of the subject building as 173 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
29 nonconforming to the minimum fire safety requirements of Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7, or 8.

3. Enforcement. If the owner or other person in charge and control of the subject building fails to comply with the aforementioned order or notice within the time periods set forth in Section 903.2.20.2.1, such person is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine or by imprisonment or both. A person is guilty of a separate offense each day during which he or she commits, continues or permits a violation of Section 903.2.20.2, subsection 6, 7, or 8. The fire code official shall also order that the building owner or other person in charge and control post a notice of non-conformance. The notice shall be placed in a conspicuous area of the building until all required corrective work has been completed.

SECTION IA-33. Section [F] 906.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023 is hereby amended to read as follows:
[F] 906.8 Cabinets. Cabinets used to house portable fire extinguishers shall not be locked.

Exceptions:

1. Where portable fire extinguishers subject to malicious use or damage are provided with a means of ready access.

2. In Group I-3 occupancies and in mental health areas in Group I-2 occupancies, access to portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked or to be located in staff locations provided the staff has keys.

In new construction, fire extinguishers shall be located within recessed or semi-recessed cabinets. In existing occupancies, fire extinguishers shall be located within recessed or semirecessed cabinets when required by the fire code official. Cabinets should be mounted at no higher than four feet (1219 mm) above the floor to the top of the cabinet. Fire extinguishers shall be mounted with the brackets or hangers within the cabinets. 174 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
30 Exception: Surface mounted cabinets may be installed when construction material makes recessing the cabinet impracticable.

SECTION IA-34. Section [F] 906.9.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[F] 906.9.1 Extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18kg) shall be installed so that their tops are not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the floor.

SECTION IA-35. Section [F] 907.6.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
[F] 907.6.6 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by this chapter or by the California Building Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72 and this section. Supervising stations shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or approved equal.

Exception: Supervisory service is not required for:

1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.11.

2. Group I-3 occupancies shall be monitored in accordance with Section 907.2.6.3.

3. Automatic sprinkler systems in one-and two-family dwellings.

SECTION IA-36. Section [F] 907.10 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
[F] 907.9 Certification and Identification of Certificated Systems. 907.9.1 New Systems. All new fire alarm systems shall maintain a valid Certificate as required by NFPA 72 Section 26.3 for the life of the system. The permittee and the listed contractor issuing the Certificate shall be one and the same.
175 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
31 907.9.2 Existing systems. The fire code official is authorized to order existing systems to provide central station service system monitoring if no monitoring exists, or upgrade existing monitoring to central station service system monitoring, in accordance with the provisions of Section 907.6.6 as amended, and this Section, when any one of the following conditions occur:

1. Systems produce three or more false or nuisance alarm activations within a 12- month period.

2. Systems become unmaintainable or unreliable due to dilapidation or deterioration as determined by the fire code official.

3. Upon replacement of the fire alarm control unit, or when 25% or more of the devices are replaced.

4. A change in occupancy occurs to a more hazardous use as determined by the fire code official.

Exception: Group R Division 3 occupancies.
907.11.3 Identification of certificated systems. All existing and new fire alarm systems for which a Certificate is required shall be identified with an approved, tamper resistant label on the fire alarm control panel. The label shall, at a minimum, show the following: certificate number; the name, address, phone number, listing number, and California contractor’s license number of the certificate holder; a warning statement to the effect that no person or entity is authorized to perform any work on the system without the express permission and authorization of the contractor/certificate holder, and that the certification may be voided in such case; a statement that a valid certificate is required to be in effect for the life of the system, and; a statement that by order of the fire code official the label shall not be removed. 176 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
32 SECTION IA-37. Section [F] 913.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
[F] 913.7 Fire pumps and pump rooms.
913.7.1 Pump sizing. Fire pumps shall be sized to meet the required demands based upon 100% of the listed pump capacity.
913.7.2 Pump room. All fire pumps shall be located in a dedicated room. The room shall not be used for any other equipment or use.
913.7.3 High rise buildings. A minimum of two fire pumps independently driven shall be provided for all new high-rise buildings. The pumps shall be arranged and controlled so as to automatically switch should one fail. Each pump shall be provided with a secondary power supply as approved by the fire code official. One or both pumps shall receive their water directly from the municipal water supply.
177 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
33 SECTION IA-38. Table 1004.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE 1004.1.2

MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT
FUNCTION OF SPACE OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR a
Accessory storage areas, mechanical equipment room 300 gross Agricultural building 300 gross
Aircraft hangars 500 gross
Airport terminal
Baggage claim
Baggage handling
Concourse
Waiting areas
20 gross
300 gross
100 gross
15 gross
Assembly
Gaming floors (keno, slots, etc.)
Billiard/Pool Table
Exhibit Gallery and Museum
11 gross
8 per table
30 net
Assembly with fixed seats See section 1004.4
Assembly without fixed seats
Concentrated (chairs only-not fixed)
Standing space
Unconcentrated (tables and chairs)
7 net
5 net
15 net
Bowling centers, allows 5 persons for each lane
including 15 feet of runway, and for additional areas 7 net Business areas
Concentrated business use areas
150 gross
See Section 1004.8
Courtrooms-other than fixed seating areas 40 net
Day care 35 net
Dormitories 50 gross
Educational
Classroom area
Shops and other vocational room areas
20 net
50 net
Exercise rooms 50 gross
Garment manufacturing 50 gross
Group H-5 Fabrication and manufacturing areas 200 gross Industrial areas 100 gross
178 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
34 TABLE 1004.1.2 Continued

MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT
FUNCTION OF SPACE OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR a
Institutional areas
Inpatient treatment areas
Outpatient areas
Sleeping areas
240 gross
100 gross
120 gross
Kitchens, commercial 200 gross
Laboratory
Educational (K-12th grade)
Laboratories, non-educational
Laboratory suite b
50 net
100 net
200 gross
Library
Reading rooms
Stack area
50 net
100 gross
Locker rooms 50 gross
Mall buildings – covered and open See Section 402.8.2
Mercantile
Areas on other floors
Storage, stock, shipping areas
60 gross
300 gross
Parking garages 200 gross
Residential 200 gross
Skating rinks, swimming pools
Rink and pool
Decks
50 gross
15 gross
Stages and platforms 15 net
Warehouses 500 gross
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m²
a. Floor area in square feet per occupant.
b. See Section 453.2.
179 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
35 SECTION IA-39. TABLE 1006.2.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE 1006.2.1

SPACES WITH ONE EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY

OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM

OCCUPANT

LOAD OF
SPACE

MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS
TRAVEL DISTANCE (feet)
Without Sprinkler System (feet) With Sprinkler
Occupant Load System (feet)
OL ≤ 30 OL ≥ 30
Ac, E, M 49 75 75 75a
B 49 100 75 100a
F 49 75 75 100a
H-1, H-2, H-3 3 NP NP 25b
H-4. H-5 10 NP NP 75b
I-2d, I-2.1, I-4 10 NP NP 75a
I-3 10 NP NP 100a
R-1 10 NP NP 75a
R-2 20 NP NP 125a
R-2.1 10 NP NP 75a
R-2.2 20 NP NP 125a
R-3e, R-3.1e 20 NP NP 125a, g
R-4e 20 NP NP 125a, g
Sf 29 100 75 100a
U 49 100 75 75a
L See Section 453.6.1 NP NP
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

NP = Not Permitted
a. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. See Section 903 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2.
b. Group H occupancies equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.5.
c. For a room or space used for assembly purposes having fixed seating, see Section 1029.8. d. For the travel distance limitations and number of exit and exit access requirements for rooms and spaces in Group I-2 or I-2.1, see Section 407.4.
e. The common path of egress travel distance shall only apply in a Group R-3 occupancy located in a mixed occupancy building.
f. The length of common path of egress travel distance in a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be not more than 100 feet.
g. For the travel distance limitation in Group R-3 and R-4 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3, see Section 1006.2.2.6. h. For holding cells, see Section 408.3.11.
i. Garment manufacturing maximum occupant load is 29.
180 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
36 SECTION IA-40. Section 1505.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1505.1 General. Roof assemblies shall be divided into the classes defined below. Class A and B roof assemblies and roof coverings required to be listed by this section shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 108 or UL 790. The minimum roof coverings installed on buildings shall comply with Table 1505.1 based on the type of construction of the building. The roofcovering assembly includes the roof deck, underlayment, interlayment, insulation and covering which is assigned a roof covering classification. No wood roof covering material shall be installed. See Chapter 7A for roofing requirements in Wildland Urban Interface Fire Areas (also known as High Fire Hazard Areas).

Exceptions:

1. Skylights and sloped glazing that comply with Chapter 24 or Section 2610.

2. Penthouses shall be constructed as required in Section 1510.2.

SECTION IA-41. TABLE 1505.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE 1505.1a.

MINIMUM ROOF COVERING CLASSIFICATION

FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

IA IB IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB

B B B B B B B B B
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m².
a. Unless otherwise required in accordance with Chapter 7A-for Wildland Urban Interface Fire Areas (also known as High Fire Hazard Areas). 181 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
37 SECTION IA-42. Section 1505.1.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1505.1.3 Roof coverings within all other areas. The entire roof covering of every existing structure where more than 50 percent of the total roof area is replaced within any one-year period, the entire roof covering of every new structure, and any roof covering applied in the alteration, repair or replacement of the roof of every existing structure, shall be a fire-retardant roof covering that is at least Class B. No wood roof covering shall be installed.

SECTION IA-43. Section 1507.3.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1507.3.1 Deck requirements. Concrete and clay tile shall be installed only over solid sheathing.

Exceptions: Spaced lumber shall be permitted in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C.

SECTION IA-44. Table 1507.3.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023 is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE 1507.3.7
CLAY AND CONCRETE TILE ATTACHMENTa, b, c
GENERAL—CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE
Maximum
Allowable
Stress Design Wind
Speed, Vasdf
(mph)
Mean roof
height
(feet) Roof slope up to < 3:12 Roof slope 3:12 and over 85 0-60 Two fasteners per tile.

Flat tile without vertical
laps, two fasteners per
tile.

Two fasteners per tile. Two fasteners on slopes of 7:12 and less for tiles with installed weight exceeding 7.5 lbs./sq. ft. having a width no greater than 16 inches. 100 0-40
100 > 40-60 The head of all tiles shall be nailed. The nose of all eave tiles shall be fastened with approved clips.

All rake tiles shall be nailed with two nails. The nose of all ridge, hip and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic.
110 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum 2 fasteners per tile. 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum 2 fasteners per tile. 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum 2 fasteners per tile. 182 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
38 All >60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum 2 fasteners per tile.

INTERLOCKING CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE WITH PROJECTING ANCHOR LUGS (Installations on solid sheathing without battens)
Maximum
Allowable
Stress
Nominal
Design Wind
Speed, Vasdf
(mph)
Mean roof
height
(feet) All roof slopes
85 0-60 Two fasteners per tile.
100 0-40 Two fasteners per tile.
100 > 40-60 The head of all tiles shall be nailed. The nose of all eave tiles shall be fastened with approved clips.

All rake tiles shall be nailed with two nails. The nose of all ridge, hip and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic.
110 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum two fasteners per tile. 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum two fasteners per tile. 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum two fasteners per tile.

All > 60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609.5.3 minimum two fasteners per tile.

Notes to Table 1507.3.7:

For SI : 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m2.
a. Minimum fastener size. Hot dipped galvanized ring shank or other approved corrosion-resistant nails not less than No. 11 gage with 5/16-inch head. Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate into the sheathing ¾-inch or through the thickness of the sheathing, whichever is less. Attaching wire for clay and concrete tile shall not be smaller than 0.083 inch.
b. Snow areas. A minimum of two fasteners per tile are required or battens and one fastener. c. Roof slopes greater than 24:12. The nose of all tiles shall be securely fastened. d. Horizontal battens. Battens shall be not less than 1 inch by 2 inch nominal. Provisions shall be made for drainage by a minimum of ⅛-inch riser at each nail or by 4-footlong battens with at least a 0.5-inch separation between battens. Horizontal battens are required for slopes over 7:12.
183 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
39 e. Perimeter fastening areas include three tile courses but not less than 36 inches from either side of hips or ridges and edges of eaves and gable rakes. f. Vasd shall be determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1.

SECTION IA-45. Section 1511.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1511.7 Roof sheathing. When finish roofing material is removed to the existing space sheathing, a minimum of 3/8 inch (9 mm) thick plywood sheathing shall be installed. See Chapter 7A for roof coverings permitted in the Wildland Urban Interface Fire Areas (also known as High Fire Hazard Areas). The new sheathing shall comply with the requirements of Section 2306.2. The sheathing shall be installed such that the edges align over rafters and individual spaced sheathing boards. The sheathing shall be attached to the existing spaced sheathing with 6d common nails at 6 inches (147 mm) on center at supported edges and 6d common nails at 12 inches (294 mm) on center at intermediate supports.

SECTION IA-46. Section 1613.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to Chapter 16 to read as follows:
1613.5 Amendments to ASCE 7. The provision of Section 1613.5 shall be permitted as an amendment to the relevant provisions of ASCE 7.

SECTION IA-47. Section 1613.5.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to Chapter 16 to read as follows:
1613.5.1 Values for Vertical Combinations. Modify ASCE 7 Section 12.2.3.1 Exception 3 as follows:

3. Detached one-and two-family dwellings up to two stories in height of light frame construction.
184 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
40 SECTION IA-48. Section 1613.5.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1613.5.2 Wood Diaphragms. Modify ASCE 7 Section 12.11.2.2.3 to read as follows:

12.11.2.2.3 Wood diaphragms. The anchorage of concrete or masonry structural walls to wood diaphragms shall be in accordance with AWC SDPWS 4.1.5.1 and this section.

Continuous ties required by this section shall be in addition to the diaphragm sheathing.

Anchorage shall not be accomplished by use of toenails or nails subject to withdrawal, nor shall wood ledgers or framing be used in cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension.

The diaphragm sheathing shall not be considered effective for providing the ties or struts required by this section.

For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, wood diaphragms supporting concrete or masonry walls shall comply with the following:

1. The spacing of continuous ties shall not exceed 40 feet. Added chords of diaphragms may be used to form subdiaphragms to transmit the anchorage forces to the main continuous crossties.

2. The maximum diaphragm shear used to determine the depth of the subdiaphragm shall not exceed 75% of the maximum diaphragm shear.

SECTION IA-49. Section 1613.5.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1613.5.3 Structural Separation. Modify ASCE 7 Section 12.12.3 Equation 12.12-1 as follows:
(12.12-1)

δ M = Cdδ max
185 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
41 SECTION IA-50. Section 1613.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1613.6 Seismic design provisions for hillside buildings. 1613.6.1 Purpose. The purpose of this section is to establish minimum regulations for the design and construction of new buildings and additions to existing buildings when constructing such buildings on or into slopes steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3%). These regulations establish minimum standards for seismic force resistance to reduce the risk of injury or loss of life in the event of earthquakes. 1613.6.2 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to the design of the lateral-forceresisting system for hillside buildings at and below the base level diaphragm. The design of the lateral-force-resisting system above the base level diaphragm shall be in accordance with the provisions for seismic and wind design as required elsewhere in this division.

Exception: Non-habitable accessory buildings and decks not supporting or supported from the main building are exempt from these regulations. 1613.6.3 Definitions. For the purposes of this section certain terms are defined as follows:

BASE LEVEL DIAPHRAGM is the floor at, or closest to, the top of the highest level of the foundation.

DIAPHRAGM ANCHORS are assemblies that connect a diaphragm to the adjacent foundation at the uphill diaphragm edge.

DOWNHILL DIRECTION is the descending direction of the slope approximately perpendicular to the slope contours.

FOUNDATION is concrete or masonry which supports a building, including footings, stem walls, retaining walls, and grade beams.
186 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
42 FOUNDATION EXTENDING IN THE DOWNHILL DIRECTION is a foundation running downhill and approximately perpendicular to the uphill foundation.

HILLSIDE BUILDING is any building or portion thereof constructed on or into a slope steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3%). If only a portion of the building is supported on or into the slope, these regulations apply to the entire building.

PRIMARY ANCHORS are diaphragm anchors designed for and providing a direct connection as described in Sections 1613.6.5 and 1613.6.7.3 between the diaphragm and the uphill foundation.

SECONDARY ANCHORS are diaphragm anchors designed for and providing a redundant diaphragm to foundation connection, as described in Sections 1613.6.6 and 1613.6.7.4.

UPHILL DIAPHRAGM EDGE is the edge of the diaphragm adjacent and closest to the highest ground level at the perimeter of the diaphragm.

UPHILL FOUNDATION is the foundation parallel and closest to the uphill diaphragm edge.
1613.6.4 Analysis and design.
1613.6.4.1 General. Every hillside building within the scope of this section shall be analyzed, designed, and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this division.

When the code-prescribed wind design produces greater effects, the wind design shall govern, but detailing requirements and limitations prescribed in this and referenced sections shall be followed.
187 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
43 1613.6.4.2 Base level diaphragm-downhill direction. The following provisions shall apply to the seismic analysis and design of the connections for the base level diaphragm in the downhill direction.
1613.6.4.2.1 Base for lateral force design defined. For seismic forces acting in the downhill direction, the base of the building shall be the floor at or closest to the top of the highest level of the foundation.
1613.6.4.2.2 Base shear. In developing the base shear for seismic design, the response modification coefficient (R) shall not exceed 5 for bearing wall and building frame systems. The total base shear shall include the forces tributary to the base level diaphragm including forces from the base level diaphragm. 1613.6.5 Base shear resistance-primary anchors.
613.6.5.1 General. The base shear in the downhill direction shall be resisted through primary anchors from diaphragm struts provided in the base level diaphragm to the foundation.
1613.6.5.2 Location of primary anchors. A primary anchor and diaphragm strut shall be provided in line with each foundation extending in the downhill direction. Primary anchors and diaphragm struts shall also be provided where interior vertical lateral-forceresisting elements occur above and in contact with the base level diaphragm. The spacing of primary anchors and diaphragm struts or collectors shall in no case exceed 30 feet (9144 mm).
1613.6.5.3 Design of primary anchors and diaphragm struts. Primary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Section 1613.6.8.
188 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
44 1613.6.5.4 Limitations. The following lateral-force-resisting elements shall not be designed to resist seismic forces below the base level diaphragm in the downhill direction:

1. Wood structural panel wall sheathing,

2. Cement plaster and lath,

3. Gypsum wallboard, and

4. Tension only braced frames.

Braced frames designed in accordance with the requirements of Section 2205.2.1.2 may be used to transfer forces from the primary anchors and diaphragm struts to the foundation provided lateral forces do not induce flexural stresses in any member of the frame or in the diaphragm struts. Deflections of frames shall account for the variation in slope of diagonal members when the frame is not rectangular. 1613.6.6 Base shear resistance-secondary anchors.
1613.6.6.1 General. In addition to the primary anchors required by Section 1613.6.5, the base shear in the downhill direction shall be resisted through secondary anchors in the uphill foundation connected to diaphragm struts in the base level diaphragm.

Exception: Secondary anchors are not required where foundations extending in the downhill direction spaced at not more than 30 feet (9144 mm) on center extend up to and are directly connected to the base level diaphragm for at least 70% of the diaphragm depth.
1613.6.6.2 Secondary anchor capacity and spacing. Secondary anchors at the base level diaphragm shall be designed for a minimum force equal to the base shear, including forces tributary to the base level diaphragm, but not less than 600 pounds per lineal foot 189 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
45 (8.76 kN/m) based on Allowable Stress Design (ASD) levels. The secondary anchors shall be uniformly distributed along the uphill diaphragm edge and shall be spaced a maximum of 4 feet (1219 mm) on center.
613.6.6.3 Design. Secondary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be designed in accordance with Section 1613.6.8.
1613.6.7 Diaphragms below the base level-downhill direction. The following provisions shall apply to the lateral analysis and design of the connections for all diaphragms below the base level diaphragm in the downhill direction.
1613.6.7.1 Diaphragm defined. Every floor level below the base level diaphragm shall be designed as a diaphragm.
1613.6.7.2 Design force. Each diaphragm below the base level diaphragm shall be designed for all tributary loads at that level using a minimum seismic force factor not less than the base shear coefficient.
1613.6.7.3 Design force resistance-primary anchors. The design force described in Section 1613.6.7.2 shall be resisted through primary anchors from diaphragm struts provided in each diaphragm to the foundation. Primary anchors shall be provided and designed in accordance with the requirements and limitations of Section 1613.6.5. 1613.6.7.4 Design force resistance-secondary anchors.
1613.6.7.4.1 General. In addition to the primary anchors required in Section 1613.6.7.3, the design force in the downhill direction shall be resisted through secondary anchors in the uphill foundation connected to diaphragm struts in each diaphragm below the base level.
190 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
46 Exception: Secondary anchors are not required where foundations extending in the downhill direction, spaced at not more than 30 feet (9144 mm) on center, extend up to and are directly connected to each diaphragm below the base level for at least 70% of the diaphragm depth.
1613.6.7.4.2 Secondary anchor capacity. Secondary anchors at each diaphragm below the base level diaphragm shall be designed for a minimum force equal to the design force but not less than 300 pounds per lineal foot (4.38 kN/m) based on Allowable Stress Design (ASD) levels. The secondary anchors shall be uniformly distributed along the uphill diaphragm edge and shall be spaced a maximum of 4 feet (1219 mm) on center.
1613.6.7.4.3 Design. Secondary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be designed in accordance with Section 1613.6.8.
1613.6.8 Primary and secondary anchorage and diaphragm strut design. Primary and secondary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be designed in accordance with the following provisions:

1. Fasteners. All bolted fasteners used to develop connections to wood members shall be provided with square plate washers at all bolt heads and nuts. Washers shall be minimum 0.229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5.82 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size.

Nuts shall be tightened to finger tight plus one half (1/2) wrench turn prior to covering the framing.

2. Fastening. The diaphragm to foundation anchorage shall not be accomplished by the use of toenailing, nails subject to withdrawal, or wood in cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension.
191 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
47 3. Size of Wood Members. Wood diaphragm struts collectors, and other wood members connected to primary anchors shall not be less than 3 inch (76 mm) nominal width.

The effects of eccentricity on wood members shall be evaluated as required per Item

9. 4. Design. Primary and secondary anchorage, including diaphragm struts, splices, and collectors shall be designed for 125% of the tributary force.

5. Allowable Stress Increase. The one-third allowable stress increase permitted under Section 1605.3.2 shall not be taken when the working (allowable) stress design method is used.

6. Steel Element of Structural Wall Anchorage System. The strength design forces for steel elements of the structural wall anchorage system, with the exception of anchor bolts and reinforcing steel, shall be increased by 1.4 times the forces otherwise required.

7. Primary Anchors. The load path for primary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be fully developed into the diaphragm and into the foundation. The foundation must be shown to be adequate to resist the concentrated loads from the primary anchors.

8. Secondary Anchors. The load path for secondary anchors and diaphragm struts shall be fully developed in the diaphragm but need not be developed beyond the connection to the foundation.

9. Symmetry. All lateral force foundation anchorage and diaphragm strut connections shall be symmetrical. Eccentric connections may be permitted when demonstrated by calculation or tests that all components of force have been provided for in the structural analysis or tests.
192 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
48 10. Wood Ledgers. Wood ledgers shall not be used to resist cross-grain bending or crossgrain tension. 1613.6.9 Lateral-force-resisting elements normal to the downhill direction. 1613.6.9.1 General. In the direction normal to the downhill direction, lateral-forceresisting elements shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of this section. 1613.6.9.2 Base shear. In developing the base shear for seismic design, the response modification coefficient (R) shall not exceed 5 for bearing wall and building frame systems.
1613.6.9.3 Vertical distribution of seismic forces. For seismic forces acting normal to the downhill direction the distribution of seismic forces over the height of the building using Section 12.8.3 of ASCE 7 shall be determined using the height measured from the top of the lowest level of the building foundation.
1613.6.9.4 Drift limitations. The story drift below the base level diaphragm shall not exceed 0.007 times the story height at strength design force level. The total drift from the base level diaphragm to the top of the foundation shall not exceed 3/4 inch (19 mm).

Where the story height or the height from the base level diaphragm to the top of the foundation varies because of a stepped footing or story offset, the height shall be measured from the average height of the top of the foundation. The story drift shall not be reduced by the effect of horizontal diaphragm stiffness. 1613.6.9.5 Distribution of lateral forces.
1613.6.9.5.1 General. The design lateral force shall be distributed to lateral-forceresisting elements of varying heights in accordance with the stiffness of each individual element.
193 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
49 1613.6.9.5.2 Wood structural panel sheathed walls. The stiffness of a stepped wood structural panel shear wall may be determined by dividing the wall into adjacent rectangular elements, subject to the same top of wall deflection. Deflections of shear walls may be estimated by AWC SDPWS Section 4.3.2. Sheathing and fastening requirements for the stiffest section shall be used for the entire wall. Each section of wall shall be anchored for shear and uplift at each step. The minimum horizontal length of a step shall be 8 feet (2438 mm) and the maximum vertical height of a step shall be 2 feet 8 inches (813 mm).
1613.6.9.5.3 Reinforced concrete or masonry shear walls. Reinforced concrete or masonry shear walls shall have forces distributed in proportion to the rigidity of each section of the wall.
1613.6.9.6 Limitations. The following lateral force-resisting-elements shall not be designed to resist lateral forces below the base level diaphragm in the direction normal to the downhill direction:

1. Cement plaster and lath,

2. Gypsum wallboard, and

3. Tension-only braced frames.

Braced frames designed in accordance with the requirements of Section 2205.2.1.2 of this Code may be designed as lateral-force-resisting elements in the direction normal to the downhill direction, provided lateral forces do not induce flexural stresses in any member of the frame. Deflections of frames shall account for the variation in slope of diagonal members when the frame is not rectangular.
1613.6.10 Specific design provisions.
194 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
50 1613.6.10.1 Footings and grade beams. All footings and grade beams shall comply with the following:

1. Grade beams shall extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) below the lowest adjacent grade and provide a minimum 24 inch (610 mm) distance horizontally from the bottom outside face of the grade beam to the face of the descending slope.

2. Continuous footings shall be reinforced with at least two No. 4 reinforcing bars at the top and two No. 4 reinforcing bars at the bottom.

3. All main footing and grade beam reinforcement steel shall be bent into the intersecting footing and fully developed around each corner and intersection.

4. All concrete stem walls shall extend from the foundation and reinforced as required for concrete or masonry walls.
1613.6.10.2 Protection against decay and termites. All wood to earth separation shall comply with the following:

1. Where a footing or grade beam extends across a descending slope, the stem wall, grade beam, or footing shall extend up to a minimum 18 inches (457 mm) above the highest adjacent grade.

Exception: At paved garage and doorway entrances to the building, the stem wall need only extend to the finished concrete slab, provided the wood framing is protected with a moisture proof barrier.

2. Wood ledgers supporting a vertical load of more than 100 pounds per lineal foot (1.46 kN/m) based on Allowable Stress Design (ASD) levels and located within 48 inches (1219 mm) of adjacent grade are prohibited. Galvanized steel ledgers 195 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
51 and anchor bolts, with or without wood nailers, or treated or decay resistant sill plates supported on a concrete or masonry seat, may be used. 1613.6.10.3 Sill plates. All sill plates and anchorage shall comply with the following:

1. All wood framed walls, including nonbearing walls, when resting on a footing, foundation, or grade beam stem wall, shall be supported on wood sill plates bearing on a level surface.
. Power-driven fasteners shall not be used to anchor sill plates except at interior nonbearing walls not designed as shear walls.
1613.6.10.4 Column base plate anchorage. The base of isolated wood posts (not framed into a stud wall) supporting a vertical load of 4,000 pounds (17.8 kN) based on Allowable Stress Design (ASD) levels or more and the base plate for a steel column shall comply with the following:

1. When the post or column is supported on a pedestal extending above the top of a footing or grade beam, the pedestal shall be designed and reinforced as required for concrete or masonry columns. The pedestal shall be reinforced with a minimum of four No. 4 bars extending to the bottom of the footing or grade beam.

The top of exterior pedestals shall be sloped for positive drainage.

2. The base plate anchor bolts or the embedded portion of the post base, and the vertical reinforcing bars for the pedestal, shall be confined with two No. 4 or three No. 3 ties within the top 5 inches (127 mm) of the concrete or masonry pedestal.

The base plate anchor bolts shall be embedded a minimum of 20 bolt diameters into the concrete or masonry pedestal. The base plate anchor bolts and post bases 196 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
52 shall be galvanized and each anchor bolt shall have at least 2 galvanized nuts above the base plate.
1613.6.10.5 Steel beam to column supports. All steel beam to column supports shall be positively braced in each direction. Steel beams shall have stiffener plates installed on each side of the beam web at the column. The stiffener plates shall be welded to each beam flange and the beam web. Each brace connection or structural member shall consist of at least two 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) diameter machine bolts.

SECTION IA-51. Section 1613.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1613.7 Suspended ceilings. Minimum design and installation standards for suspended ceilings shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 2506.2.1 of this Code and this section.
1613.7.1 Scope. This part contains special requirements for suspended ceilings and lighting systems. Provisions of Section 13.5.6 of ASCE 7 shall apply except as modified herein.
1613.7.2 General. The suspended ceilings and lighting systems shall be limited to 6 feet (1828 mm) below the structural deck unless the lateral bracing is designed by a licensed engineer or architect.
1613.7.3 Sprinkler Heads. All sprinkler heads (drops) except fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies, shall be designed to allow for free movement of the sprinkler pipes with oversize rings, sleeves or adaptors through the ceiling tile.

Sprinkler heads and other penetrations shall have a 2 inch (50 mm) oversize ring, sleeve, or adapter through the ceiling tile to allow for free movement of at least 1 inch (25 mm) 197 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
53 in all horizontal directions. Alternatively, a swing joint that can accommodate 1 inch (25 mm) of ceiling movement in all horizontal directions is permitted to be provided at the top of the sprinkler head extension.

Sprinkler heads penetrating fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies shall comply with Section 714 of this code.
1613.7.4 Special requirements for means of egress. Suspended ceiling assemblies located along means of egress serving an occupant load of 30 or more and at lobbies accessory to Group A Occupancies shall comply with the following provisions:
1613.7.4.1 General. Ceiling suspension systems shall be connected and braced with vertical hangers attached directly to the structural deck along the means of egress serving an occupant load of thirty (30) or more and at lobbies accessory to Group A Occupancies. Spacing of vertical hangers shall not exceed 2 feet (610 mm) on center along the entire length of the suspended ceiling assembly located along the means of egress or at the lobby.
1613.7.4.2 Assembly Device. All lay-in panels shall be secured to the suspension ceiling assembly with two hold-down clips minimum for each tile within a 4-foot (1219 mm) radius of the exit lights and exit signs.
1613.7.4.3 Emergency Systems. Independent supports and braces shall be provided for light fixtures required for exit illumination. Power supply for exit illumination shall comply with the requirements of Section 1006.3 of this Code. 1613.7.4.4 Supports for Appendage. Separate support from the structural deck shall be provided for all appendages such as light fixtures, air diffusers, exit signs, and similar elements.
198 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
54 SECTION IA-52. Section 1701.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020, is hereby added to read as follows:
1701.2 Technical specialties. As required by the building official, due to specific project concerns or when a project contains construction where special expertise is needed, the building official may require the work to be observed, inspected or certified by a third party, provided by the owner or contractor and approved by the building official, that has certification or demonstrated expertise in the identified construction.

SECTION IA-53. Section 1704.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1704.2 Special inspections and tests. Where application is made to the building official for construction as specified in Section 105 or 1.8.4, as applicable, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent, other than the contractor, shall employ one or more approved agencies to provide special inspections and tests during construction on the types of work specified in Section 1705 and identify the approved agencies to the building official. These special inspections and tests are in addition to the inspections by the building official that are identified in Section 110.
[OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] In addition, the approved agencies shall provide special inspections and tests during construction on the types of work listed under Chapters 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 25, and noted in the Test, Inspection and Observation (TIO) program as required by the Office.

The inspectors shall act under the direction of the architect or structural engineer or both, and be responsible to the Owner. Where California Administrative Code Section 7-115(a) 2 permits construction documents to be prepared under the responsible charge of a mechanical 199 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
55 engineer, electrical or civil engineer, inspectors shall be permitted to work under the direction of an engineer in the appropriate branch as permitted therein.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspections and tests are not required for construction of a minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the jurisdiction as approved by the building official.

2. Special inspections and tests are not required for portions of structures designed and constructed in accordance with the cold-formed steel light-frame construction provisions of Section 2211.1.2 or the conventional light-frame construction provisions of Section 2308. [OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] Not permitted by OSHPD.

3. The contractor is permitted to employ the approved agencies where the contractor is also the owner. [OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] Not permitted by OSHPD.

4. [HCD 1] The provisions of Health and Safety Code Division 13, Part 6 and the California Code of Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 3, commencing with Section 3000, shall apply to the construction and inspection of factory-built housing as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 19971.

SECTION IA-54. Section 1704.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1704.6 Structural Observations. Where required by the provisions of Section 1704.6.1, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent shall employ a structural observer to perform structural observations. The structural observer shall visually observe locations of structural systems, details and load paths for general conformance to the approved construction documents. 200 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
56 Structural observation does not include or waive the responsibility for the inspections in Section 110 or the special inspections in Section 1705 or other sections of this code. The structural observer shall be one of the following individuals:

1. The registered design professional responsible for the structural design, or

2. A registered design professional designated by the registered design professional responsible for the structural design.

The requirement for structural observation shall be noted and prominently displayed on the front sheet of the approved plans and incorporated into the general notes on the approved plans.

Prior to the commencement of observations, the structural observer shall submit to the building official a written statement identifying the frequency and extent of structural observations.

The owner or owner’s authorized agent shall coordinate and call a preconstruction meeting between the structural observer, contractors, affected subcontractors and special inspectors. The structural observer shall preside over the meeting. The purpose of the meeting shall be to identify the major structural elements and connections that affect the vertical and lateral load resisting systems of the structure and to review scheduling of the required observations. A record of the meeting shall be included in the report submitted to the Building Official.

Observed deficiencies shall be reported in writing to the owner or owner’s authorized agent, special inspector, contractor and the Building Official. Upon the form prescribed by the Building Official, the structural observer shall submit to the Building Official a written statement at each significant construction stage stating that the site visits have been made and identifying any reported deficiencies which, to the best of the structural observer’s knowledge, have not been 201 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
57 resolved. A final report by the structural observer which states that all observed deficiencies have been resolved is required before acceptance of the work by the Building Official.

SECTION IA-55. Section 1704.6.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1704.6.2 Structural observations for structures. Structural observations shall be provided for Those structures where one or more of the following conditions exist:

2. The structure is classified as Risk Category II or IV.

3. The structure is a high-rise building.

4. The structure is classified as Risk Category I or II, and a lateral design is required for the structure or portion thereof.

Exception: One-story wood frame Group R-3 and Group U Occupancies less than 2,000 square feet in area, provided the adjacent grade is not steeper than 1 unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10% sloped), assigned to Seismic Design Category D.

5. Such observation is required by the registered design professional for the structural design.

6. Such observation is specifically required by the building official.

7. The requirement for structural observation shall be noted and prominently displayed on the front sheet of the approved plans and incorporated into the general notes on the approved plans.

SECTION IA-56. Section 1705.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1705.3 Concrete construction. Special inspections and tests of concrete construction shall be performed in accordance with this section and Table 1705.3. 202 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
58 Exceptions: Special inspections and tests shall not be required for:

1. Isolated spread concrete footings of buildings three stories or less above grade plane that are fully supported on earth or rock, where the structural design of the footing is based on a specified compressive strength, f’c, not more than 2,500 pounds per square inch (psi) (17.2 MPa) regardless of the compressive strength specified in the construction documents or used in the footing construction.

2. Continuous concrete footings supporting walls of buildings three stories or less above grade plane that are fully supported on earth or rock where:

2.1. The footings support walls of light-frame construction;

2.2. The footings are designed in accordance with Table 1809.7; or

2.3. The structural design of the footing is based on a specified compressive strength, f’c, not more than 2,500 pounds per square inch (psi) (17.2 MPa), regardless of the compressive strength specified in the construction documents or used in the footing construction.

3. Nonstructural concrete slabs supported directly on the ground, including prestressed slabs on grade, where the effective prestress in the concrete is less than 150 psi (1.03 MPa).

4. Concrete patios, driveways and sidewalks, on grade.

SECTION IA-57. Section 1705.13 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1705.13 Special inspections for seismic resistance. Special inspections for seismic resistance shall be required as specified in Sections 1705.13.1 through 1705.13.9, unless exempted by the exceptions of Section 1704.2.
203 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
59 Exceptions: The special inspections specified in Sections1705.13.1 through 1705.13.9 are not required for structures designed and constructed in accordance with one of the following:

1. The structure consists of light-frame construction; the design spectral response acceleration at short periods, SDS, as determined in Section 1613.2.4, does not exceed 0.5; and the building height of the structure does not exceed 35 feet (10,688 mm).

2. The seismic force-resisting system of the structure consists of reinforced masonry or reinforced concrete; the design spectral response acceleration at short periods, SDS, as determined in Section 1613.2.4, does not exceed 0.5; and the building height of the structure does not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm).

3. The structure is a detached one- or two-family dwelling not exceeding two stories above grade plane, is not assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, and does not have any of the following horizontal or vertical irregularities in accordance with Section 12.3 of ASCE 7:

3.1 Torsional or extreme torsional irregularity.

3.2 Nonparallel systems irregularity.

3.3 Stiffness-soft story or stiffness-extreme soft story irregularity.

3.4 Discontinuity in lateral strength-weak story irregularity.

SECTION IA-58. Section 1805.4.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1805.4.3 Drainage discharge. The floor base and foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by gravity or mechanical means into an approved drainage system that complies with the California 204 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
60 Plumbing Code. On all building sites, and other parcels where natural drainage is altered, drainage devices acceptable to the Building Official and the City Engineer shall be installed to conduct concentrated storm water to a location approved by the City Engineer.

Exception: Where a site is located in well-drained gravel or sand or sand/gravel mixture soils, a dedicated drainage system is not required.

SECTION IA-59. Section 1807.1.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1807.1.4 Permanent wood foundation systems. Permanent wood foundation systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with AWC PWF. Lumber and plywood shall be preservative treated in accordance with AWPA U1 (Commodity Specification A, Special Requirement 4.2) and shall be identified in accordance with Section 2303.1.9.1. Permanent wood foundation systems shall not be used for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-60. Section 1807.1.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1807.1.6 Prescriptive design of concrete and masonry foundation walls. Concrete and masonry foundation walls that are laterally supported at the top and bottom shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with this section. Prescriptive design of foundation walls shall not be used for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-61. Section 1807.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
205 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
61 1807.2 Retaining walls. Retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with Section 1807.2.1 through 1807.2.4. Retaining walls assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F shall not be partially or wholly constructed of wood.

SECTION IA-62. Section 1807.3.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1807.3.1 Limitations. The design procedures outlined in this section are subject to the following limitations:

1. The frictional resistance for structural walls and slabs on silts and clays shall be limited to one-half of the normal force imposed on the soils by the weight of the footing or slab.

2. Posts embedded in earth shall not be used to provide lateral support for structural or nonstructural materials such as plaster, masonry or concrete unless bracing is provided that develops the limited deflection required.

Wood poles shall be treated in accordance with AWPA U1 for sawn timber posts (Commodity Specification A, Use Category 4B) and for round timber posts (Commodity Specification B, Use Category 4B). Wood poles and posts embedded in direct contact with soil shall not be used for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

Exception: Wood poles and posts embedded in direct contact with soil may be used to support nonhabitable, nonoccupiable structures such as fences when approved by the building official.

SECTION IA-63. Section 1809.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
206 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
62 1809.3 Stepped footings. The top surface of footings shall be level. The bottom surface of footings shall be permitted to have a slope not exceeding one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10-percent slope). Footings shall be stepped where it is necessary to change the elevation of the top surface of the footing or where the surface of the ground slopes more than one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10-percent slope).

For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, the stepping requirement shall also apply to the top surface of continuous footings supporting walls. Footings shall be reinforced with four No. 4 deformed reinforcing bars. Two bars shall be placed at the top and bottom of the footings as shown in Figure 1809.3

STEPPED FOUNDATIONS
FIGURE 1809.3

STEPPED FOOTING
SECTION IA-64. Section 1809.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1809.7 Prescriptive footings for light-frame construction. Where a specific design is not provided, concrete or masonry-unit footing supporting walls of light-frame construction shall be permitted to be designed in accordance with Table 1809.7. Light-frame construction using 207 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
63 prescriptive footings in Table 1809.7 shall not exceed one story above grade plane for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-65. Table 1809.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE 1809.7

PRESCRIPTIVE FOOTINGS SUPPORTING WALLS OF
LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION a, b, c, d, e

NUMBER OF FLOORS
SUPPORTED BY THE FOOTING f

WIDTH OF FOOTING
(inches)

THICKNESS OF FOOTING
(inches)
1 12 6
2 15 6
3 18 8 g
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot =304.8 mm
a. Depth of footings shall be in accordance with Section 1809.4. b. The ground under the floor shall be permitted to be excavated to the elevation of the top of the footing.
c. Not Adopted.
d. See Section 1905 for additional requirements for concrete footings of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F.
e. For thickness of foundation walls, see Section 1807.1.6. f. Footings shall be permitted to support a roof addition to the stipulated number of floors.

Footings supporting roof only shall be as required for supporting one floor.

SECTION IA-66. Section 1809.12 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
208 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
64 1809.12 Timber footings. Timber footings shall be permitted for buildings of Type V construction and as otherwise approved by the Building Official. Such footings shall be treated in accordance with AWPA U1 (Commodity Specification A, Use Category 4B). Treated timbers are not required where placed entirely below permanent water level, or where used as capping for wood piles that project above the water level over submerged or marsh lands. The compressive stresses perpendicular to grain in untreated timber footings supported on treated piles shall not exceed 70 percent of the allowable stresses for the species and grade of timber as specified in the ANSI/AWC NDS. Timber footings shall not be used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-67. Section 1810.3.2.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
1810.3.2.4 Timber. Timber deep foundation elements shall be designed as piles or poles in accordance with ANSI/AWC NDS. Round timber elements shall conform to ASTM D 25. Sawn timber elements shall conform to DOC PS-20. Timber deep foundation elements shall not be used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-68. Section 1905.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows and subsections 1905.1.1 shall remain as set forth in the California Building Code, 2022:
1905.1 General. The text of ACI 318 shall be modified as indicated in Sections 1905.1.1 through 1905.1.11.

SECTION IA-69. Section 1905.1.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
209 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
65 1905.1.7 ACI 318, Section 14.1.4. Delete ACI 318, Section 14.1.4, and replace with the following:

14.1.4 - Plain concrete in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F.

14.1.4.1 - Structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall not have elements of structural plain concrete, except as follows:
(a) Concrete used for fill with a minimum cement content of two (2) sacks of Portland cement or cementious material per cubic yard.
(b) Isolated footings of plain concrete supporting pedestals or columns are permitted, provided the projection of the footing beyond the face of the supported member does not exceed the footing thickness. (c) Plain concrete footings supporting walls are permitted provided the footings have at least two continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars. Bars shall not be smaller than No. 4 and shall have a total area of not less than 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the footing. A minimum of one bar shall be provided at the top and bottom of the footing. Continuity of reinforcement shall be provided at corners and intersections.

Exceptions:

1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings three stories or less in height and constructed with stud-bearing walls, are permitted to have plain concrete footings with at least two continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars not smaller than No. 4 are permitted to have a total area of less than 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the 210 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
66 footing.

SECTION IA-70. Section 1905.1.9 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1905.1.9 ACI 318, Section 18.7.5. Modify ACI 318, Section 18.7.5, by adding Section 18.7.5. 8 and 18.7.5.9 as follows:

18.7.5.8 - Where the calculated point of contraflexure is not within the middle half of the member clear height, provide transverse reinforcement as specified in ACI 318 Sections

18.7.5.1, Items (a) through (c), over the full height of the member.

18.7.5.9 - At any section where the design strength, ϕPn, of the column is less than the sum of the shears Ve computed in accordance with ACI 318 Sections 18.7.6.1 and

18.6.5.1 for all the beams framing into the column above the level under consideration, transverse reinforcement as specified in ACI 318 Sections 18.7.5.1 through 18.7.5.3 shall be provided. For beams framing into opposite sides of the column, the moment components are permitted to be assumed to be of opposite sign. For the determination of the design strength, ϕPn, of the column, these moments are permitted to be assumed to result from the deformation of the frame in any one principal axis.

SECTION IA-71. Section 1905.1.10 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1905.1.10 ACI 318, Section 18.10.4. Modify ACI 318, Section 18.10.4, by adding Section

18.10.4.6 as follows:

18.10.4.7 Walls and portions of walls with Pu > 0.35Po shall not be considered to contribute to the calculated shear strength of the structure for resisting earthquakeinduced forces. Such walls shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318 Section 18.14. 211 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
67 SECTION IA-72. Section 1905.1.11 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
1905.1.11 ACI 318, Section 18.12.6. Modify ACI 318, by adding Section 18.12.6.2 as follows:

18.12.6.2 - Collector and boundary elements in topping slabs placed over precast floor and roof elements shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) or 6 db in thickness, where db is the diameter of the largest reinforcement in the topping slab.

SECTION IA-73. Section 2113.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2113.1 General. The construction of masonry chimneys consisting of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete shall be in accordance with this section.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this code, an existing masonry chimney which is altered or repaired more than ten percent (10%) of its replacement cost within any twelve (12)-month period shall have its entire chimney structure comply with the current requirements of this code or other standards approved by the building official.

SECTION IA-74. Section 2304.10.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2304.10.2 Fastener Requirements. Connections for wood members shall be designed in accordance with the appropriate methodology in Section 2302.1. The number and size of fasteners connecting wood members shall not be less than that set forth in Table 2304.10.2.

Staples fasteners in Table 2304.10.2 shall not be used to resist or transfer seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F.

Exception: Staples may be used to resist or transfer seismic forces when the allowable shear values are substantiated by cyclic testing and approved by the building official. 212 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
68 SECTION IA-75. Section 2304.10.3.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
2304.10.3.1 Quality of nails. In Seismic Design Category D, E & F, mechanically driven nails used in wood structural panel shear walls shall meet the same dimensions as that required for hand-driven nails, including diameter, minimum length and minimum head diameter. Clipped head or box nails are not permitted in new construction. The allowable design value for clipped head nails in existing construction may be taken at no more than the nail-head-area ratio of that of the same size hand-driven nails.

SECTION IA-76. Section 2304.12.2.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows. 2304.12.2.8 Wood used in retaining walls and cribs. Wood installed in retaining or crib walls shall be preservative treated in accordance with AWPA U1 for soil and fresh water use. Wood shall not be used in retaining or crib walls for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

SECTION IA-77. Section 2305.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
2305.4 Hold-down connectors. In Seismic Design Category D, E or F, hold-down connectors shall be designed to resist shear wall overturning moments using approved cyclic load values or 75 percent of the allowable seismic load values that do not consider cyclic loading of the product. Connector bolts into wood framing shall require steel plate washers on the post on the opposite side of the anchorage device. Plate size shall be a minimum of 0.229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5.82 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size. Hold-down connectors shall be tightened to finger tight plus one half (1/2) wrench turn just prior to covering the wall framing. 213 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
69 SECTION IA-78. Section 2306.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2306.2 Wood-frame diaphragms. Wood-frame diaphragms shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AWC SDPWS. Where panels are fastened to framing members with staples, requirements and limitations of AWC SDPWS shall be met and the allowable shear values set forth in Table 2306.2(1) or 2306.2(2) shall only be permitted for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B, or C.

Exception: Allowable shear values where panels are fastened to framing members with staples may be used if such values are substantiated by cyclic testing and approved by the building official.

The allowable shear values in Tables 2306.2(1) and 2306.2(2) are permitted to be increased 40 percent for wind design.

Wood structural panel diaphragms used to resist seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F shall be applied directly to the framing members.

Exception: Wood structural panel diaphragms are permitted to be fastened over solid lumber planking or laminated decking, provided the panel joints and lumber planking or laminated decking joints do not coincide.

SECTION IA-79. Section 2306.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2306.3 Wood-frame shear walls. Wood-frame shear walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AWC SDPWS. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F, application of Tables 4.3A and 4.3B of AWC SDPWS shall include the following:
214 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
70 1. Wood structural panel thickness for shear walls shall not be less than 3/8 inch thick and studs shall not be spaced at more than 16 inches on center.

2. The maximum nominal unit shear capacities for 3/8 inch wood structural panels resisting seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F is 560 pounds per linear foot (plf).

Exception: Other nominal unit shear capacities may be permitted if such values are substantiated by cyclic testing and approved by the building official.

3. Nails shall be placed not less than 1/2 inch in from the panel edges and not less than 3/8 inch from the edge of the connecting members for shear greater than 350 plf using ASD or 500 plf using LRFD. Nails shall be placed not less than 3/8 inch from panel edges and not less than 1/4 inch from the edge of the connecting members for shears of 350 plf or less using ASD or 500 plf or less using LRFD.

4. Table 4.3B application is not allowed for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F.

For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, application of Table 4.3C of AWC SDPWS shall not be used below the top level in a multi-level building.

Where panels are fastened to framing members with staples, requirements and limitations of AWC SDPWS shall be met and the allowable shear values set forth in Table 2306.3(1), 2306.3(2) or 2306.3(3) shall only be permitted for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B, or C.

Exception: Allowable shear values where panels are fastened to framing members with staples may be used if such values are substantiated by cyclic testing and approved by the building official.
215 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
71 The allowable shear values in Tables 2306.3(1) and 2306.3(2) are permitted to be increased 40 percent for wind design. Panels complying with ANSI/APA PRP-210 shall be permitted to use design values for Plywood Siding in the AWC SDPWS.

SECTION IA-80. Section 2307.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is added to the 2022 Edition of the California Building Code to read as follows:
2307.2 Wood-frame shear walls. Wood-frame shear walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 2306.3 as applicable.

SECTION IA-81. Table 2308.6.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
216 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
72 217 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
73 SECTION IA-82. Section 2308.6.5.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2308.6.5.1 Alternate bracing wall (ABW). An ABW shall be constructed in accordance with this section and Figure 2308.6.5.1. In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 2 feet 8 inches (813 mm) and a height of nor more than 10 feet (3,048 mm). Each panel shall be sheathed on one face with 3/8-inch (3.2 mm) minimum-thickness wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common or galvanized box nails in accordance with Table 2304.10.1 and blocked at wood structural panel edges. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D or E, each panel shall be sheathed on one face with 15/32-inch-minimum-thickness (11.9 mm) wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common nails spaced 3 inches at intermediate on panel edges, 3 inches at intermediate supports. Two anchor bolts installed in accordance with Section 2308.3.1 shall be provided in each panel. Anchor bolts shall be placed at each panel outside quarter points. Each panel end stud shall have a hold-down device fastened to the foundation, capable of providing an approved uplifted capacity of not less than 1,800 pounds (8,006 N). The hold-down device shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The ABW shall be supported directly on a foundation or on floor framing supported directly on a foundation that is continuous across the entire length of the braced wall line. This foundation shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 4 bar top and bottom. Where the continuous foundation is required to have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a minimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) continuous footing is permitted at door openings in the braced wall line. This continuous footing shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 4 bar top and bottom. This reinforcement shall be lapped 24 inches (610 mm) with the reinforcement required in the continuous foundation located directly under the braced wall line. 218 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
74 Where the ABW is installed at the first story of two-story buildings, the wood structural panel sheathing shall be provided on both faces, three anchor bolts shall be placed at one-quarter points and tie-down device uplift capacity shall be not less than 3,000 pounds (13 344 N).

SECTION IA-83. Figure 2308.6.5.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION IA-84. Section 2308.6.5.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2308.6.5.2 Portal frame with hold-downs (PFH). A PFH shall be constructed in accordance with this section and Figure 2308.6.5.2. The adjacent door or window opening shall have a fulllength header.

In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 16 inches (406 mm) and a height of not more than 10 feet (3048 mm). Each panel shall be sheathed on one face with a single layer of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) minimum-thickness wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common or galvanized box nails in accordance with Figure 2308.6.5.2. For structures 219 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
75 assigned to Seismic Design Category D or E, each panel shall be sheathed on one face with 15/32-inch-minimum-thickness (11.9 mm) wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common nails spaced 3 inches on panel edges, 3 inches at intermediate supports and in accordance with Figure 2308.6.5.2. The wood structural panel sheathing shall extend up over the solid sawn or glued-laminated header and shall be nailed in accordance with Figure 2308.6.5.2.

A built-up header consisting of at least two 2-inch by 12-inch (51 mm by 305 mm) boards, fastened in accordance with Item 26 of Table 2304.10.2 shall be permitted to be used. A spacer, if used, shall be placed on the side of the built-up beam opposite the wood structural panel sheathing. The header shall extend between the inside faces of the first full-length outer studs of each panel. The clear span of the header between the inner studs of each panel shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and not more than 18 feet (5486 mm) in length. A strap with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4,400 N) shall fasten the header to the inner studs opposite the sheathing. One anchor bolt not less than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) diameter and installed in accordance with Section 2308.3.1 shall be provided in the center of each sill plate. The studs at each end of the panel shall have a hold-down device fastened to the foundation with an uplift capacity of not less than 3,500 pounds (15 570 N).

Where a panel is located on one side of the opening, the header shall extend between the inside face of the first full-length stud of the panel and the bearing studs at the other end of the opening. A strap with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4400 N) shall fasten the header to the bearing studs. The bearing studs shall also have a hold-down device fastened to the foundation with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4400 N). The hold-down devices shall be an embedded strap type, installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The PFH panels shall be supported directly on a foundation that is continuous 220 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
76 across the entire length of the braced wall line. This foundation shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 4 bar top and bottom. Where the continuous foundation is required to have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a minimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) continuous footing is permitted at door openings in the braced wall line. This continuous footing shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 4 bar top and bottom. This reinforcement shall be lapped not less than 24 inches (610 mm) with the reinforcement required in the continuous foundation located directly under the braced wall line.

Where a PFH is installed at the first story of two-story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 24 inches (610 mm).

SECTION IA-85. Figure 2308.6.5.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
221 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
77 SECTION IA-86. Section 2308.6.8.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2308.6.8.1 Foundation requirements. Braced wall lines shall be supported by continuous foundations.

Exception: For structures with a maximum plan dimension not more than 50 feet (15,240 mm), continuous foundations are required at exterior walls only for structures assigned to seismic design category A, B or C.

For structures in Seismic Design Categories D and E, exterior braced wall panels shall be in the same plane vertically with the foundation or the portion of the structure containing the offset shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and Section 2308.1.1.

SECTION IA-87. Section 2308.6.9 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
2308.6.9 Attachment of sheathing. Fastening of braced wall panel sheathing shall not be less than that prescribed in Table 2308.6.1 or 2304.10.2. Wall sheathing shall not be attached to framing members by adhesives. Staple fasteners in Table 2304.10.2 shall not be used to resist or transfer seismic forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F.

Exception: Staples may be used to resist or transfer seismic forces when the allowable shear values are substantiated by cyclic testing and approved by the building official.

All braced wall panels shall extend to the roof sheathing and shall be attached to parallel roof rafters or blocking above with framing clips (18 gauge minimum) spaced at maximum 24 inches (6096 mm) on center with four 8d nails per leg (total eight 8d nails per clip). Braced wall panels shall be laterally braced at each top corner and at maximum 24 inches (6096 mm) intervals along the top plate of discontinuous vertical framing. 222 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
78 SECTION IA-88. Section 3101.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern special building construction including membrane structures, temporary structures, pedestrian walkways and tunnels, automatic vehicular gates, awnings and canopies, marquees, signs, towers, antennas, relocatable buildings, swimming pool enclosures and safety devices, solar energy systems, public use restroom buildings on publicly owned lands in flood hazard areas and intermodal shipping containers.

SECTION IA-89. Section 3102.2.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3102.2.3 Membrane Structures Used as Shade Covers for Specific Uses. A membrane structure less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above grade may be installed as a shade cover at carwash drying areas and auto detailing areas or over playground equipment subject to the following requirements:

1. The structure shall be on grade.

2. The structure shall maintain a minimum fire separation distance of five feet from property lines.

3. The membrane shall be State Fire Marshal approved fire retardant fabric.

4. The membrane support structures shall be non-combustible.

5. Maintenance record shall be presented to the Fire Department during routine inspections and available at all times to show that the membrane material is less than 8 years old.

6. These structures are not required to be protected by an automatic fire sprinkler system. 223 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
79 For those cases which may affect fire or life safety in buildings regulated by the State Fire Marshall, the building official shall obtain the concurrence of the fire code official if related to fire protection systems, egress, fire department access or water supply.

SECTION IA-90. Section 3102.6.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3102.6.2 Membrane less than 20 feet (6096 mm). A noncombustible membrane less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above any floor, balcony or gallery shall be permitted for use as the roof or as a skylight of any building or atrium of a building of any type of construction and shall meet all of the following requirements:

1. A fire protection report may be required by the building official or fire official based on the fuel loads and ignition sources below the membrane.

2. The membrane shall be a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) above any floor, balcony or gallery and shall have a minimum separation distance as required by the fire protection report and no less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above any fuel load or ignition source below the membrane.

3. The membrane shall be State Fire Marshal approved fire retardant fabric.

4. The membrane structure shall be a free standing, self supporting structure.

5. The membrane structure and all supports shall be non combustible.

6. The applicant shall enter into a Covenant and Agreement with the City of Glendale regarding the maintenance and replacement of the membrane.

7. A maintenance record of the membrane and membrane structure shall be provided on site by the property owner, and shall be provided to the fire department during annual inspections and/or upon request by the fire department.

8. The applicant shall apply for a building permit to replace the membrane every eight years. 224 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
80 SECTION IA-91. Section 3109.4.4.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3109.4.4.2 Construction permit; safety features required. Commencing January 1, 2007, except as provided in Section 3109.4.4.5, whenever a building permit is issued for construction of a new swimming pool or spa, or any building permit is issued for remodeling of an existing pool or spa, at a private, single-family home, it shall be equipped with at least one of the following seven drowning prevention safety features:

1. The pool shall be isolated from access to a home by an enclosure that meets the requirements of Section 3109.4.4.3.

2. The pool shall incorporate removable mesh pool fencing that meets American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Specifications F 2286 standards in conjunction with a gate that is self-closing and self-latching and can accommodate a key lockable device.

3. The pool shall be equipped with an approved safety pool cover that meets all requirements of the ASTM Specifications F 1346.

4. The residence shall be equipped with exit alarms on those doors providing direct access to the pool.

5. All doors providing direct access from the home to the swimming pool shall be equipped with a self-closing, self-latching device with a release mechanism placed no lower than 54 inches (1372 mm) above the floor.

6. Swimming pool alarms that, when placed in pools, will sound upon detection of accidental or unauthorized entrance into the water. These pool alarms shall meet and be independently certified to the ASTM Standard F 2208 “Standards Specification for Pool Alarms” which includes surface motion, pressure, sonar, laser and infrared type alarms. 225 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
81 For purposes of this article, “swimming pool alarms” shall not include swimming protection alarm devices designed for individual use, such as an alarm attached to a child that sounds when the child exceeds a certain distance or becomes submerged in water. Due to topographical conditions, swimming pool alarms will be accepted by the Building Official only on a case-by-case basis.

7. Other means of protection, if the degree of protection afforded is equal to or greater than that afforded by any of the devices set forth in items 1-4, and have been independently verified by an approved testing laboratory as meeting standards for those devices established by the ASTM or the American Society of Testing Mechanical Engineers (ASME).

Prior to the issuance of any final approval for the completion of permitted construction or remodeling work, the local building code official shall inspect the drowning safety prevention devices required by this act and if no violations are found, shall give final approval.

Authority: Health and Safety Code Section 18942(b)
Reference: Health and Safety Code Section 115922
AB 3305 (Statutes 1996, c.925); AB 2977 (Statutes 2006, c.478); AB 382 (Statutes 2007, c.596) SECTION IA-92. Section 3109.4.4.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3109.4.4.3 Enclosure; required characteristics. An enclosure shall have all of the following characteristics.

1. Any access gates through the enclosure open away from the swimming pool and are self-closing with a self –latching device placed no lower than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the ground.
226 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
82 2. A minimum height of 60 inches (1524 mm).

3. A maximum vertical clearance from the ground to the bottom of the enclosure of 2 inches (51mm).

4. Gaps or voids, if any, do not allow passage of a sphere equal to or greater than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter.

5. An outside surface free of protrusions, cavities or other physical characteristics that would serve as handholds or footholds that could enable a child below the age of five years to climb over.

6. When an ascending slope adjacent to a pool enclosure exceeds 45° from the horizontal the entire pool enclosure shall extend into the slope a minimum of 24 inches. The height of such extension shall be a minimum of 5 feet (1529 mm) measured perpendicular to the slope.

Authority: Health and Safety Code Section 18942 (b)
Reference: Health and Safety Code Section 115923
Ab 3305, Statutes 1996, c.925
SECTION IA-93. Section 3115 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3115.1 General. The provisions of Section 3115 and other applicable sections of this code shall apply to intermodal shipping containers that are repurposed for use as buildings or structures or as a part of buildings or structures.

Exceptions:

1. Intermodal shipping containers previously approved as existing relocatable buildings complying with Chapter 14 of the California Existing Building Code. 227 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
83 2. Stationary battery storage arrays located in intermodal shipping containers complying with Chapter 12 of the California Fire Code.

3. Intermodal shipping containers that are listed as equipment complying with the standard for equipment, such as air chillers, engine generators, modular data centers, and other similar equipment.

4. Intermodal shipping containers housing or supporting experimental equipment are exempt from the requirements of Section 3115, provided they comply with all of the following:

4.1. Such units will be single stand-alone units supported at grade level and used only for occupancies as specified under Risk Category I in Table 1604.5.

4.2. Such units are located a minimum of 8 feet (2438 mm) from adjacent structures, and are not connected to a fuel gas system or fuel gas utility.

4.3. In hurricane-prone regions and flood hazard areas, such units are designed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 16.

5. [HCD] Shipping containers constructed or converted off-site that meet the definition of Factory-built Housing in Health and Safety Code Section 19971 or Commercial Modular(s) as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 18001.8 shall be approved by the Department of Housing and Community Development.

6. Single-unit stand-alone intermodal shipping containers used as temporary storage or construction trailer on active construction sites. Construction support facilities for uses and activities not directly associated with the actual processes of 228 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
84 construction, including but not limited to, offices, meeting rooms, plan rooms, other administrative or support functions shall not be exempt from Section 3115. 3115.2 Construction documents. The construction documents shall contain information to verify the dimensions and establish the physical properties of the steel components and wood floor components of the intermodal shipping container, in addition to the information required by Sections 107 and 1603.
3115.3 Intermodal shipping container information. Intermodal shipping containers shall bear an existing data plate containing the following information as required by ISO 6346 and verified by an approved agency. A report of the verification process and findings shall be provided to the building owner.

1. Manufacturer’s name or identification number.

2. Date manufactured.

3. Safety approval number.

4. Identification number.

5. Maximum operating gross mass or weight (kg) (lbs).

6. Allowable stacking load for 1.8G (kg) (lbs).

7. Transverse racking test force (Newtons).

8. Valid maintenance examination date.

Where approved by the building official, the markings and existing data plate are permitted to be removed from the intermodal shipping containers before they are repurposed for use as buildings or structures or as part of buildings or structures. 229 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
85 3115.4 Protection against decay and termites. Wood structural floors of intermodal shipping containers shall be protected from decay and termites in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2304.12.1.1.
3115.5 Under-floor ventilation. The space between the bottom of the floor joists and the earth under any intermodal shipping container, except spaces occupied by basements and cellars, shall be provided with ventilation in accordance with Section 1202.4. 3115.6 Roof assemblies. Intermodal shipping container roof assemblies shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 15.

Exception: Single-unit, stand-alone intermodal shipping containers not attached to, or stacked vertically over, other intermodal shipping containers, buildings or structures. 3115.7 Joints and voids. Joints and voids that create concealed spaces between connected or stacked intermodal shipping containers that are connected or stacked, at fire-resistance-rated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved fire-resistant joint system in accordance with section 715 3115.8 Structural. Intermodal shipping containers that conform to ISO 1496-1 and are repurposed for use as buildings or structures, or as a part of buildings or structures, shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 16 and this section. 3115.8.1 Foundations. Intermodal shipping containers repurposed for use as a permanent building or structure shall be supported on foundations or other supporting structures designed and constructed in accordance with Chapters 16 through 23. 3115.8.1.1 Anchorage. Intermodal shipping containers shall be anchored to foundations or other supporting structures as necessary to provide a continuous load path for all applicable design and environmental loads in accordance with Chapter 16. 230 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
86 3115.8.2 Welds. New welds and connections shall be equal to or greater than the original connections.
3115.8.3 Structural design. The structural design of the intermodal shipping containers repurposed for use as a building or structure, or as part of a building or structure, shall comply with Section 3115.8.4 or 3115.8.5.
3115.8.4 Detailed design procedure. A structural analysis meeting the requirements of this section shall be provided to the building official to demonstrate the structural adequacy of the intermodal shipping containers.

Exception: Intermodal shipping containers designed in accordance with Section 3115.8.5.
3115.8.4.1 Material properties. Structural material properties for existing intermodal shipping container steel components shall be established by material testing where the steel grade and composition cannot be identified by the manufacturer’s designation as to manufacture and mill test.
3115.8.4.2 Seismic design parameters. The seismic force-resisting system shall be designed and detailed in accordance with one of the following:

1. Where all or portions of the corrugated steel container sides are considered to be the seismic force-resisting system, design and detailing shall be in accordance with the ASCE 7, Table 12.2-1 requirements for light-frame bearing-wall systems with shear panels of all other materials.

2. Where portions of corrugated steel container sides are retained, but are not considered to be the seismic force-resisting system, an independent seismic force231 of 1517 S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
87 resisting system shall be selected, designed and detailed in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 12.2-1, or

3. Where portions of the corrugated steel container sides are retained and integrated into a seismic force-resisting system other than as permitted by Item 1, seismic design parameters shall be developed from testing and analysis in accordance with Section 104.11 and ASCE 7, Section 12.2.1.1 or 12.2.1.2. 3115.8.4.3 Allowable shear value. The allowable shear values for the intermodal shipping container corrugated steel sheet panel side walls and end walls shall be demonstrated by testing and analysis in accordance with Section 104.11. Where penetrations are made in the side walls or end walls designated as part of the lateral forceresisting system, the penetrations shall be substantiated by rational analysis. 3115.8.5 Simplified structural design procedure of single-unit containers. Single-unit intermodal shipping containers conforming to the limitations of Section 3115.8.5.1 shall be permitted to be designed in accordance with Sections 3115.8.5.2 and 3115.8.5.3. 3115.8.5.1 Limitations. Use of Section 3115.8.5 is subject to all the following limitations:

1. The intermodal shipping container shall be a single stand-alone unit supported on a foundation and shall not be in contact with or supporting any other shipping container or other structure.

2. The intermodal shipping container’s top and bottom rails, corner castings, and columns or any portion thereof shall not be notched, cut, or removed in any manner.
232 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
88 3. The intermodal shipping container shall be erected in a level and horizontal position with the floor located at the bottom.
3115.8.5.2 Structural design. Where permitted by Section 3115.8.5.1, single unit, single-unit stand-alone intermodal shipping containers shall be designed using the following assumptions for the side walls and end walls:

1. The appropriate detailing requirements contained in Chapters 16 through 23.

2. Response modification coefficient, R = 2,

3. Over strength factor, Ω0 = 2.5,

4. Deflection amplification factor, Cd = 2, and

5. Limits on structural height, hn = 9.5 feet (2900 mm). 3115.8.5.3 Allowable shear value. The allowable shear values for the intermodal shipping container side walls (longitudinal) and end walls (transverse) for wind design and seismic design using the coefficients of Section 3115.8.5.2 shall be in accordance with Table 3115.8.5.3, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

1. The total linear length of all openings in any individual side walls or end walls shall be limited to not more than 50 percent of the length of that side walls or end walls, as shown in Figure 3115.8.5.3(1).

2. Any full height wall length, or portion thereof, less than 4 feet (305 mm) long shall not be considered as a portion of the lateral force-resisting system, as shown in Figure 3115.8.5.3(2).

3. All side walls or end walls used as part of the lateral force-resisting system shall have an existing or new boundary element on all sides to form a continuous load path, or paths, with adequate strength and stiffness to transfer all forces from the 233 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
89 point of application to the final point of resistance, as shown in Figure 3115.8.5.3(3).

4. A maximum of one penetration not greater than a 6-inch (152 mm) diameter hole for conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or not greater than16 square inches (10 322mm2
) for electrical boxes, is permitted for each individual 8 feet length (2438 mm) lateral force resisting wall. Penetrations located in walls that are not part of the wall lateral force resisting system shall not be limited in size or quantity.

Existing intermodal shipping container’s vents shall not be considered a penetration, as shown in Figure 3115.8.5.3(4).

5. End wall door or doors designated as part of the lateral force-resisting system shall be welded closed.
234 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
90 TABLE 3115.8.5.3

ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES FOR INTERMODAL SHIPPING CONTAINER

SIDE WALLS AND END WALLS FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING

CONTAINER
DESIGNATION 2

CONTAINER

DIMENSION
(Nominal Length)

CONTAINER

DIMENSION
(Nominal Height)

ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES
(PLF) 1,3
Side Wall End Wall
1EEE 45 feet (13.7 M) 9.5 feet (2896 mm) 75
843
1EE 8.6 feet (2591 mm)
1AAA
40 feet (12.2 M)

9.5 feet (2896 mm)
84 1AA 8.5 feet (2592 mm)
1A 8.0 feet (2438 mm)
1AX <8.0 feet (2483 mm)
1BBB
30 feet (9.1 M)

9.5 feet (2896 mm)
112 1BB 8.5 feet (2591 mm)
1B 8.0 feet (2438 mm)
1BX <8.0 feet (2438 mm)
1CC
20 feet (9.1 M)

8.5 feet (2591 mm)
1C 8.0 feet (2438 mm) 168
1CX <8.0 feet (2438 mm)

1. The allowable strength for the side walls and end walls of the intermodal shipping containers are derived from ISO 1496-1 and reduced by a factor of safety of 5.

2. Container designation type is derived from ISO 668.

3. Limitations of Sections 3115.8.5.1 and 3114.5.5.3 shall apply. 235 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
91 FIGURE 3115.8.5.3(1)
Bracing Unit Distribution – Maximum Linear Length
FIGURE 3115.8.5.3(2)
Bracing Unit Distribution – Minimum Linear Length
236 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
92 FIGURE 3115.8.5.3(3)
Bracing Unit Distribution – Boundary Elements
FIGURE 3115.8.5.3(4)
Bracing Unit Distribution – Penetrating Limitations
237 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
93 SECTION IA-94. Section 3202.1.2.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3202.1.2.1 Change of use/occupancy. Change of use or occupancy of existing encroachment into the public right-of-way shall comply with the following:

1. A structural review by a state licensed professional to evaluate the structure and its attachments (e.g. light fixtures or false ceilings) that they do not fall on the occupants if construction work or any other activities are performed above the occupied space within the public right-of-way.

2. The property owner shall enter into a Covenant and Agreement with the City to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City of Glendale, its officers, agents, employees and representatives, from and against any and all liability, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, claims, losses, liens, damages, injuries (whether in contract or in tort, including personal injury, accidental death or property damage, and regardless of whether the allegations are false, fraudulent or groundless), costs and expense (including attorney’s fees litigation, arbitration, mediation, appeal expenses) as a condition of approval to change the use of the space within public right-of-way from storage use to other use.

SECTION IA-95. Section 3202.3.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3202.3.2 Windows, architectural features and mechanical equipment. Where the vertical clearance above grade to projecting windows, architectural features or mechanical equipment is more than 8 feet (2438 mm), 1 inch (25 mm) of encroachment is permitted for each additional 1 238 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
94 inch (25 mm) of clearance above 8 feet (2438 mm), but the maximum encroachment shall be 4 feet (1219 mm).

SECTION IA-96. Section 3203 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION 3203

PROJECTIONS INTO ALLEYS
3203.1 Projections into alleys. No part of any structure or any appendage thereto shall project into any alley.

Exception: Footings located at least 8 feet (2438 mm) below grade may project not more than 12” (305 mm).

SECTION IA-97. Section 3303.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3303.8 Storm water drainage and retention during demolition. Projects which disturb less than one acre of soil and are not part of a larger common plan of development which in total disturbs one acre or more, shall manage storm water drainage during construction in accordance with the California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen), Chapter 4, Division 4.2.

SECTION IA-98. Section 3306.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
3306.2 Walkways. A walkway shall be provided for pedestrian travel in front of every construction and demolition site unless the applicable governing authority authorizes the sidewalk to be fenced or closed. Walkways shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but in no case shall they be less than 5 feet (1524 mm) in width. Walkways shall be provided with a durable walking surface. Walkways shall be accessible in accordance 239 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
95 with Chapter 11A or 11B as applicable, and shall be designed to support all imposed loads and in no case shall the design live load be less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7.2 kN/m²).

SECTION IA-99. Section 3306.9.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3306.9.1 Shoring. The sidewalk and street shall be protected from caving and settlement by shoring conforming to the safety orders issued by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Industrial Relations.

SECTION IA-100. Section 3306.10 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3306.10. Protection of sidewalk excavations. Permits must be secured from the director of public works in accordance with the provisions of the Glendale Municipal Code for making an excavation within a public street, sidewalk, parkway or public property. When any portion of a public sidewalk is to be excavated, the holder of the permit shall construct a substantial temporary walkway not less than five (5) feet (1524 mm) in width for pedestrian travel over the areas to be excavated or around the same.

SECTION IA-101. Section 3306.11 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3306.11. Protection of Obstructions. No person excavating, refilling or obstructing any public sidewalk, street, alley or roadway in the city shall fail or neglect to place barriers at each end and at all necessary places along any such excavations or obstructions to prevent accidents and no such person shall fail or neglect to display and maintain amber lights from sunset to sunrise at each end and at all necessary places along any such excavation or obstructions run across or substantially across any sidewalk, street, alley, or roadway, such amber lights at such places shall 240 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
96 be placed not more than five (5) feet (1524 mm)apart. If, in any case, the director of public works shall designate any particular locations for barriers or require additional light, such barriers or lights shall be placed and maintained at those locations designated. If any permittee fails to perform the duties herein before defined, the director of public works may cause the same to be performed, at the expense of the permittee, or if a deposit has been made pursuant to the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, then the expense of such performance may be deducted there from to the extent said deposit is sufficient, and if insufficient, then the remaining amount may be charged against the permittee.

SECTION IA-102. Section 3308.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3308.3 Street Use Permits.
3308.3.1 Permits generally. No person shall use or occupy or obstruct any portion of any sidewalk, street, alley or roadway for storing materials for building purposes, for mixing concrete or mortar, or for any purpose incidental thereto, or for the construction of walkways, fences or canopies in accordance with the provisions of this code, unless a street use permit has been first obtained from the director of public works to do so, and at least one-half of the width of the sidewalk , or a width to be designated by the director of public works of the street, alley or roadway is at all times kept free and clear of all obstructions. 3308.3.2 Street use permit to be posted. The street use permit required by this Section 3308.3 shall at all times during such use, occupancy or obstruction, be conspicuously posted on or near the sidewalk, street, alley or roadway used, occupied or obstructed. 3308.3.3 Term of permit; removal of obstructions. Any permit required by this Section 3308.3 shall be granted for not longer than sixty (60) days. Upon completion of the work, all 241 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
97 such obstructions shall be removed, all damages caused thereby repaired and the street and sidewalk restored to their original condition to the satisfaction of the director of public works. If any permittee fails or neglects to so remove, repair and restore within three (3) days after being notified by the director of public works in person or by letter, the director of public works may cause such removal, repairs and restoration to be done at the expense of the permittee. 3308.3.4 Application for street use permits. All applications for street use permits required by this Section 3308.3 shall be in writing and made to the building and safety division and shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a fee for services provided hereunder which shall be established or modified by resolution of the City Council. The schedule for such fees shall remain on file and be available in the office of the traffic and transportation administrator.

SECTION IA-103. Section 3308.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
3308.4 Mixing Mortar on Public Property. The mixing or handling of mortar, concrete or other material on public property, when authorized by the director of public works under a street use permit issued under Section 3308.3 of this Code, shall be done in a mechanical mixer or in a tight box in such a manner as to prevent dripping or splashing on public property.

SECTION IA-104. Appendix F, RODENTPROOFING, of the California Building Code, 2022 edition, published and copyrighted by the International Code Council and California Building Standards Commission is hereby adopted into Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, by reference and by such reference is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION IA-105. Appendix I, PATIO COVERS, of the California Building Code, 2022 edition, published and copyrighted by the International Code Council and the California Building Standards Commission is hereby adopted into Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and 242 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
98 Safety Code, 2023, by reference, as further amended herein, into the Glendale Building and Safety Code 2017, and by such reference, is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION IA-106. Appendix I, Section I105.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

I105.1 Design loads. Patio covers shall be designed and constructed to sustain, within the stress limits of this code , all dead loads plus a minimum vertical live load of 10 pounds per square foot (0.48 lN/m2) except that snow loads shall be used where such snow loads exceed this minimum. Such patio covers shall be designed to resist the minimum wind and seismic loads set forth in this code. Solar energy systems shall not be installed on patio covers designed by this Section.

SECTION IA-107. Appendix J, GRADING, of the California Building Code, 2022 edition, published and copyrighted by the International Code Council, is hereby adopted into Volume 1A of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, by reference, as further amended herein, into the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, and by such reference, is incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

SECTION IA-108. Appendix J Section J101.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to grading, excavation and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments and the control of grading site runoff, including erosion sediments and construction-related pollutants. Where conflicts occur between the technical requirements of this chapter and the geotechnical report, the more restrictive requirement shall govern.
243 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
99 SECTION IA-109. Appendix J Section J101.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.3 Hazards.

1. Whenever the building official determines that any land or any existing excavation or fill has, from any cause, become a menace to life or limb, or endangers public or private property, or adversely affects the safety, use or stability of public or private property, the owner or other person in legal control of the property concerned shall, upon receipt of a written notice thereof from the building official, correct such condition in accordance with the provisions of this appendix and the requirements and conditions set forth in the notice so as to eliminate such condition. The owner or other person in legal control of the property shall immediately comply with the provisions set forth in the notice and shall complete the work within 180 days from the date of the notice unless a shorter period of time for completion has been specified in the notice in which case the owner shall comply with the shorter period of time. Upon written application and good cause shown, the building official may approve the request for an extension of time to complete the work required by the notice.

2. If the above condition is not eliminated within the specified time period, the building official may file with the Office of the Los Angeles County Recorder a certificate stating that the property is deemed substandard and that the owner thereof has been so notified to correct the substandard condition. Said certificate shall specify the conditions creating the substandard classification.

3. When the above conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the building official, upon receiving a sixty-dollar fee from the owner or his agent, the building official shall 244 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
100
file with the Office of the Los Angeles County Recorder, within a reasonable period of time, a certificate specifying that the conditions creating the substandard classification have been corrected and that the property is no longer considered substandard.

SECTION IA-110. Appendix J Section J101.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.4 Safety precautions.

1. General.
(a) If at any stage of work on an excavation or fill, the building official determines that the work has become or is likely to become dangerous to any person, or is likely to endanger any property, public or private, the building official shall be authorized to require safety precautions to be immediately taken by the property owner as a condition to continuing such permitted work or to require cessation thereof forthwith unless and until it is made safe and to amend the plans for such work. (b) Safety precautions may include, but shall not be limited to, specifying a flatter exposed slope or construction of additional drainage facilities, berms, terracing, compaction, cribbing, retaining walls or buttress fills, slough walls, desilting basins, check dams, benching, wire mesh and guniting, rock fences, revetments or diversion walls.
(c) Upon the determination of the building official that such safety precautions during grading are necessary, the building official shall provide a notice and order to the permittee to implement same. After receiving such notice, oral or written, it is unlawful for the permittee or any person to proceed with such work contrary to such order.
245 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
101

2. Hillside Areas. For the purposes of this appendix, hillside areas shall include all property designated as “mountainous terrain” pursuant to Article 16.08.270 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995. Except as specifically excepted in this appendix, no person shall conduct any grading operation in hillside areas unless such operations are for building site development or another use for which the permittee has obtained an entitlement prior to applying for a grading permit.

Exception: Grading which is not connected with building site development may be conducted in hillside areas only when the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the building official, that such work does all of the following:
enhances the physical stabilization of the affected property; is not detrimental to public health, safety or welfare; and is in conformity with the approved master plan for the area, if such master plan exists. A tentative tract or division of land map shall not be required for such exempt grading.

3. Removal of Ground Cover.
(a) The existing vegetative ground cover of any watershed in any hillside area shall not be destroyed, removed or damaged except for routine maintenance pursuant to lawful grading, use or occupancy of the property or to clear hazardous vegetation near structures and roads in areas designated as Wildland Urban Interface Fire Areas (also known as High Fire Hazard Areas) pursuant to this code. (b) Except for indigenous trees as regulated by Chapter 12.44 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, and as that chapter may subsequently be amended, removal of trees and shrubbery may be permitted where such work will not cause erosion, slope failure, or will not unduly disturb the turf, sod or other existing vegetative ground cover. 246 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
102
Whenever such groundcover is removed or damaged pursuant to a validly issued grading permit, the permittee shall restore and maintain the affected area with an approved ground cover, or shall accomplish such other erosion control protection measures as may be approved by the building official. Such erosion control shall be completed within thirty days after cessation of the grading work or other work pursuant to a validly issued building permit.

4. Maintenance of Protective Devices. All devices used to protect hillside areas from erosion or landslide damage including, but not limited to, retaining walls, cribbing, terracing, surface and subsurface drainage structures, interceptor drains, check dams, and riprap shall be maintained in good condition and repair as approved by the building official at the time of completion of construction thereof.

SECTION IA-111. Appendix J Section J101.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.5 Protection of utilities. The owner and permittee of any property on which grading has been performed and that requires a grading permit under Section J103 shall be responsible for the prevention of damage to any public utilities or services.

SECTION IA-112. Appendix J Section J101.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.6 Protection of adjacent property. The owner and permittee of any property on which grading has been performed and that requires a grading permit under Section J103 is responsible for the prevention of damage to adjacent property and no person shall excavate on land sufficiently close to the property line to endanger any adjoining public street, sidewalk, alley, or other public or private property without supporting and protecting such property from settling, 247 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
103
cracking or other damage that might result. Special precautions approved by the building official shall be made to prevent imported or exported materials from being deposited on the adjacent public way and/or drainage courses.

SECTION IA-113. Appendix J Section J101.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.7 Storm water control measures. The owner and permittee of any property on which grading has been performed and that requires a grading permit under Section J103 shall put into effect and maintain all precautionary measures necessary to protect adjacent water courses and public or private property from damage by erosion, flooding, and deposition of mud, debris and construction-related pollutants originating from the site during, and after, grading and related construction activities. Furthermore, the owner and permittee shall be responsible for putting into effect and maintaining appropriate measures necessary to prevent any change in cross-lot surface drainage that may adversely affect any adjoining property as a result of grading and/or construction-related activities. Such measures to prevent any adverse cross-lot surface drainage effects on adjoining property shall be required whether shown on approved grading plans or not.

SECTION IA-114. Appendix J Section J101.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.8 Conditions of approval. In granting any permit under this code, the building official may include such conditions as may be reasonably necessary to prevent creation of a nuisance or hazard to public or private property. Such conditions may include, but shall not be limited to:

1. Improvement of any existing grading to comply with the standards of this code.

2. Requirements for fencing of excavations or fills which would otherwise be hazardous. 248 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
104
SECTION IA-115. Appendix J Section J101.9 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J101.9 Rules and regulations.

J101.9.1 Rules. The permissive provisions of this chapter shall not be presumed to waive any regulations imposed by other statutes or other ordinances of the State of California or the City of Glendale.

J101.9.2 Regulations. If two or more pertinent regulations are not identical, those regulations shall prevail which are more restrictive or which afford greater safety to life, limb, health, property or welfare. For the purposes of these regulations, grading permits shall be considered as building permits and shall be subject to the administrative provisions of this code, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this chapter.

SECTION IA-116. Appendix J Section J102 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION J102

DEFINITIONS
J102.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein. Refer to Chapter 2 of the California Building Code for general definitions.

BENCH. A relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed.

BEST MANAGEMENT PRATICE (BMP). A stormwater pollution mitigation measure that is required to be employed in order to comply with the requirements of the NPDES permit issued to the County of Los Angeles, and as that permit may be subsequently amended.

COMPACTION. The densification of a fill by mechanical means. 249 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
105
CUT. See “Excavation.”
DOWN DRAIN. A device for collecting water from a swale or ditch located on or above a slope, and safely delivering it to an approved drainage facility.

EROSION. The wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice.

EXCAVATION. The removal of earth material by artificial means, also referred to as a cut.

FILL. Deposition of earth materials by artificial means.

GRADE. The vertical location of the ground surface.

GRADE, EXISTING. The grade prior to grading.

GRADE, FINISHED. The grade of the site at the conclusion of all grading efforts.

GRADING. An excavation or fill or combination thereof.

KEY. A compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toe of a slope.

SLOPE. An inclined surface, the inclination of which is expressed as a ratio of horizontal distance to vertical distance.

SLOPE FAILURE means the slippage, instability, slide or loss of earth material from a slope for any reason. Class I slope failures involve bedrock. Class II slope failures involve soil above but not including bedrock. Class III slope failures involve only surficial problems with no involvement of bedrock.

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN. A site drawing with details, notes, and related documents that identify the measures proposed by the permittee to: (1) control erosion and prevent sediment and construction-related pollutants from being carried offsite by stormwater, and (2) prevent non-stormwater discharges from entering the storm drain system. 250 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
106
TERRACE. A relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes.

SECTION IA-117. Appendix J Section J103.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J103.1 Permits required. Except as exempted in Section J103.2, no grading shall be performed without first having obtained a permit therefore from the building official. A grading permit does not include the construction of retaining walls or other structures. A separate permit shall be obtained for each site and may cover both excavations and fills. Any engineered grading as described in Appendix J Section J104 shall be performed by a contractor licensed by the State of California to perform the work described hereon. Regular grading less than 5,000 cubic yards may require a licensed contractor if the building official determines that special conditions or hazards exist.

SECTION IA-118. Appendix J Section J103.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J103.2 Exemptions. A grading permit shall not be required for the following:

1. When approved by the building official, grading in an isolated, self-contained area, provided there is no danger to the public, and that such grading will not adversely affect adjoining properties.

2. Excavation for construction of a structure permitted under this code where the excavation is limited to within the volume of the proposed structure.

3. Cemetery graves.

4. Refuse disposal sites controlled by other regulations.

5. Excavations for wells, or trenches for utilities.
251 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
107

6. Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing or stockpiling rock, sand, aggregate or clay controlled by other regulations, provided such operations do not affect the lateral support of, or significantly increase stresses in, soil and adjoining properties.

7. Exploratory excavations performed under the direction of a registered soils engineer or engineering geologist. This shall not exempt grading of access roads or pads created for exploratory excavations. Exploratory excavations must not create a hazardous condition to adjacent properties or the public in accordance with Section J101.3. Exploratory excavations must be restored to existing conditions, unless approved by the building official.

8. An excavation that does not exceed 50 cubic yards (38.3 m3 ) and complies with one of
the following conditions:
(1) is less than 2 feet (0.6 m) in depth.
(2) does not create a cut slope greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) measured vertically upward from the cut surface to the surface of the natural grade and is not steeper than 2 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (50 percent slope).

9. A fill not intended to support a structure, that does not obstruct a drainage course and complies with one of the following conditions:
(a) is less than 1 foot (0.3 m) in depth and is placed on natural terrain with a slope flatter than 5 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (20 percent slope). (b) is less than 3 feet (0.9 m) in depth at its deepest point measured vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the fill, does not exceed 50 cubic yards, and creates a fill slope no steeper than 2 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (50 percent slope).
252 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
108
(c) is less than 5 feet (1.5 m) in depth at its deepest point measured vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the fill, does not exceed 20 cubic yards, and creates a fill slope no steeper than 2 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (50 percent slope).

Exemption from the permit requirements of this appendix shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction.

FIGURE J103.2
SECTION IA-119. Appendix J Section J103.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J103.3 Unpermitted grading. A person shall not own, use, occupy or maintain any site containing unpermitted grading. For the purposes of this code, unpermitted grading shall be defined as the following:

1. Grading that was performed, at any point in time, without the required permit(s) having first been obtained from the building official, pursuant to Section J103.1. 253 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
109

2. Grading that was permitted and the work was not completed pursuant to Section J105 and the grading permit has expired pursuant to Chapter 1 Division II Section [A] 105.5.

SECTION IA-120. Appendix J Section J103.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding grading fees, is hereby added to read as follows:

J103.4 Grading fees.

1. Fees for grading plan check and for grading permits shall be established or modified by resolution of the city council. The schedule of such fees shall remain on file and be available in the office of the building official. The building official shall, with the approval of the city manager, recommend changes to the council when the costs to provide grading plan check and grading inspection services make it appropriate.

2. The applicant shall pay a plan check fee prior to acceptance of grading plans and specifications for checking by the city. The plan check fee shall be based on the total volume of the excavation and fill, on the site. The grading plan check fee shall be recalculated each time the grading plan volume of excavation and fill exceeds the volume used to determine the original plan check fee, and the applicant shall pay the difference between the revised and original fee before the revised grading plans are accepted for review by the city. The original grading plan check fee includes the cost to the applicant for the original submittal plus two additional submittals of corrected grading plans and specifications. When required by the building official, the applicant shall pay a supplemental grading plan check fee in accordance with the fee resolution established by the city council.

3. Whenever the applicant submits a grading plan for plan check that is substantially different in design of the earthwork as compared to previously submitted grading plans, 254 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
110
the submittal shall be considered an original and a new grading plan check fee shall be determined and paid to the city as provided in this section.

4. The applicant shall pay a grading permit fee prior to the issuance of a grading permit by the city. The fee shall be based on the total volume of excavation and fill, on the site. If, during grading operations, the plans and specifications for the grading project are revised increasing the volume of excavation, fill, or a combination thereof above the volume that was used to determine the grading permit fee, the applicant shall pay to the city the difference between the original grading permit fee and the recalculated fee before work may resume under the grading permit.

5. Whenever grading operations are commenced without an approved grading permit, a penalty shall be added to all unpaid fees for grading plan check and grading permits. The penalty shall be three hundred percent of all fees due the city.

SECTION IA-121. Appendix J Section J103.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J103.5 Bonds and insurance.

J103.5.1 Bonds – General.

1. Whenever an application for a grading permit is filed for the excavation or fill of one hundred cubic yards (76 m3
) or more in hillside areas and five hundred cubic yards (382 m3) or more in other areas, the nature of the work regulated by this chapter is such that if left incomplete it will create a hazard to human life or endanger adjoining property, or property at a higher or lower level, or any street or street improvement or any other public property, the building official may, before issuing the grading permit, require the applicant to guarantee faithful performance and payment of labor and material in an 255 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
111
amount determined by the building official, not less than fifty percent nor more than one hundred percent of the total estimated cost of work, including corrective work necessary to remove and eliminate geologic hazards by one of the methods provided by this section.

2. An additional cash deposit may be required by the building official in the form of a cash bond sufficient to cover the cost of site cleanup and debris removal if determined by the building official that it is warranted.

3. Where grading is required on property adjacent to the grading site under permit to complete a project satisfactorily, the owner of such adjacent property need not provide additional performance bond if the original is of sufficient amount to include such additional grading.

4. Each bond and agreement for grading shall be effective upon the date of filing of application and shall remain in effect until the work authorized by the grading permit is completed and approved by the building official.

5. Installment refunds. When a substantial portion of the required grading work has been completed to the satisfaction of the building official, and when the completion of the remaining grading work, site development or planting is delayed, the building official may accept the completed portion of the grading work and consent to the proportionate reduction of the bond to an amount estimated to be adequate to ensure completion of the grading work, site development or planting remaining to be performed. Only one such reduction shall be considered for each bond posted.

J103.5.2 Performance bonds.

1. A guarantee of faithful performance for grading and improvement projects, when required by this chapter, shall be provided by one of the following methods:
256 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
112
a. Surety bond. In the case the amount determined by the building official is in excess of $10,000, a bond shall be executed by the applicant, as principal, and a corporate surety authorized to do business in the state of California, as surety, in a form furnished by the building official and approved by the city attorney; b. Cash bond. A cash deposit with the city;
c. Instrument of credit and agreement. An instrument or instruments of credit from one or more financial institutions subject to regulation by the state or federal government pledging that the funds necessary to meet the performance are on deposit and guaranteed for payment and an agreement that the funds designated by the instrument shall become trust funds for the purpose of and in an amount determined by the building official not less than fifty percent nor more than one hundred percent of the total estimated cost of the work, including corrective work necessary to remove and eliminate the agreement shall first be approved by the city attorney.

J103.5.3 Performance bond defaults.

A. Whenever the building official shall find that a default has occurred in the performance of any term or condition of any grading or construction permit, written notice of the fact of default thereof shall be given to the principal and to the corporate surety, financial institution or the depositor, stating the work to be done, and the period of time deemed by the building official to be reasonably necessary for the completion of such work. Thirty days after the receipt of such notice the principal or the surety shall perform or cause the required work to be performed by commencing and diligently prosecuting such work to its completion; but if they or either or both of them should fail to commence such work 257 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
113
within the thirty days or having so commenced such work fail, neglect or refuse to proceed diligently to complete the same within the time so specified in such notice, then the city may enter such premises and do such work and the cost and expense of so doing the work so specified shall be the obligation of the principal and such surety and shall be a part of the terms of the performance bond in consideration of the issuance of the grading permit.

B. If a cash bond has been posted, notice of default shall be given to the principal, and if such principal fails to cause the required work to be resumed as set forth in such notice within thirty days after receipt thereof, the building official shall proceed without delay and further notice or proceedings whatsoever to use the cash deposited, or any portion thereof, and cause the required work to be completed by such mode as the building official deems convenient. The balance of such cash deposit, if any, shall upon the completion of the work be returned to the depositor or the depositor’s successor or assigns after deducting ten percent thereof.

C. If an instrument of credit is used to guarantee performance, notice of default shall be given to the principal and to the financial institution issuing such instrument of credit, and if such principal fails to cause the required work to be resumed as set forth in such notice within thirty days after receipt thereof, the building official shall make a demand upon the financial institution for the payment of the estimated costs from the trust fund held by such financial institution pursuant to the agreement. Upon receipt of such sum, the building official shall proceed without delay and without further notice or proceedings whatsoever to use such sum, or any portion thereof, and cause the required work to be completed by such made as the building official deems convenient. The 258 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
114
balance of such cash deposit, if any, shall upon the completion of the work be returned to the financial institution, its successors or assigns, after deducting ten percent thereof; but if such institution fails or refuses to pay over such sum then the building official shall look to such institution for the costs and expense of such work, and the contractual liability of such institution shall be a term or condition of its agreement.

J103.5.4 Contractor’s grading insurance – work done adjacent to public property.

Before issuing a grading permit for work being done adjacent to public property, the building official may require that the applicant, or his/her contractor, file a certificate and endorsement evidencing liability insurance satisfactory to the city attorney or risk manager. If required, such insurance shall provide coverage for damage to the city’s property and for the city’s liability and defense of claims for damages and suits for personal bodily injury and property damage, including but not limited to damage to the city arising out of the deposition, runoff or washing of materials, or any other damage to city property, which may arise from or out of the performance of the work, whether such performance be by such contractor, its subcontractors or any other person directly or indirectly employed by such contractor or subcontractors.

SECTION IA-122. Appendix J Section J104.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J104.2 Grading plan requirements. In addition to the provisions of Section 107, Chapter 1, Division II a grading plan shall show the existing grade and finished grade in contour intervals of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work and show in detail that it complies with the requirements of this code. The plans shall show the existing grade on adjoining properties in sufficient detail to identify how grade changes will conform to the requirements of this code.
259 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
115
SECTION IA-123. Appendix J Section J104.2.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J104.2.1 Grading Designation. Grading in mountainous terrain, as identified in Section

16.08.270 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, and all grading in excess of 5,000 cubic yards (3,825 m3
) shall be performed in accordance with the approved grading plan prepared by a registered civil engineer, and shall be designated as “engineered grading.” Grading involving less than 5,000 cubic yards (3,825 m3) and not located in an area of mountainous terrain shall be designated as “regular grading” unless the permittee chooses to have the grading performed as engineered grading, or the building official determines that special conditions or unusual hazards exist, in which case grading shall conform to the requirements for engineered grading.

SECTION IA-124. Appendix J Section J104.2.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J104.2.2 Regular grading requirements. In addition to the provisions of Section 106, and Section 104.2, Chapter 1, Division II, an application for a regular grading permit shall be accompanied by two sets of plans in sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work. The plans shall give the location of the work, the name of the owner, and the name of the person who prepared the plan. If the slope of the grade exceeds 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical or as required by the building official, the plans and specifications shall be prepared and signed by an individual licensed by the state to prepare such plans or specifications. The plan shall include the following information:

1. General vicinity of the proposed site.

2. Limits and depths of cut and fill.
260 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
116

3. Location of any buildings or structures where work is to be performed, and the location of any buildings or structures within 15 feet (4.6 m) of the proposed grading.

4. Contours, flow areas, elevations, or slopes which define existing and proposed drainage patterns.

5. Storm water provisions in accordance with the requirements of Appendix J Section J111.

6. Location of existing and proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and recorded public and private easements and use restricted use areas.

7. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and defined in Title 44, Code of Federal Regulations.

SECTION IA-125. Appendix J Section J104.2.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J104.2.3 Engineered grading requirements. In addition to the provisions of Chapter 1 Division II, Section 107 and Appendix J Section J104.2, an application for an engineered grading permit shall be accompanied by three sets of plans and specifications, and supporting data consisting of a soils engineering report and engineering geology report. The plans and specifications shall be prepared and signed by an individual licensed by the state to prepare such plans or specifications when required by the building official. Specifications shall contain information covering construction and material requirements. Plans shall be drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of this code and all relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. The first sheet of each set of plans shall give location of the work, the name and address of the owner, and the person by whom they were prepared.
261 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
117
The plans shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following information:

1. General vicinity of the proposed site.

2. Property limits and accurate contours of existing ground and details of terrain and area drainage.

3. Limiting dimensions, elevations, or finish contours to be achieved by the grading, proposed drainage channels, and related construction.

4. Detailed plans of all surface and subsurface drainage devices, walls, cribbing, dams and other protective devices to be constructed with, or as a part of, the proposed work. A map showing the drainage area and the estimated runoff of the area served by any drains shall also be provided.

5. Location of any existing or proposed buildings or structures on the property where the work is to be performed and the location of any buildings or structures on land of adjacent owners that are within 15 feet (4.6 m) of the property or that may be affected by the proposed grading operations.

6. Recommendations in the geotechnical engineering report and the engineering geology report shall be incorporated into the grading plans or specifications. When approved by the building official, specific recommendations contained in the geotechnical engineering report and the engineering geology report, that are applicable to grading, may be included by reference.

7. The dates of the geotechnical engineering and engineering geology reports together with the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the firms or individuals who prepared the reports.
262 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
118

8. A statement of the earthwork quantities of materials to be excavated and/or filled.

Earthwork quantities shall include quantities for geotechnical and geological remediation. In addition, a statement of material to be imported or exported from the site.

9. A statement of the estimated starting and completion dates for work covered by the permit.

10. A statement signed by the owner acknowledging that a field engineer, geotechnical engineer and engineering geologist, when appropriate, will be employed to perform the services required by this code, whenever approval of the plans and issuance of the permit are to be based on the condition that such professional persons be so employed. These acknowledgements shall be on a form furnished by the building official.

11. Storm water provisions are required to be shown on the grading plan in accordance with Appendix J Section J111.

12. A drainage plan for that portion of a lot or parcel to be utilized as a building site (building pad), including elevation of floors with respect to finish site grade and locations of existing and proposed stoops, slabs, fences or other features that may affect drainage.

13. Location and type of any existing or proposed private sewage disposal system.

14. Location of existing and proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and recorded public and private easements.

15. Location of all recorded floodways.

16. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and defined in Title 44, Code of Federal Regulations.
263 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
119
SECTION IA-126. Appendix J Section J104.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J104.3 Geotechnical engineering and engineering geology report.

Geotechnical reports shall be required for all projects requiring a grading permit unless such report is determined unnecessary by the building official. Whenever a geotechnical report is required, the building official may require that such report be reviewed by a licensed professional and the cost associated with such review shall be required to be paid by the applicant.

The geotechnical engineering report required by Appendix J Section J104.2.3 shall include data regarding the nature, distribution and strength of existing soils, conclusions and recommendations for grading procedures and design criteria for corrective measures, including buttress fills, when necessary, and opinion on adequacy for the intended use of sites to be developed by the proposed grading as affected by geotechnical engineering factors, including the stability of slopes. All reports shall conform with the requirements of this code and shall be subject to review by the building official. Supplemental reports and data may be required as the building official may deem necessary. Recommendations included in the reports and approved by the building official shall be incorporated in the grading plan or specifications. The engineering geology report required by Appendix J Section J104.2.3 shall include an adequate description of the geology of the site, conclusions and recommendations regarding the effect of geologic conditions on the proposed development, and opinion on the adequacy for the intended use of sites to be developed by the proposed grading, as affected by geologic factors. The engineering geology report shall include a geologic map and cross sections utilizing the most recent grading plan as a base. 264 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
120
All reports shall conform with the requirements of this code and shall be subject to review by the building official. Supplemental reports and data may be required as the building official may deem necessary. Recommendations included in the reports and approved by the building official shall be incorporated in the grading plan or specifications.

Exception: A geotechnical engineering or engineering geology report is not required where the building official determines that the nature of the work applied for is such that a report is not necessary.

SECTION IA-127. Appendix J Section J104.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J104.4 Liquefaction study. For sites with mapped maximum considered earthquake spectral response accelerations at short periods (Ss) greater than 0.5g as determined by Section 1613, a study of the liquefaction potential of the site shall be provided, and the recommendations incorporated in the plans. A geotechnical investigation will be required when the proposed work is a “Project” as defined in California Public Resources Code Section 2693, and is located in an area designated as a “Seismic Hazard Zone” as defined in California Code of Regulations Section 3722 on Seismic Hazard Zone Maps issued by the State Geologist under Public Resources Code Section 2696.

Exception: A liquefaction study is not required where the building official determines from established local data that the liquefaction potential is low.

SECTION IA-128. Appendix J Section J104.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J104.5 Slope failure reports. In addition to any other requirements set forth in this Appendix J, for Class I slope failures, the permit applicant shall submit to the building official a combined 265 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
121
geotechnical engineering and engineering geology report to address its cause and provide recommended repair methods. For Class II slope failures, the permit applicant shall submit to the building official an engineering geology report to address its cause and provide recommended repair methods. For Class III slope failure, unless there exist other conditions which, in the opinion of the building official, require the submission of geotechnical engineering or engineering geology reports, the permit applicant shall not be required to submit such reports.

SECTION IA-129. Appendix J Section J104.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J104.6 Permit issuance.

1. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an authorization to do only that work which is described or illustrated on the application for the permit or on the grading plans and specifications approved by the building official at the time of issuance.

2. Jurisdiction of other agencies. Permits issued under the requirements of this chapter shall not relieve the owner of responsibility for securing required permits for work to be accomplished which is regulated by any other code, department or division of the governing agency.

3. Tract map requirements. No grading permit shall be issued for import or export of earth materials to or from, and no grading shall be conducted on, any unimproved acreage in hillside areas unless a tentative tract map has been approved by the council or a parcel map has been approved by the planning commission or an affidavit is filed declaring the grading shall not be for subdivision purposes.

4. Conditions of permit. The building official, upon recommendation of the city traffic and transportation administrator, may impose such regulations with respect to access routes to 266 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
122
and from grading sites in hillside areas as the building official shall determine are required in the interest of safety precautions involving pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

5. No permit shall be issued for the export or import of earth materials to or from a grading site in hillside areas involving ingress or egress on streets having less than 30 feet (9 m) in usable width, except upon all of the following conditions:
a. The size or type of hauling equipment shall be limited in accordance with the width and conditions of the street;
b. Traffic-control devices, including flag officers, signs and markers shall be utilized at appropriate places along the designated routes of access to such sites; c. Temporary no-parking restrictions shall be imposed with the approval of the city traffic and transportation administrator along such routes when determined necessary;
d. No person shall excavate or fill so as to cause falling rocks, soil or debris in any form to fall, slide or flow onto adjoining properties or public ways; e. In granting a permit under this chapter, the building official shall attach such conditions as may be necessary to prevent creation of hazard to public or private property;
f. In no event shall any export or import of earth materials to or from a grading site over dedicated and improved streets in hillside areas be undertaken or conducted except by use of equipment which complies in all respects with the state Vehicle Code;
g. All vehicle loads shall be trimmed and watered, or otherwise secured so as to prevent spillage from the equipment;
267 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
123
h. In cases where the building official designates the haul routes, such designation of routes shall take into consideration the most practical means of transporting the earth materials to or from the grading site consistent with the safety and welfare of residents along the routes; and
i. All public roadways used by the permittee shall be maintained free from all dust, dirt and debris caused by permittee’s grading operation.

6. Consent of adjacent property owner. Whenever any excavation or fill requires entry onto adjacent property for any reason, the permit applicant shall obtain the written consent or legal easements or other property rights of the adjacent property owner or their authorized representative, and shall file a signed and duly notarized copy of such consent with the building official, and no permit for such grading work may be issued unless and until all necessary consent documents are so filed. The consent shall be in a form acceptable to the building official.

SECTION IA-130. Appendix J Section J105.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.3 Field engineer. The field engineer shall provide inspection within such engineer’s area of technical specialty, oversee and coordinate all field surveys, set grade stakes, and provide site inspections during grading operations to ensure the site is graded in accordance with the approved grading plan and the appropriate requirements of this code. During site grading, and at the completion of both rough grading and final grading, the field engineer shall submit statements and reports required by Appendix J Sections J105.11 and J105.12. If revised grading plans are required during the course of the work, they shall be prepared by a civil engineer and approved by the building official.
268 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
124
SECTION IA-131. Appendix J Section J105.4 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.4 Geotechnical engineer. The geotechnical engineer shall provide professional inspection within such engineer’s area of technical specialty, which shall include observation during grading and testing for required compaction. The geotechnical engineer shall provide sufficient observation during the preparation of the natural ground and placement and compaction of the fill to verify that such work is being performed in accordance with the conditions of the approved plan and the appropriate requirements of this code. Revised recommendations related to conditions differing from the approved geotechnical engineering and engineering geology reports shall be submitted to the permittee, the building official and the field engineer.

SECTION IA-132. Appendix J Section J105.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.5 Engineering geologist. The engineering geologist shall provide professional inspection within such engineer’s area of technical specialty, which shall include professional inspection of the bedrock excavation to determine if conditions encountered are in conformance with the approved report. Revised recommendations relating to conditions differing from the approved engineering geology report shall be submitted to the geotechnical engineer.

SECTION IA-133. Appendix J Section J105.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.6 Permittee. The permittee shall be responsible for the work to be performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in conformance with the provisions of this code, and the permittee shall engage project consultants, if required, to provide professional inspections on a timely basis. The permittee shall act as a coordinator between the project 269 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
125
consultants, the contractor and the building official. In the event of changed conditions, the permittee shall be responsible for informing the building official of such change and shall provide revised plans for approval.

SECTION IA-134. Appendix J Section J105.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.7 Building official. The building official shall inspect the project site at the following various stages of work, as the building official deems necessary, to determine that adequate control is being exercised by the project consultants:

Pre-grade. Before any construction or grading activities occur at the site. Permittee shall schedule a pre-grade inspection with the building official. The permittee is responsible for coordinating that all project consultants are present at the pre-grade inspection.

Initial. When the site has been cleared of vegetation and unapproved fill and it has been scarified, benched or otherwise prepared for fill. No fill shall have been placed prior to this inspection.

Rough. When approximate initial elevations have been established; drainage terraces, swales and other drainage devices necessary for the protection of the building site(s) from flooding are installed; berms are installed at the top of the slopes; and the statements required by Section J105.12 have been received.

Final. When grading has been completed; all drainage devices necessary to drain the building pad(s) are installed; slope planting is established; irrigation systems are installed; and the as-built plans and required statements and reports have been submitted.

SECTION IA-135. Appendix J Section J105.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
270 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
126
J105.8 Notification of noncompliance. If, in the course of fulfilling their respective duties under this chapter, the field engineer, the geotechnical engineer or the engineering geologist finds that the work is not being done in conformance with this chapter or the approved grading plans, the discrepancies and corrective measures which should be taken shall be reported immediately in writing to the permittee and the building official.

SECTION IA-136. Appendix J Section J105.9 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.9 Transfer of responsibility. If the field engineer, the geotechnical engineer or the engineering geologist of record is changed during grading, the work shall be stopped until the replacement has agreed in writing to accept their responsibility within the area of technical competency for approval upon completion of the work. It shall be the duty of the permittee to notify the building official in writing of such change prior to the recommencement of such grading.

SECTION IA-137. Appendix J Section J105.10 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.10 Non-inspected grading. No person shall own, use, occupy or maintain any noninspected grading. For the purposes of this code, non-inspected grading shall be defined as any grading for which a grading permit was first obtained, pursuant to Appendix J Section J103, but which has progressed beyond any point requiring inspection and approval by the building official without such inspection and approval having been obtained.

SECTION IA-138. Appendix J Section J105.11 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
271 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
127
J105.11 Routine field inspections and reports. Unless waived by the building official, routine inspection reports shall be provided by the field engineer for all engineered grading projects.

The field engineer shall file these reports with the building official as follows:

1. Bi-weekly during all times when grading of 400 cubic yards or more per week is occurring on the site;

2. Monthly, at all other time; and

3. At any time when requested in writing by the building official.

Such reports shall certify to the building official that the field engineer has inspected the grading site and related activities and has found them in compliance with the approved grading plans, the building code, grading permit conditions, and other applicable ordinances and requirements. The reports shall contain all required information in a standard “Report of Grading Activities” form which shall be provided by the building official.

SECTION IA-139. Appendix J Section J105.12 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.12 Completion of work. Upon completion of the rough grading work and at the final completion of the work, the following reports and drawings and supplements thereto are required for engineered grading or when professional inspection is required by the building official:

1. An “as-built” grading plan prepared by the field engineer to provide such services in accordance with Appendix J Section J105.3 showing all plan revisions as approved by the building official. This shall include original ground surface elevations, as-built ground elevations, lot drainage patterns, and the locations and elevations of surface drainage facilities and the outlets of subsurface drains. As-built locations, elevations and details of subsurface drains shall be shown as reported by the geotechnical 272 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
128
engineer. The field engineer shall state in a report, to the building official that to the best of their knowledge, the work within the area of responsibility was done in accordance with the final approved grading plan.

2. A report prepared by the geotechnical engineer retained to provide such services in accordance with Appendix J Section J105.5, including locations and elevations of field density tests, summaries of field and laboratory tests, other substantiating data, and comments on any changes made during grading and their effect on the recommendations made in the approved geotechnical engineering investigation report. Geotechnical engineer shall submit a statement that, to the best of their knowledge, the work within their area of responsibility is in accordance with the approved geotechnical engineering report and applicable provisions of this chapter.

The report shall contain a finding regarding the safety of the completed grading and any proposed structures against hazard from landslide, settlement or slippage.

3. A report prepared by the engineering geologist retained to provide such services in accordance with Appendix J Section J105.6, including a final description of the geology of the site and any new information disclosed during the grading and the effect of same on recommendations incorporated in the approved grading plan.

Engineering geologists shall submit a statement that, to the best of their knowledge, the work within their area of responsibility is in accordance with the approved engineering geologist report and applicable provisions of this chapter. The report shall contain a finding regarding the safety of the completed grading and any proposed structures against hazard from landslide, settlement, or slippage. The report 273 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
129
must contain a final as-built geologic map and cross-sections depicting all the information collected prior to and during grading.

4. The grading contractor shall submit in a form prescribed by the building official a statement of conformance to said as-built plan and the specifications.

SECTION IA-140. Appendix J Section J105.13 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.13 Notification of completion. The permittee shall notify the building official when the grading operation is ready for final inspection. Final approval shall not be given until all work, including installation of all drainage facilities and their protective devices, and all erosion control measures have been completed in accordance with the final approved grading plan, and the required reports have been submitted and approved.

SECTION IA-141. Appendix J Section J105.14 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J105.14 Change of ownership. Unless waived by the building official, when a grading permit has been issued on a site and the owner sells the property prior to final grading approval, the new property owner shall be required to obtain a new grading permit.

SECTION IA-142. Appendix J Section J106.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J106.1 Maximum cut slope. The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for the intended use, and shall be not more than 1 unit vertical in 2 units horizontal (50-percent slope) unless the applicant furnishes a geotechnical engineering or an engineering geology report, or both justifying a steeper slope. Reports must indicate that site was investigated and give an opinion that a cut at a steeper slope will be stable and not create a hazard to public or private 274 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
130
property in conformance with the requirements of Appendix J Section J104.2.3. The building official may require the excavation to be made with a cut face flatter in slope than 1 unit vertical to 2 units horizontal if the building official finds it necessary for stability and safety.

Exceptions:

1. A cut surface may be at a slope of 1.5 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (67 percent slope) provided that all the following are met:

1.1 It is not intended to support structures or surcharges.

1.2 It is adequately protected against erosion.

1.3 It is no more than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height.

1.4 It is approved by the building code official

1.5 Ground water is not encountered.

2. A cut surface in bedrock shall be permitted to be at a slope of 1 unit horizontal to 1 unit vertical (100 percent slope).

SECTION IA-143. Appendix J Section J106.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J106.2 Drainage. Drainage, including drainage terraces and overflow protection, shall be provided as required by Appendix J Section J109.

SECTION IA-144. Appendix J Section J107.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J107.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended in the geotechnical report, fills shall comply with the provisions of this section. In the absence of an approved geotechnical engineering report and if approved by the building official, these provisions may be waived for minor fills not intended to support structures.
275 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
131
SECTION IA-145. Appendix J Section J107.2 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J107.2 Surface preparation. Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than 2 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (50 percent slope). The ground surface shall be prepared to receive fill by removing vegetation, topsoil and other unsuitable materials, and scarifying the ground to provide a bond with the fill material. Except where recommended by the geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as not being necessary, subdrains shall be provided under all fills placed in natural drainage courses and in other locations where seepage is evident. Such sub-drainage systems shall be of a material and design approved by the geotechnical engineer and acceptable to the building official. The geotechnical engineer shall provide continuous inspection during the process of subdrain installations. The location of the subdrains shall be shown on a plan by the geotechnical engineer. Excavations for the subdrains shall be inspected by the engineering geologist when such subdrains are included in the recommendations of the engineering geologist.

SECTION IA-146. Appendix J Section J107.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J107.3 Benching. Where existing grade is at a slope steeper than 1 unit vertical to 5 units horizontal (20 percent slope) and the depth of the fill exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm) benching shall be provided into sound bedrock or other competent material as determined by the geotechnical engineer. The ground preparation shall be in accordance with Figure J107.3 or as determined by the geotechnical engineer. When fill is to be placed over a cut, a key shall be provided which is at least 10 feet (3048 mm) in width and 2 feet (610 mm) in depth. The area beyond the toe of fill shall be sloped for sheet flow or a paved drain shall be provided. The cut shall be made before 276 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
132
placing the fill and the geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist or both shall accept the cut as suitable for the foundation and placement of fill material.

SECTION IA-147. Appendix J Section J107.6 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J107.6 Maximum slope. The slope of fill surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for the intended use. Fill slopes steeper than 1 unit vertical to 2 units horizontal (50- percent slope) shall be justified by a geotechnical engineering report conforming with the requirements of Appendix J Section J104.2.3, stating that the site has been investigated and giving an opinion that a fill at a steeper slope will be stable and not create a hazard to public or private property. Substantiating calculations and supporting data may be required where the building official determines that such information is necessary to verify the stability and safety of the proposed slope. The building official may require the fill slope be constructed with a face flatter in slope than 1 unit vertical to 2 units horizontal (50 percent slope) if the building official finds it necessary for stability and safety.

SECTION IA-148. Appendix J Section J107.7 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J107.7 Slopes to receive fill. Where fill is to be placed above the top of an existing slope steeper than 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (33 percent slope), the toe of the fill shall be set back from the top edge of the slope a minimum distance of 6 feet (1.8 m) measured horizontally or such other distance as may be specifically recommended by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist and approved by the building official.

SECTION IA-149. Appendix J Section J107.8 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
277 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
133
J107.8 Inspection of fill. For engineered grading, the geotechnical engineer shall provide sufficient inspections during the preparation of the natural ground and the placement and compaction of the fill ensuring that the work is being performed in accordance with the conditions of plan approval and the appropriate requirements of this chapter. In addition to the above, the geotechnical engineer shall be present during the entire fill placement and compaction of fills that will exceed a vertical height or depth of 30 feet (9.1 m) or result in a slope surface steeper that 2 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (50 percent slope).

SECTION IA-150. Appendix J Section J107.9 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J107.9 Testing of fills. Sufficient tests of the fill soils shall be made to determine the density and to verify compliance of the soil properties with the design requirements. This includes soil types and shear strengths in accordance with Referenced Standards Section J112.

SECTION IA-151. Appendix J Section J108 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION J108

SETBACKS AND RETAINING WALLS
J108.1 General. Cut and fill slopes shall be set back from the property lines in accordance with this section. Setback dimensions shall be measured perpendicular to the property line and shall be as shown in Figure J108.1, unless substantiating data is submitted justifying reduced setbacks and is recommended by a geotechnical engineering and engineering geology report approved by the building official.

J108.2 Top of slope. The setback at the top of a cut slope shall not be less than that shown in Figure J108.1, or than is required to accommodate any required interceptor drains, whichever is 278 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
134
greater. For graded slopes the grading design must be such that the property line between adjacent lots will be at the apex of the berm at the top of the slope. Property lines between adjacent lots shall not be located on a graded slope steeper than 5 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (20 percent slope).

J108.3 Slope protection. Where required to protect adjacent properties at the toe of a slope from adverse effects of the grading, additional protection, approved by the building official, shall be included. Such protection may include but shall not be limited to:

1. Setbacks greater than those required by Figure J108.1.

2. Provisions for retaining walls or similar construction.

3. Erosion protection of the fill slopes.

4. Provision for the control of surface waters.

J108.4 Alternate setbacks. The building official may approve alternate setbacks. The building official may require an investigation and recommendation by a qualified geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist to demonstrate that the intent of this section has been satisfied.

J108.5 Retaining walls and crib walls.

1. All structures which are intended to retain earth material, shall be fully detailed, appropriately engineered, and where required by the building official be incorporated into a grading plan. Such grading plan shall be reviewed by the building official, or his or her designee, and must be approved prior to issuance of a building permit for any retaining walls on the site.

2. When required by the building official, grading permit applicants shall have grading plans prepared and reviewed by a qualified geologist, or a geotechnical engineer, or a combination thereof. All features of the grading plan must be included in such review, 279 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
135
and a recommendation shall be submitted by such qualified individual regarding the type of retaining wall system(s) to be used. Any recommendation to utilize a particular type of earth retention system shall be based on soil strength parameters for the subject property and detailed slope stability analysis.

3. Cantilever retaining walls must be designed to provide a minimum factor of safety against overturning of 1.5 and a minimum factor of safety against sliding of 1.5. The building official shall have the authority to require a higher factor of safety against overturning or sliding, or both if he or she determines that specific site conditions warrant such design.

4. When approved for use by the building official, a crib wall earth retention system may be used. Such system must be specifically recommended, as an appropriate method of retaining a cut or fill slope, by the geotechnical engineer of record for the project.

5. Any crib wall earth retention system which is approved for use by the building official, must meet the following minimum design parameters:
a. The crib wall system shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety against overturning of 3.0. A higher factor of safety may be required, at the discretion of the building official.
b. The crib wall system shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety against sliding of 3.0. A higher factor of safety may be required, at the discretion of the building official.
c. Unless an alternate height is approved by the building official, the maximum height of a crib wall shall not exceed ten feet (3 m), measured from the bottom of the lowest course.
280 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
136
d. Crib walls in excess of ten feet (3 m) in height must be designed with closed cell faces, and may not be vegetated.
e. Backfill of crib walls shall consist of granular material, which facilitates drainage, as recommended by the geotechnical engineer of record.
f. A subdrain shall be required behind all retaining walls, unless the full effect of hydrostatic pressure is accounted for in the design, and omission of such subdrain is recommended by the geotechnical engineer of record for the project, and approved by the building official.
g. Crib walls shall be founded upon a foundation/grade beam system that is designed by a licensed civil or structural engineer or upon competent bedrock as determined by both a qualified geotechnical engineer and engineering geologist and approved by the building official. All foundation grade beam systems shall be reviewed and approved by the geotechnical engineer of record for the project. h. Crib walls shall be designed to resist all seismically induced lateral forces, in addition to the lateral forces imparted by retained earth material.

6. Earth retention systems, other than cantilevered retaining wall systems, which are not anchored into a stable, earthen mass may not be utilized.

7. Revetments and erosion control armaments shall not be considered suitable for retaining cut or fill slopes.

8. All retaining walls must be approved by the building official prior to construction, except for walls specifically exempt from the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2014, as amended.
281 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
137

9. Any earth retaining structure, which creates a reasonably accessible surface, which adjoins a vertical drop of thirty inches (750 mm) or more, shall be provided with a protective guard, in accordance with the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2014, as amended.

10. All retaining walls shall be provided with sufficient freeboard and a surface back drain, to effectively retain and divert ravel, debris, and concentrated storm water runoff.

SECTION IA-152. Appendix J Section J109.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J109.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended by a civil engineer, and approved by the building official, drainage facilities and terracing shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of this section for all cut and fill slopes where the ground slope is steeper than 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (33 percent slope).

For slopes flatter than 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (33 percent slope) and steeper than 5 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical (20 percent slope) a paved swale or ditch shall be provided at 30 foot (9.1 m) vertical intervals to control surface drainage and debris. Swale shall be sized based on contributory area and have adequate capacity to convey intercepted waters to the point of disposal as defined in Appendix J Section 109.5. Swale must be paved with reinforced concrete not less than 3 inches (0.08 m) in thickness, reinforced with 6-inch (0.2 m) by 6-inch (0.2 m) No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire fabric or equivalent reinforcing centered in the concrete slab or an approved equal. Swale must have a minimum flow line depth of 1 foot (0.3 m) and a minimum paved width of 18 inches (0.5 m). Swales shall have a minimum gradient of not less than 5 percent. There shall be no reduction in grade along the direction of flow unless the velocity of flow is such that slope debris will remain in suspension on the reduced grade. 282 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
138
SECTION IA-153. Appendix J Section J109.3 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J109.3 Interceptor drains and overflow protection. Berms, interceptor drains, swales or other devices shall be provided at the top of cut or fill slopes to prevent surface waters from overflowing onto and damaging the face of a slope. Berms used for slope protection shall not be less than 12 inches (0.3 m) above the level of the pad and shall slope back at least 4 feet (1.2 m) from the top of the slope. Interceptor drains shall be installed along the top of graded slopes greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) in height receiving drainage from a tributary width greater than 30 feet (9.1 m) measured horizontally. They shall have a minimum depth of 1 foot (305 mm) and a minimum width of 3 feet (915 mm). The slope shall be approved by the building official, but shall not be less than 50 horizontal to 1 vertical (2 percent slope). The drain shall be paved with concrete not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in thickness, or by other materials suitable to the application. Discharge from the drain shall be accomplished in a manner to prevent erosion and shall be approved by the building official.

SECTION IA-154. Appendix J Section J109.5 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

J109.5 Disposal. All drainage facilities shall be designed to carry waters to the nearest practicable street, storm drain, or natural watercourse drainage way approved by the building official or other appropriate governmental agency jurisdiction provided it is a safe place to deposit such waters. Erosion of ground in the area of discharge shall be prevented by installation of non-erosive down drains or other devices. Desilting basins, filter barriers or other methods, as approved by the building official, shall be utilized to remove sediments from surface waters before such waters are allowed to enter streets, storm drains, or natural watercourses. If the 283 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
139
drainage device discharges onto natural ground, riprap or a similar energy dissipater may be required. Building pads shall have a minimum drainage gradient of 2 percent toward approved drainage facilities, a public street or drainage structure approved to receive storm waters unless waived by the building official. A lesser slope may be approved by the building official for sites graded in relatively flat terrain, or where special drainage provisions are made, when the building official finds such modification will not result in unfavorable drainage conditions.

SECTION IA-155. Appendix J Section J110.1 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

J110.1 General. The faces of cut and fill slopes shall be prepared and maintained to control erosion. This control shall consist of effective planting, erosion control blankets, soil stabilizers or other means as approved by the building official.

Exception: Erosion control measures need not be provided on cut slopes not subject to erosion due to the erosion-resistant character of the materials.

Erosion control for the slopes shall be installed as soon as practicable and prior to calling for final inspection.

SECTION IA-156. Appendix J Section J111 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION J111

REFERENCED STANDARDS
ASTM D 1557-12 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 ft-lf/ft3 (2,700kN-m/m3
)].

ASTM D 1556 Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by the Sand Cone Method
284 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
140
ASTM D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method
ASTM D 2937 Density of Soils in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method ASTM D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods SECTION IA-157. Appendix J Section J112 of Volume IA of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION J112

NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES)

COMPLIANCE
J112.1 General. All grading plans and permits shall comply with the provisions of this section and Chapters 13.42 and 13.43 of the Glendale Municipal Code for NPDES compliance including the owner of any property on which grading has been performed and which requires a grading permit under Appendix J Section J103. Sites which have been graded and which require a grading permit under Appendix J Section J103 are subject to penalties and fines per Appendix J Section J112.4. All best management practices shall be installed before grading begins or as instructed in writing by the building official for unpermitted grading as defined by Section J103.3. As grading progresses, all best management practices shall be updated as necessary to prevent erosion and control construction related pollutants from discharging from the site. All best management practices shall be maintained in good working order to the satisfaction of the building official unless final grading approval has been granted by the building official and all permanent drainage and erosion control systems, if required, are in place. 285 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
141
J112.2 Storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPPP). When requested by the building official, no grading permit shall be issued unless the plans for such work include a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan with details of best management practices, including desilting basins or other temporary drainage or control measures, or both, as may be necessary to control construction-related pollutants which originate from the site as a result of construction related activities. For unpermitted grading as defined by Section J103.3 upon written request a SWPPP in compliance with the provisions of this section and Chapters 13.42 and 13.43 of the Glendale Municipal Code for NPDES compliance shall be submitted to the building official.

J112.3 Wet weather erosion control plans (WWECP). In addition to the SWPPP required in Appendix J Section J112.2, where a grading permit is issued and it appears that the grading will not be completed prior to November 1, then on or before October 1 the owner of the site on which the grading is being performed shall file or cause to be filed with the building official a WWECP which includes specific best management practices to minimize the transport of sediment and protect public and private property from the effects of erosion, flooding or the deposition of mud, debris or construction related pollutants. The best management practices shown on the WWECP shall be installed on or before October 15. The plans shall be revised annually or as required by the building official to reflect the current site conditions. The WWECP shall be accompanied by an application for plan checking services and plan check fees equal in amount to 10 percent of the original grading permit fee.

J112.4 Storm water pollution prevention plan, effect of noncompliance. Should the owner fail to install the best management practices required by Appendix J Sections J112.2 and J112.3 or submit the wet weather erosion control plans required by Appendix J Section J112.3 by the dates specified therein, it shall be deemed that a default has occurred under the conditions of the 286 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 3_[1A] GBSC_2023_Volume IA.doc
142
grading permit security. There upon, the building official may enter the property for the purpose of installing, by city forces or by other means, the drainage, erosion control and other devices shown on the approved plans, or if there are no approved plans, as the building official may deem necessary to protect adjoining property from the effects of erosion, flooding, or the deposition of mud, debris or construction related pollutants. The building official may also cause the owner to be prosecuted as a violator of this code. The building official shall have the authority to collect the penalties imposed by this code upon determining that the site is in noncompliance. Payment of penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements of this code in the execution of the work. The following penalties may be imposed by the building official:

1. If a designed wet weather erosion control plan is not submitted as prescribed in Appendix J Section J112.3:

Grading Permit Volume Penalty
1 – 10,000 cubic yards (1 – 7645.5 m3
) $ 50.00 per day
10,001 – 100,000 cubic yards (7646.3 – 76455 m3) $250.00 per day More than 100,000 cubic yards (76455 m3) $500.00 per day

2. If the best management practices for storm water pollution prevention and wet weather erosion control are not installed as prescribed in Appendix J Sections J112.2 and J112.3 and approved by the building official:

Grading Permit Volume Penalty
1 – 10,000 cubic yards (1 – 7645.5 m3
) $ 100.00 per day
10,001 – 100,000 cubic yards (7646.3 – 76455 m3
) $250.00 per day
More than 100,000 cubic yards (76455 m3) $500.00 per day 287 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 1 VOLUME IB. RESIDENTIAL STANDARDS
SECTION IB-1. Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is amended as hereinafter provided.

SECTION IB-2. Chapter 1 Division II of the Section R104.10.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R104.10.2 Fire code official concurrence. For those cases which may affect fire or life safety in buildings regulated by the State Fire Marshall, the building official shall obtain the concurrence of the fire code official if related to fire protection systems, egress, fire department access or water supply.

SECTION IB-3. Chapter 1 Division II Section R104.11.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R104.11.2 Fire code official concurrence. For those cases which may affect fire or life safety in buildings regulated by the State Fire Marshall, the building official shall obtain the concurrence of the fire code official if related to fire protection systems, egress, fire department access or water supply.

SECTION IB-4. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.3 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose. Such application shall:

1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal 288 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 2 description, street address or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work.

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended.

4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other information as required in Section R106.1.

5. State the valuation of the proposed work.

6. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the building official.

8. Pay plan review and permit fees as required by Volume 1A Chapter 1 Division II of this Code.

SECTION IB-5. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.3.1.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R105.3.1.1 Determination of substantially improved or substantially damaged existing buildings in flood hazard areas. For applications for reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, alteration, repair or other improvement of existing buildings or structures located in a flood hazard area as established by Table R301.2(1), the building official shall examine or cause to be examined the construction documents and shall make a determination with regard to the valuation of the proposed work. For buildings that have sustained damage of any origin, the valuation of the proposed work shall include the cost to repair the building or structure to its predamaged condition. If the building official finds that the valuation of proposed work equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the building or structure before the damage has occurred or the improvement is started, the proposed work is a substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage 289 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 3 and the building official shall require existing portions of the entire building or structure to meet the requirements of Section R322.

SECTION IB-6. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.3.1.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R105.3.1.2 Small residential rooftop solar energy system review process.

A. Applicability. This Section applies to the permitting of all small residential rooftop solar energy systems, as defined herein, in the city.

B. Definitions. The following words and phrases as used in this section are defined as follows:
“Electronic submittal” means the utilization of email, facsimile, or the internet. “Small residential rooftop solar energy system” means all of the following:

1. A solar energy system that is no larger than 10 kilowatts alternating current nameplate rating or 30 kilowatts thermal.

2. A solar energy system that conforms to all applicable state fire, structural, electrical, and other building codes as adopted or amended by the city and paragraph (iii) of subdivision (c) of Section 714 of the Civil Code, as such section or subdivision may be amended, renumbered, or redesignated from time to time.

3. A solar energy system that is installed on a single or duplex family dwelling.

4. A solar panel or module array that does not exceed the maximum legal building height as defined by city.
290 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 4 “Solar energy system” has the same meaning set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 801.5 of the California Civil Code, as such section or subdivision may be amended, renumbered, or redesignated from time to time. “Specific, adverse impact” means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, and written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete.

C. Solar Energy System Requirements

1. All solar energy systems shall meet applicable health and safety standards and requirements imposed by the State of California and of the city of Glendale, including the Glendale Fire Department and the Glendale Water and power department.

2. Solar energy systems for heating water in single-family residences and for heating water in commercial or swimming pool applications shall be certified by an accredited listing agency as defined by the California Plumbing and Mechanical Code.

3. Solar energy systems for producing electricity shall meet all applicable safety and performance standards established by the California Electrical Code, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, and accredited testing laboratories such as Underwriters Laboratories and, where applicable, rules of the Public Utilities Commission regarding safety and reliability.
291 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 5 D. Expedited Permitting Process and Checklist, and Permit Fees.

1. On or before September 30, 2015, the building official shall adopt an expedited permitting process for small residential rooftop solar energy systems, including a standard plan and checklist(s) of all requirements with which small residential rooftop solar energy systems shall comply to be eligible for expedited review.

2. The checklist and all documents required for the submission of an expedited small residential solar energy system application shall be made available to the public on the City of Glendale website. The Building Official shall allow for electronic submittal of permit applications covered by this Ordinance and associated supporting documentations. In accepting such permit applications, the Building Official shall also accept electronic signatures on all forms, applications, and other documentation in lieu of a wet signature by any applicant.

3. The fees prescribed for the permitting of small residential rooftop solar energy system shall be established from time to time by resolution of the city council and shall be in compliance with Government Code Section 65850.55, Government Code Section 66015, Government Code Section 66016, and State Health and Safety Code Section 17951.

E. Prior to submitting an application for permits for a small residential rooftop solar system, the applicant shall:

1. Verify to the applicant’s reasonable satisfaction through the use of standard engineering evaluation techniques that the support structure for the small 292 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 6 residential rooftop solar energy system is stable and adequate to transfer all wind, seismic, and dead and live loads associated with the system to the building foundation; and

2. At the applicant’s cost, verify to the applicant’s reasonable satisfaction using standard electrical inspection techniques that the existing electrical system including existing line, load, ground and bonding wiring as well as main panel and subpanel sizes are adequately sized, based on the existing electrical system’s current use, to carry all new photovoltaic electrical loads.

F. An application that satisfies the information requirements in the checklist, as determined by the building official, shall be deemed complete. Upon receipt of an incomplete application, the building official shall issue a written correction notice detailing all deficiencies in the application and any additional information required to be eligible for expedited permit issuance.

G. A building official may require an applicant to apply for a use permit if the official finds, based on substantial evidence, that the solar energy system could have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health and safety. Such decisions may be appealed to the City Planning Commission. If a use permit is required, a building official may deny an application for the use permit if the official makes written findings based upon substantive evidence in the record that the proposed installation would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid, as defined, the adverse impact. Such findings shall include the basis for the rejection of the 293 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 7 potential feasible alternative for preventing the adverse impact. Such decisions may be appealed to the City Planning Commission.

H. Any condition imposed on an application shall be designed to mitigate the specific, adverse impact upon health and safety at the lowest possible cost.

I. “A feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact” includes, but is not limited to, any cost-effective method, condition, or mitigation imposed by the City on another similarly situated application in a prior successful application for a permit. The City shall use its best efforts to ensure that the selected method, condition, or mitigation meets the conditions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of Section 714 of the Civil Code defining restrictions that do not significantly increase the cost of the system or decrease its efficiency or specified performance.

J. Upon confirmation by the building official of the application and supporting documentation being complete and meeting the requirements of the checklist, the building official shall administratively approve the application and issue all required permits or authorizations. Such approval does not authorize an applicant to connect the small residential rooftop energy system to the local utility provider’s electricity grid. The applicant is responsible for obtaining such approval or permission from the local utility provider.

K. For a small residential rooftop solar energy system eligible for expedited review, only one inspection shall be required, which shall be done in a timely manner and may include a consolidated inspection by the building official and fire chief. If a small residential rooftop solar energy system fails inspection, a subsequent 294 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 8 inspection is authorized; however, the subsequent inspection need not conform to the requirements of this subsection.

SECTION IB-7. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.3.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned one-year after the date of filing unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued; except that the building official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

In granting any extension the building official may require compliance with any new regulation. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee. The new plan review fee shall be one half the amount required for a new plan review, provided no changes have been made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such abandonment has not exceeded one year. In order to renew action on an expired application the applicant shall comply with all applicable new regulations.

SECTION IB-8. Chapter 1 Division II of the Section R105.3.3 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R105.3.3 Plan review fees. When submittal documents are required by Chapter I Division II, Section R105.3, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting the submittal documents for plan review. The plan review fees specified in this section are separate fees from the permit fees specified in Chapter 1 Division II, Section R108.2 and 295 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 9 are in addition to the permit fees. When submittal documents are incomplete or changed so as to require additional plan review, or when the project involves deferred submittal items as defined in Chapter 1 Division II, Section 106.3.4, an additional plan review fee shall be charged at a rate specified by resolution.

SECTION IB-9. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.5 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R105.5. Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance or after commencement of work if more than 180 days pass between inspections. The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Work shall be considered suspended or abandoned if the building official determines that substantial work has not been performed within the time specified above. Substantial work shall be construed to mean:

1. Measurable work such as, but not limited to, the addition of footings, structural members, flooring, wall covering, etc.

2. The work mentioned in subsection 1 of this Section 105.5 above must constitute 20% of the value of the work for which the permit was issued in any 180-day period for Group R, Division 3 occupancies.

Before such work can be recommenced, a new permit shall be first obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such 296 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 10 suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one year. In order to renew action on a permit after expiration, the permittee shall pay a new permit fee and may be required to comply with all applicable new regulations at the time of issuance.

The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

SECTION IB-10. Chapter 1 Division II Section R105.8 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R105.8 Responsibility of permittee. Building permits shall be presumed to incorporate the provision that the applicant, the applicant’s agent, employees or contractors shall carry out the proposed work in accordance with the approved plans and with all requirements of this code and any other laws or regulations applicable thereto, whether specified or not. No approval shall relieve or exonerate any person from the responsibility of complying with the provisions and intent of this code.

SECTION IB-11. Chapter 1 Division II of the Section R106.3.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R106.3.4 Deferred submittals. For the purposes of this section, deferred submittals are defined as those portions of the design that are not submitted at the time of the application and that are to be submitted to the building official within a specified period.

Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior approval of the building official. The registered design professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals on the construction documents for review by the building official. Documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered design professional in responsible 297 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 11 charge who shall review them and forward them to the building official with a notation indicating that the deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and been found to be in general conformance to the design of the building. The deferred submittal items shall not be installed until the deferred submittal documents have been approved by the building official.

SECTION IB-12. Chapter 1 Division II Section R108.6 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R108.6 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences work requiring a permit on a building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee in addition to the normally established permit fee, equal to 100% of such normally established permit fee, or as otherwise determined by the building official.

SECTION IB-13. Chapter 1 Division II Section R109.1.5.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R109.1.5.4 Structural observation. For structural observation, see Section 1704 of Volume IA.

SECTION IB-14. Chapter 1 Division II Section R109.1.5.5 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R109.1.5.5 Sound transmission control. Fire-resistance-rated construction inspection. Where fire-resistance-rated construction is required between dwelling units or due to location on property, the building official shall require an inspection of such construction after all lathing and/or wallboard is in place, but before any plaster is applied, or before wall-board joints and fasteners are taped and finished. Protection of joints and 298 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 12 penetrations in fire resistance rated assemblies shall not be concealed from view until inspected and approved.

SECTION IB-15. Chapter 1 Division II Section R109.5 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R109.5 Reinspections. A reinspection fee may be assessed for each inspection or reinspection when such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when corrections called for are not made.

This section shall not be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to comply with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for such inspection or reinspection.

Reinspection fees may be assessed when the approved plans and inspection card are not readily available to the inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for which inspection is requested, or deviation from plans requiring the approval of the Building Official.

To obtain a reinspection, the applicant shall pay the re-inspection fee in accordance with a fee schedule adopted by this jurisdiction.

SECTION IB-16. Chapter 1 Division II Section R112 and all subsections thereof of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

SECTION R112

BUILDING AND FIRE BOARD OF APPEALS
299 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 13 R112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the building official or the fire code official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a joint building and fire board of appeals in accordance with Section 113 of Volume IA of this Code (hereinafter referred to as the “board”).

SECTION IB-17. Chapter 1 Division II Section R113.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R113.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move, remove, demolish, or occupy, or maintain any building, structure or equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code. Maintenance of a building or structure which was unlawful at the time it was constructed and which would be unlawful under this Code if constructed after the effective date of such Code, shall constitute a continuing violation of such Code.

SECTION IB-18. Chapter 1 Division II Section R113.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable by a fine of not more than $1,000 or by imprisonment of not more than 6 months, or by both such fine and imprisonment. 300 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 14 Such penalty and imprisonment shall not preclude the imposition of any other administrative or judicial civil, or criminal remedies under state, federal or local laws.

SECTION IB-19. Chapter 1 Division II Section R114.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R114.1 Notice to owner or the owner’s authorized agent. Upon notice from the building official that work on any building or structure is being executed contrary to the provisions of this code or other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction or in an unsafe and dangerous manner, such work shall be immediately stopped. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the owner’s authorized agent or to the person performing the work and shall state the conditions under which work will be permitted to resume.

SECTION IB-20. Chapter 1 Division II Section R114.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R114.2 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue any work in or about the structure after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. Such work shall constitute a continuing violation of this Code.

SECTION IB-21. Chapter 1 Division II Section R115 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION R115

UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
R115.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of inadequate means of egress facilities, 301 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 15 inadequate light and ventilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as the building official deems necessary and as provided for in this section. A vacant structure that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe.

R115.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition.

R115.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the building official shall serve on the owner, agent or person in control of the structure, a written notice that describes the condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to the building official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the order.

R115.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed properly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner personally; (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt requested; or (c) delivered in any other manner as prescribed by local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the owner's agent or upon the person responsible for the structure shall constitute service of notice upon the owner.
302 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 16 R115.5 Restoration. The structure or equipment determined to be unsafe by the building official is permitted to be restored to a safe condition. To the extent that repairs, alterations or additions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, additions or change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of Section 105.2.2 and Existing Building Code of Volume IC of this Code.

R115.6 Non-Compliance. Upon failure to comply with the order within the time specified herein, and if no appeal has been properly and timely filed, the building official shall file in the office of the County Recorder a certificate describing the property and certifying (i) that the building is an unsafe building and (ii) that the owner has been notified. Whenever the corrections ordered shall thereafter have been completed or the building demolished so that it no longer exists as an unsafe building on the property described in the certificate, the building official shall file a new certificate with the County Recorder certifying that the building has been demolished or all required corrections have been made so that the building is no longer unsafe, whichever is appropriate.

R115.7 Vacated Buildings. Any unsafe building ordered vacated in accordance with this section shall not be reoccupied until the unsafe conditions have been eliminated. Each such vacated building shall be locked and otherwise secured against entry and the building official shall post thereon a placard stating: “DO NOT ENTER, UNSAFE TO OCCUPY, CITY OF GLENDALE.” Such notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition or removal are completed. Such notice shall not be removed without written permission of the building official and no person shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the building. 303 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 17 SECTION IB-22. Chapter 1 Division II Section R116 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION R116

CONSTRUCTION TOILET FACILITIES
R116 Temporary Construction Toilets. Toilet Facilities Required. No person shall commence or proceed with the erection, construction, alteration, repair, raising, adding to, removal, or demolition of any building or structure unless adequate, suitable, sanitary toilet facilities under the control of such person are provided for the use of any person employed or working upon such building or structure. Such toilet facilities shall be located upon or within a reasonable distance of the lot, premises, or site upon which such work is being done. In no case shall the line of travel to any facility exceed 500 feet (153 M). Toilets may not be placed on the public way.

R116.1 Toilet Standards. Every toilet shall be of water flush type and shall be connected to a public sewer or private sewage disposal system built in accordance with the provisions of the Plumbing Code. All toilet structures shall be self-closing; the toilet floor shall be smooth, and screened ventilation shall be provided for the toilet compartment.

Where workmen are employed during night hours, the toilet building shall be provided with artificial light. In lieu of flush water closets approved chemical toilets may be provided. Toilets may not be located within 10’ (3054 mm) of a property line.

SECTION IB-23. Chapter 1 Division II Section R117 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION R117

ON SITE CONSTRUCTION TRASH AND DEBRIS CONTROL
304 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 18 R117 On Site Construction Trash and Debris Control Facilities Required.

No person shall commence or proceed with erection, construction, alteration, repair, raising, adding to, removal, or demolition of any building or structure unless adequate, suitable on site trash and debris control facilities under the control of such person are provided for the use of any person employed or working upon such building or structure.

On site trash and debris control shall consist of at least a roll off 523 ft³ (15m³) bin. The container shall be emptied often enough so that no storage of trash is outside the bin. The bin shall be removed from the site after the building has passed final inspection or within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the building permit.

Exception: Additions, less than 900 ft ² (84m²), and alterations to Group R, Division 3 occupancies and Group U occupancies need not provide a roll off bin but must store trash and debris in the rear yard in quantities less than 10 ft (3m) wide by 10 ft (3m) long by 4 ft (1.2m) high. All trash and debris whether or not in containers shall be kept 3 ft (912mm) from adjacent property lines.

SECTION IB-24. Chapter 1 Division II Section R118 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION R118

DISASTER REPAIR AND RECONSTRUCTION
R118.1 Intent. This section establishes standards and regulations for the expeditious repair and reconstruction of structures damaged as a result of a disaster for which a local emergency has been declared by the City Council. This section does not allow exemptions from the Building, Fire, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, other Codes, or standards.
305 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 19 R118.2 Applications of Provisions.

R118.2.1 The provisions of this section are applicable following each disaster when a local emergency has been declared by the City Council to all buildings and structures of all occupancies regulated by the City of Glendale. The Council may extend the provisions as necessary.

R118.2.2 When approved by the building official, the requirements of this section may be waived in favor of repair recommendations included in an engineering evaluation as defined in Section R118.3.

R118.3 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this Section R118, the following definitions apply:

R118.3.1 “ARCHITECT” means an individual licensed by the State of California to practice architecture as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code.

R118.3.2 “CIVIL ENGINEER” means an individual registered by the State of California to practice civil engineering as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code.

R118.3.3 “CURRENT CODE” means the edition of the California Residential Code, published by the International Code Council, as adopted by the City of Glendale as the Glendale Building and Safety Code, as amended. The edition of said Glendale Building and Safety Code to be applied shall be that edition in effect at the time of the declaration of a local emergency by the City Council.

R118.3.4 “ENGINEERING EVALUATION” means an evaluation of a damaged building or structure, or suspected damaged building or structure, performed under the direction of a structural engineer, civil engineer, or architect retained by the owner of the 306 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 20 building or structure. Engineering evaluations shall, at a minimum, contain recommendations for repair with appropriate opinion of construction cost for those repairs.

R118.3.5 “REPLACEMENT VALUE” means the dollar value, as determined by the building official, of replacing the damaged structure with a new structure of the same size, construction material and occupancy on the same site.

R118.3.6 “STRUCTURAL ENGINEER” means an individual registered by the State of California to practice civil engineering and to use the title structural engineer as defined in the State of California Business and Professions Code. R118.3.7 “VALUE OF REPAIR” means the dollar value, as determined by the building official, of making the necessary repairs to the damaged building.

R118.4 Repair Criteria.

R118.4.1 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1 Division II, Section R115.

R118.4.2 Building and structures of all occupancies which have been damaged as a result of a disaster, except as otherwise noted, shall be repaired in accordance with the following criteria:

1. When the estimated value of repair does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the replacement value of the structure, the damaged portion(s) may be restored to their pre-disaster condition.

Exception: When the damaged elements include suspended
ceiling systems, the ceiling system shall be repaired and all bracing required by current code shall be installed.
307 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 21 2. When the estimated value of repair is greater than ten percent (10%) but less than fifty percent (50%) of the replacement value of the structure, the damaged elements, as well as all critical ties, supported elements and supporting elements associated with the damaged elements, shall be repaired and/or brought into conformance with the structural requirements of the current Code.

3. When the estimated value of repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the replacement value of the structure, the entire structure shall be brought into conformance with the structural requirements of the current Code.

4. In Group R, Division 3 occupancies, the repair value of damaged chimneys shall be excluded from the computation of percentage of replacement value. Damaged chimneys shall be repaired in accordance with Chapter 1 Division II, Section 118.5.

R118.5 Repair Criteria for Chimneys.

R118.5.1 All damaged chimneys must be repaired or reconstructed to comply with the requirements of Section 2113 of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023. Damaged portions of chimneys shall be removed in accordance with the following criteria:

1. When the damaged portion of the chimney is located between the roof line and the top of the chimney, the damaged portion shall be removed to the roof line provided the roof and ceiling anchorage are in sound condition. 308 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 22 2. For a single-story structure in which the damaged portion of the chimney is below the roof line or the damaged portion extends from above the roof line to below the roof line, the chimney shall be removed to the top of the fire box.

3. For a multi-story structure, the damaged portion of the chimney shall be removed from the top to a floor line where sound anchorage is found.

4. In any structure where the firebox has been damaged, the entire chimney and firebox shall be removed to the foundation. If this foundation is in sound condition, the firebox and chimney may be reconstructed using the existing foundation. If the foundation has been damaged, the foundation shall be removed and replaced.

R118.5.2 Where existing conditions preclude the installation of all anchorage required by Section 2113 of Volume IA of this Code, alternate systems may be used in accordance with the alternate methods and materials provisions of said Code when approved by the building official. Such alternate systems shall be designed and detailed by a structural engineer, civil engineer, or architect.

R118.6 Repair Criteria for Unreinforced Masonry Buildings and Structures.

R118.6.1 All buildings as described in Appendix Chapter A1, Section A102.1 of the California Existing Building Code of Volume IC of the Glendale Building and Safety Code that are damaged shall be repaired and strengthened in accordance with provisions of Chapter 1 Division II, Section R118.4.
118.6.2 Unreinforced masonry buildings damaged less than 50% shall be repaired in accordance with California Existing Building Code, Appendix Chapter A1, Seismic 309 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 23 Strengthening Provisions for Unreinforced Masonry Bearing Wall Buildings of Volume IC of this Code.

SECTION IB-25. Chapter 1 Division II Section R119 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

SECTION R119

SANDBLASTING
R119.1. Sandblasting: Definition. As used in this article, unless the context expressly indicates otherwise, "sandblasting" shall mean the use of air, steam or water containing sand to clean, grind, or cut hard surfaces.

R119.2. Dry Sandblasting. Dry sandblasting is prohibited unless authorized by special permission from the building official endorsed upon a permit. Permission for dry sandblasting may be granted only when it is not possible to employ wet sandblasting. When dry sandblasting is permitted, the building official may impose such reasonable and related conditions as he or she may deem necessary for the protection of the public and the adjacent property.

R119.3. Use of Canvas. Sandblasting operations shall, at all times, be separated from all adjacent property by canvas or other suitable barrier to prevent the splashing or blowing of water and/or sand thereupon.

R119.4. Stoppage of Work. The building official may order the immediate stoppage of sandblasting for failure to comply with any provision of this chapter. Failure of any person to comply immediately with such order shall constitute a misdemeanor.

SECTION IB-26. Chapter 1 Division II Section R120 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:
310 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 24 SECTION R120

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS
R120.1 Protections required. Pedestrians shall be protected during construction, remodeling and demolition activities as required by this section. Signs shall be provided to direct pedestrian traffic.

R120.2 Walkways. A walkway shall be provided for pedestrian travel in front of every construction and demolition site unless the applicable governing authority authorizes the sidewalk to be fenced or closed. Walkways shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but in no case shall they be less than 5 feet (1524 mm) in width.

Walkways shall be provided with a durable walking surface. Walkways shall be accessible in accordance with the California Building Code Chapter 11A or 11B as applicable, and shall be designed to support all imposed loads and in no case shall the design live load be less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7.2 kN/m²).

SECTION IB-27. Section R301.1.3.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R301.1.3.1 California licensed architect or engineer.

All construction documents submitted for permit shall be approved and stamped by a California licensed architect or engineer.

Exception: When the building official determines, based upon a review of the construction documents submitted, that the scope of work is minor in nature.

SECTION IB-28. Section R301.1.3.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding engineered design for woodframe structures greater than two-stories, is hereby amended.
311 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 25 R301.1.3.2 Woodframe structures. The building official shall require construction documents to be approved and stamped by a California licensed architect or engineer for all dwellings of woodframe construction more than two stories and basement in height located in Seismic Design Category A, B or C. Notwithstanding other sections of law, the law establishing these provisions is found in Business and Professions Code Sections 5537 and 6737.1.

The building official shall require construction documents to be approved and stamped by a California licensed architect or engineer for all dwellings of woodframe construction more than one story in height or with a basement located in Seismic Design Category D0, D1, or D2.

SECTION IB-29. Section R301.1.3.3 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding engineered design for structures other than woodframe, is hereby repealed.

SECTION IB-30. Section R301.1.5 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R301.1.5 Seismic design provisions for buildings constructed on or into slopes steeper than one-unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3 percent slope). The design and construction of new buildings and additions to existing buildings when constructed on or into slopes steeper than one-unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3 percent slope) shall comply with Section 1613.6 of Volume IA of this Code. 312 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 26 SECTION IB-31. Table R301.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

TABLE R301.2(1) CLIMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DESIGN CRITERIA GROUND
SNOW
LOAD

WIND DESIGN

SEISMIC
DESIGN
CATEGORYf

SUBJECT TO DAMAGE
FROM
WINTER
DESIGN
TEMPe

ICE BARRIER

UNDERLAYMENT
REQUIREDh
FLOOD
HAZARDSg
AIR

FREEZING
INDEXi
MEAN
ANNUAL
TEMPj
Speedd
(mph)
Topographic
effectsk
Special
wind
regionl
Windborne
debris
zonem Weatheringa
Frost
line
depthb Termitec
0 110 No No No See Footnote f Negligible 12 in. N/A 47oF No See Footnote g None 63.9 MANUAL J DESIGN CRITERIAn
Elevation Latitude
Winter
Heating
Summer
cooling
Altitude
Correction factor
Indoor design
Temperature
Design
Temperature cooling
Heating temperature
differences
----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Cooling
Temperature difference
Wind
Velocity heating
Wind
Velocity cooling
Coincident
wet bulb
Daily
range
Winter
humidity
Summer
humidity -----
----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s. a. Where weathering requires a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to satisfy the structural requirements of this code, the frost line depth strength required for weathering shall govern. The weathering column shall be filled in with the weathering index, "negligible," "moderate" or "severe" for concrete as determined from Figure R301.2(4). The grade of masonry units shall be determined from ASTM C34, C55, C62, C73, C90, C129, C145, C216 or C652. b. Where the frost line depth requires deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403.1(1), the frost line depth strength required for weathering shall govern. The jurisdiction shall fill in the frost line depth column with the minimum depth of footing below finish grade.
c. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table to indicate the need for protection depending on whether there has been a history of local subterranean termite damage. 313 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 27 d. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the wind speed from the basic wind speed map [FigureR301.2(5)A].Wind exposure category shall be determined on a site-specific basis in accordance with Section R301.2.1.4. e. Temperatures shall be permitted to reflect local climates or local weather experience as determined by the building official. [Also see Figure R301.2(1).10] f. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the seismic design category determined from Section R301.2.2.1. See Mapped acceleration and other seismic design parameters at the USGS Web site.
g. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with (a) the date of the jurisdiction's entry into the National Flood Insurance Program (date of adoption of the first code or ordinance for management of flood hazard areas), (b) the date(s) of the Flood Insurance Study and (c) the panel numbers and dates of all currently effective FIRMs and FBFMs or other flood hazard map adopted by the authority having jurisdiction, as amended.

The City of Glendale (Community No. 065030) has participated as a regular member in the NFIP since August 31, 1984
Date of the Flood Insurance Study: September 26, 2008
FIRM Numbers, Dates:
06037C1095E, September 30, 2005
06037C1125F, September 30, 2005
06037C1335E, September 30, 2005
06037C1345E, September 30, 2005
06037C1375E, September 30, 2005
06037C1610E, September 30, 2005
06037C1626E, September 30, 2005
h. In accordance with Sections R905.1.2, R905.4.3.1, R905.5.3.1, R905.6.3.1, R905.7.3.1 and R905.8.3.1, where there has been a history of local damage from the 314 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 28 effects of ice damming, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "YES." Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "NO." i. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the 100-year return period air freezing index (BF-days) from Figure R403.3(2) or from the 100-year (99%) value on the National Climatic Data Center data table "Air Freezing Index- USA Method (Base 32°)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.
j. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the mean annual temperature from the National Climatic Data Center data table "Air Freezing Index-USA Method (Base 32°F)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.
k. In accordance with Section R301.2.1.5, where there is local historical data documenting structural damage to buildings due to topographic wind speed-up effects, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "YES." Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall indicate "NO" in this part of the table. l. In accordance with Figure R301.2(4)A, where there is local historical data documenting unusual wind conditions, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with “YES” and identify any specific requirements. Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall indicate “NO” in this part of the table.
m. In accordance with Section R301.2.1.2, the jurisdiction shall indicate the wind-borne debris wind zone(s). Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall indicate “NO” in this part of the table.
n. The jurisdiction shall fill in this section of the table to establish the design criteria using Table of 1a or 1b from ACCA Manuel J or established criteria determine by the jurisdiction.
315 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 29 o. The jurisdiction shall fill in this section of the table using the Ground Snow Loads in Figure R301.2(6).

SECTION IB-32. Section R301.2.2.6 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R301.2.2.6 Irregular buildings. The seismic provisions of this code shall not be used for structures, or portions thereof, located in Seismic Design Categories C, D0, D1 and D2 and considered to be irregular in accordance with this section. A building or portion of a building shall be considered to be irregular where one or more of the conditions defined in Items 1 through 7 occur. Irregular structures, or irregular portions of structures, shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to the extent the irregular features affect the performance of the remaining structural system. When the forces associated with the irregularity are resisted by a structural system designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice, the remainder of the building shall be permitted to be designed using the provisions of this code.

1. Shear wall lines or braced wall offsets out of plane. Conditions where exterior shear wall lines or braced wall panels are not in one plane vertically from the foundation to the uppermost story in which they are required.

2. Lateral support of roofs and floors. Conditions where a section of floor or roof is not laterally supported by shear walls or braced wall lines on all edges.

Exception: Portions of floors that do not support shear walls, braced wall panels above, or roofs shall be permitted to extend no more than 6 feet (1829 mm) beyond a shear wall or braced wall line.
316 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 30 3. Shear wall or braced wall offsets in plane. Conditions where the end of a braced wall panel occurs over an opening in the wall below. Floor and roof opening. Conditions where an opening in a floor or roof exceeds the lesser of 12 feet (368 mm) or 50 percent of the least floor or roof dimensions.

4. Floor level offset. Conditions where portions of a floor level are vertically offset.

6. Perpendicular shear wall and wall bracing. Conditions where shear walls and braced wall lines do not occur in two perpendicular directions.

7. Wall bracing in stories containing masonry or concrete construction.

Conditions where stories above grade plane partially or completely braced by wood wall framing in accordance with Section R602 or cold-formed steel wall framing in accordance with Section R603 include masonry or concrete construction. When this irregularity applies, the entire story shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

Exception: Fireplaces, chimneys and masonry veneer as permitted by this code.

8. Hillside light-frame construction. Conditions in which all of the following apply:

8.1. The grade slope exceeds 1 unit vertical in 5 units horizontal where averaged across the full length of any side of the dwelling.

8.2. The tallest cripple wall clear height exceeds 7 feet (2134 mm), or where a post and beam system occurs at the dwelling perimeter, the post and beam system tallest post clear height exceeds 7 feet (2134 mm)

8.3. Of the total plan area below the lowest framed floor, whether open of enclosed, less than 50 percent is living space having interior wall finished conforming to Section R702.
317 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 31 Where Item 8 is applicable, design in accordance with accepted engineering practice shall be provided for the floor immediately above the cripple walls or post and beam system and all structural elements and connections from this diaphragm down to and including connections to the foundation to transfer lateral loads from the framing above.

Exception: Light-frame construction in which the lowest framed floor is supported directly on concrete or masonry walls over the full length of all sides except the downhill side of the dwelling need not be considered an irregular dwelling under Item

8. SECTION IB-33. Section R301.2.2.11 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R301.2.2.11 Anchorage of mechanical, electrical, or plumbing components and equipment. Mechanical, electrical, or plumbing components and equipment shall be anchored to the structure. Anchorage of the components and equipment shall be designed to resist loads in accordance with the California Building Code and ASCE 7, except where the component is positively attached to the structure and flexible connections are provided between the component and associated ductwork, piping, and conduit; and either

1. The component weighs 400 lb (1,780 N) or less and has a center of mass located 4 ft (1.22 m) or less above the supporting structure; or

2. The component weighs 20 lb (89N) or less or, in the case of a distributed system, 5 lb/ft (73 N/m) or less.
318 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 32 SECTION IB-34. Section R302.1.1 of Volume 1B of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2020, is hereby added to read as follows:

R302.1.1 Construction on contiguous lots under same ownership or occupancy. In those cases, where lots, or portions of lots, contiguous to one another are owned or occupied by the same person, such lots, or portions of lots, may be considered one lot for the purpose of enforcing Section R302.1, Table R302.1(1), R302.1(2) and Table R302.6 of this Code, in such event, the owner of said lots shall be required to execute and record a covenant and agreement with the City to the satisfaction of the building official on a form approved by the City Attorney. Said covenant and agreement shall, among other things, provide that said lots or portions of lots shall remain as one parcel and the owner thereof shall not sell, transfer or in any way sever any portion of said lots or portions of lots independently from the remaining lots or portions of lots until or unless released from the covenant and agreement by the city. Said covenant and agreement shall be recorded by the Los Angeles County Recorder, shall run with the lot or portions of lots, and shall be binding upon the owner, future owners, encumbrancers, successors, heirs, and assigns. An easement for right of way purposes shall not constitute ownership or occupancy under this Section R302.1.1. The building official is hereby authorized to execute such agreements on behalf of the City.

SECTION IB-35. Section R313 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding automatic sprinkler systems is hereby repealed in its entirety and is hereby replaced with the following:

SECTION R313

AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
319 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 33 R313.1 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new and existing buildings and structures shall be provided in accordance with this section.

R313.2 New occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in all new occupancies.

R313.3 Existing occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed and maintained in all existing occupancies and new sections of any existing building whenever alterations exceed fifty percent (50%) of the replacement value, as determined by the building official. Alteration values shall be cumulative with each application for a building permit within the previous five years.

SECTION IB-36. Section R314.6 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding smoke alarm power source is hereby amended to read as follows.

R314.6 Power source. Single-station smoke alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring provided that such wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup. Smoke alarms with integral strobes that are not equipped with battery backup shall be connected to an emergency electrical system.

Smoke alarms shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for overcurrent protection.

Exceptions:

1. In buildings constructed under editions of the Glendale Building and Safety Code prior to the 1992 edition, smoke alarms other than those located in the corridor or area giving access to each sleeping area are permitted to be solely battery operated provided no construction or construction requiring a permit 320 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 34 not exceeding $1000 has taken place, and alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of interior walls or ceiling finishes exposing the structure, unless there is an attic, crawl space or basement available which could provide access for building wiring without the removal of interior finishes.

2. Group R Division 3 occupancies in existence prior to 1973 may utilize smoke alarms that are solely battery powered provided no construction or construction requiring a permit, not exceeding $1000 has taken place, and alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of interior walls or ceiling finishes exposing the structure, unless there is an attic, crawl space or basement available which could provide access for building wiring without the removal of interior finishes.

3. Smoke alarms that receive their primary power from the building’s existing wiring from a commercial source may remain in service without being provided with battery backup. Any smoke alarm that is replaced for any reason shall be provided with battery backup.

SECTION IB-37. Section R319.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding address numbers is hereby amended to read as follows.

R319.1 Address numbers. Buildings shall be provided with approved address identification. The address identification shall be legible and placed in a position that is visible from the street or road fronting the property. Address identification characters shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabetical letters. Numbers shall not be spelled out. Each character shall be not less than 4 inches (102mm) in height with a stroke width of not less than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). 321 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 35 Where required by the fire code official, address identification shall be provided in additional approved locations to facilitate emergency response. Where access is by means of a private road and the building address cannot be viewed from the public way, a monument, pole or other sign or means shall be used to identify the structure. Address identification shall be maintained. Address numbers shall be illuminated in an approved manner.

SECTION IB-38. Section R401.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R401.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall control the design and construction of the foundation and foundation spaces for buildings. In addition to the provisions of this chapter, the design and construction of foundations in flood hazard areas as established by Table R301.2 shall meet the provisions of Section R322.

Wood foundations shall be designed and installed in accordance with AWC PWF.

Exception: The provisions of this chapter shall be permitted to be used for wood foundations only in the following situations:

1. In buildings that have no more than two floors and a roof.

2. When interior basement and foundation walls are constructed at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm).

Wood foundations in Seismic Design Category D0, D1 or D2 shall not be permitted.

Exception: In non-occupied, single-story, detached storage sheds and similar uses other than carport or garage, provided the gross floor area does not exceed 200 square feet, the plate height does not exceed 12 feet in height above the grade plane at any point, and the maximum roof projection does not exceed 24 inches. 322 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 36 SECTION IB-39. Section R401.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R401.4 Soil tests. Geotechnical report shall be required for all new construction including new buildings, additions and accessory structures. Any testing shall be done by an approved agency using an approved method.

Exceptions:

1. Buildings and structures not located in the Wildland Urban Interface (WUI) areas, seismic hazard zone, Alquist-Priolo zone or adjacent to slopes greater than 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical, and all 1-story additions less than 500 square feet or ancillary structures less than 500 square feet. The foundation design and footings shall comply with the following:
a. Soils bearing value shall be a maximum of 1500 pounds per square foot. b. The footing shall be a minimum of 18” wide with a minimum 24” embedment into natural grade or certified fill. One (1) #4 continuous horizontal reinforcement bar shall be located at the top, at the middle and at the bottom of the new footing.

SECTION IB-40. Section R401.5 of Volume 1B of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R401.5 Grading. Grading requirements shall be in compliance with Appendix J, GRADING, of Volume IA of this Code.

SECTION IB-41. Section R402.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, wood foundation systems, is hereby repealed. 323 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 37 SECTION IB-42. Section R403.1.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R403.1.2 Continuous footing in Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2. Exterior walls of buildings located in Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2 shall be supported by continuous solid or fully grouted masonry or concrete footings. Required interior braced wall panels in buildings located in Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2 shall be supported on continuous foundations.

SECTION IB-43. Figure R403.1(2) of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding permanent wood foundation basement wall section, is hereby repealed.

SECTION IB-44. Figure R403.1(3) of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding permanent wood foundation crawl space section, is hereby repealed.

SECTION IB-45. Section R403.1.3.6 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R403.1.3.6 Isolated concrete footings. In detached one- and two-family dwellings located in Seismic Design Category A, B, or C, that are three stories or less in height and constructed with stud bearing walls, isolated plain concrete footings supporting columns or pedestals are permitted.

SECTION IB-46. Section R403.1.5 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R403.1.5 Slope. The top surface of footings shall be level. The bottom surface of footings shall not have a slope exceeding one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10- 324 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 38 percent slope). Footings shall be stepped where it is necessary to change the elevation of the top surface of the footings or where the slope of the bottom surface of the footings will exceed one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10-percent slope).

For structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 or D2, stepped footings shall be reinforced with four No. 4 rebar. Two bars shall be place at the top and bottom of the footings as shown in Figure R403.1.5.

FIGURE R403.1.5

STEPPED FOOTING
SECTION IB-47. Section R404.2 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R404.2 Wood foundation walls. Wood foundation walls shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Sections R404.2.1 through R404.2.6 and with the details shown in Figures R403.1(2) and R403.1(3). Wood foundation walls shall not be used for structures located in Seismic Design Category D0, D1 or D2.

R404.2.1 Identification. Load-bearing lumber shall be identified by the grade mark of a lumber grading or inspection agency which has been approved by an accreditation 325 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 39 body that complies with DOC PS 20. In lieu of a grade mark, a certificate of inspection issued by a lumber grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements of this section shall be accepted. Wood structural panels shall conform to DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 and shall be identified by a grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency.

R404.2.2 Stud size. The studs used in foundation walls shall be 2-inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) members. When spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center, a wood species with an Fb value of not less than 1,250 pounds per square inch (8619 kPa) as listed in ANSI AWC NDS shall be used. When spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center, an Fb of not less than 875 psi (6033 kPa) shall be required.

R404.2.3 Height of backfill. For wood foundations that are not designed and installed in accordance with AWC PWF, the height of backfill against a foundation wall shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm). When the height of fill is more than 12 inches (305 mm) above the interior grade of a crawl space or floor of a basement, the thickness of the plywood sheathing shall meet the requirements of Table R404.2.3.

R404.2.4 Backfilling. Wood foundation walls shall not be backfilled until the basement floor and first floor have been constructed or the walls have been braced. For crawl space construction, backfill or bracing shall be installed on the interior of the walls prior to placing backfill on the exterior.

R404.2.5 Drainage and dampproofing. Wood foundation basements shall be drained and dampproofed in accordance with Sections R405 and R406, respectively.

R404.2.6 Fastening. Wood structural panel foundation wall sheathing shall be attached to framing in accordance with Table R602.3(l) and Section R402.1.1. 326 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 40 SECTION IB-48. Section R501.1 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:

R501.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall control the design and construction of the floors for buildings, including the floors of attic spaces used to house mechanical or plumbing fixtures and equipment. Mechanical or plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be attached (or anchored) to the structure in accordance with Section R301.2.2.11.

SECTION IB-49. Section R503.2.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added to read as follows:

R503.2.4 Openings in horizontal diaphragms. Openings in horizontal diaphragms with a dimension perpendicular to the joist that is greater than 4 feet (1.2 m) shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R503.2.4.
327 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 41 SECTION IB-50. Figure R503.2.4 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby added as follows:

FIGURE R503.2.4

OPENINGS IN HORIZONTAL DIAPHRAGMS
a. Blockings shall be provided beyond headers.
b. Metal ties not less than 0.058 inch [1.47 mm (16 galvanized gage)] by 1.5 inches (38 mm) wide with eight 16d common nails on each side of the header-joist intersection. The metal ties shall have a minimum yield of 33,000 psi (227 MPa). c. Openings in diaphragms shall be further limited in accordance with Section R301.2.2.2.6.
328 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 42 SECTION IB-51. Section R503.3 of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, regarding particleboard, is hereby repealed.

SECTION IB-52. Table R602.3(1) of Volume IB of the Glendale Building and Safety Code, 2023, is hereby amended to read as follows:
(TABLE ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
329 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 43 TABLE R602.3(1)

FASTENING SCHEDULE

ITEM DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND TYPE
OF FASTENERSa, b, c SPACING AND LOCATIONS
Roof
1 Blocking between ceiling joist, rafters or trusses to top plate or other framing below
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
Toe nail
Blocking between rafters or truss not at the wall top plates, to rafter or truss
2-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
2-3” x 0.131” nails Each end toe nail
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails End nail
Flat blocking to truss and web filler 16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or 3” x 0.131” nails
6” o.c. face nail
2 Ceiling joist to top plate
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
Per joist, toe nail
3 Ceiling joist not attached to parallel rafter, laps over partitions (See Section R802.5.2 and Table R802.5.2)
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”) or
3-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail
4 Ceiling joist not attached to parallel rafter (heel joint) (See Section R802.5.2 and Table R802.5.2) Table R802.5.2 Face nail 5 Collar tie to rafter, face nail
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”) or
3-10d common (3” x 0.148”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail each rafter
6 Rafter or roof truss to plate
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
3-10d common (3” x 0.148”); or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
2 toe nails on one side and 1 toe
nail on opposite side of each rafter
or truss
7 Roof rafters to ridge, valley or hip rafters or roof rafter to minimum 2” ridge beam
4-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
3-10d common (3” x 0.148”); or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
Toe nail
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
End nail
Wall
8 Stud to stud (not at braced wall panels)
16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) 24” o.c. face nail
10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3” x 0.131” nails 16” o.c. face nail
9 Stud to stud and abutting studs at intersecting wall corners (at braced wall panels)
16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”); or
3” x 0.131” nails 12” o.c. face nail
16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) 16” o.c. face nail
10 Built-up header (2” to 2” header with ½” spacer
16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) 16” o.c. each edge face nail 16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) 12” o.c. each edge face nail
11 Continuous header to stud
5-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
4-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
Toe nail
12 Adjacent full-height stud to end of header
4-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
3-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
End nail
13 Top plate to top plate
16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) 16” o.c. face nail
10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3” x 0.131” nails
12” o.c. face nail
14 Double top plate splice
8-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) or
12-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”); or
12-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
12-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail on each side of end joint
(minimum 24” lap splice length
each side of end joint)
(Continued)
330 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 44 TABLE R602.3(1) - continued

FASTENING SCHEDULE

ITEM DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND TYPE
OF FASTENERSa, b, c SPACING AND LOCATIONS
Roof
15 Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, band joist or
blocking (not at braced wall panels)
16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) 16” o.c. face nail
16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”); or
3” x 0.131” nails 12” o.c. face nail
16 Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, band joist or
blocking (at braced wall panels)
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
16” o.c. face nail
17 Top of bottom plate to stud
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
4-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
Toe nail
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”); or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
End nail
18 Top plates, laps at corners and intersections
3-10d common (3” x 0.148”); or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail
19 1” brace to each stud and plate
3-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
2-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
2-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
2 staples 1-3/4”
Face nail
20k 1” x 6” sheathing to each bearing
3-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
2-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
2-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
2 staples, 1” crown, 16 ga., 1-3/4” long
Face nail
21k 1” x 8” and wider sheathing to each bearing
3-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3 staples, 1” crown, 16 ga., 1-3/4” long Face nail
Wider than 1” x 8”
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4 staples, 1” crown, 16 ga., 1-3/4” long
Floor
22 Joist to sill, top plate or girder
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
3-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
Toe nail
23 Rim joist, band joist or blocking to sill or top
plate (roof applications also)
4-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) 4” o.c. toe nail
8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3” x 0.131” nails
6” o.c. toe nail
24k 1” x 6” subfloor or less to each joist
3-8d box (2-1/2” x 0.113”) or
2-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
2 staples, 1” crown, 16 ga., 1-3/4” long
Face nail
(Continued)
331 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 45 TABLE R602.3(1) - continued

FASTENING SCHEDULE

ITEM DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND TYPE
OF FASTENERSa, b, c SPACING AND LOCATIONS
Roof
25 2” subfloor to joist or girder
16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”); or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) Blind and face nail
26 2” planks (plank & beam – floor & roof)
3-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
2-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) At each bearing, face nail 27 Band or rim joist to joist
3-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails; or
4-3 x 14 ga. staples, 7/16” crown
End nail
28 Band or rim joist to joist
20d common (4” x 0.192”); or
Nail each layer as follows: 32” o.c.

At top and bottom and staggered.
10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3” x 0.131” nails; or
24” o.c. face nail at top and bottom
Staggered on opposite sides.

And:
2-20d common (4” x 0.192”); or
3-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
3-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail at ends and at each splice
29 Ledger strip supporting joists or rafters
4-16d box (3-1/2” x 0.135”) or
3-16d common (3-1/2” x 0.162”) or
4-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
4-3” x 0.131” nails
Face nail at ends and at splice
30 Bridging or blocking to joist, rafter or truss
2-10d box (3” x 0.128”); or
2-8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”); or
2-3” x 0.131” nails
Each end, toe nail
ITEM

DESCRIPTION

OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND
TYPE OF FASTENERa, b, c

SPACING OF FASTENERS
Edges
(Inches)h
Intermediate
Supports c, a
(inches)
Wood structural panels, subfloor, roof and interior wall sheathing to framing [see Table R602.3(3) for wood structural panel exterior wall sheathing to wall framing] 31 3/8” – ½”
6d common or deformed
(2” x 0.113” x 0.266 head); or
2-3/8” x 0.113 x 0.266” head nail
(subfloor, wall)J
6 6f
8d comm,on (2-1/2” x 0.131”) nail (roof); or
RSRS-01(2-3/8” X 0.113”) nail (roof)J 6 6f
32 19/32” – 3/4”
8d common (2-1/2” x 0.113”) nail
(subfloor, wall) 6 12f
8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”) nail (roof); or
RSRS-01; (2-3/8” X 0.113”) nail (roof)J 6 6f
Deformed 2-3/8” x 0.113” x 0.266” head
(wall or subfloor) 6 12
33 7/8 – 1-1/4
10d common (3” x 0.148”) nail; or
(2-1/2” x 0.131” x 0.281” head) deformed nail 6 12
Other wall sheathing
34k ½” structural cellulosic fiberboard
sheathing
1-1/2” x 0.120” galvanized roofing nail,
7/16” head diameter, or
1-1/4” long 16 ga. staple with 7/16” or 1” crown
3 6
35k 25/32” structural cellulosic
fiberboard sheathing
1-3/4” x 0.120”galvanized roofing nail,
7/16” head diameter, or
1-1/2” long 16 ga. Staple with 7/16” or 1” crown
3 6
36k ½” gypsum sheathingd
1-1/2” x 0.120” galvanized roofing nail;
7/16” head diameter, or 1-1/4” long 16 ga;
staple galvanized, 1-1/2” long; 7/16” or 1” crown or
1-1/4” screws, Type W or S
7 7
37k 5/8” gypsum sheathingd
1-3/4” galvanized roofing nail; 7/16” head diameter,
or 1-1/4” long, 16 ga.;
staple galvanized, 1-1/2” lopng; 7/16” or 1” crown or
1-1/4” screws, Type W or S
7 7
Wood structural panels, combination subfloor underlayment to framing 38 ¾” and less
6 d deformed (2” x 0.120”) nail; or
8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”) nail 6 12
39 7/8” – 1”
8d common (2-1/2” x 0.131”) nail; or
8d deformed (2-1/2” x 0.120”) nail 6 12
40 1-1/8” – 1-1/4”
10d common (3” x 0.148”) nail; or
8d deformed (2-1/2” x 0.120”) nail 6 12
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. 1 foot = 304.8 mm 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; 1 ksi = 6.895 MPa. (Continued)
332 of 1517
S:\Code Adoption\2023 GBSC-2022 CBC\Outgoing\111522_Adoption of Ordinance_CC\Attachment 4_[1B] GBSC_2023_Volume IB.doc 46 TABLE R602.3(1) - continued